Tabularray Typeset Tabulars and Arrays with LATEX3

Author Jianrui Lyu (tolvjr@[Link])

Version 2025A (2025-03-11)

Code [Link]

Code [Link]

Support [Link]

Support [Link]

Issue [Link]

\begin{tblr}{
colspec = {rX}, colsep = 8mm, hlines = {2pt, white},
row{odd} = {azure8}, row{even} = {gray8},
row{1} = {6em,azure2,fg=white,font=\LARGE\bfseries\sffamily},
row{2-Z} = {3em,font=\Large},
}
Tabularray & Typeset Tabulars and Arrays with \LaTeX3 \\
Author & Jianrui Lyu (tolvjr@[Link]) \\
Version & \myversion\ (\the\year-\mylpad\month-\mylpad\day) \\
Code & \url{[Link] \\
Code & \url{[Link] \\
Support & \url{[Link] \\
Support & \url{[Link] \\
Issue & \url{[Link] \\
\end{tblr}
Contents

1 Overview of Features 4
1.1 Vertical space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.2 Multiline cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.3 Cell alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.4 Multirow cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.5 Multi rows and columns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.6 Column types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1.7 Row types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1.8 Hlines and vlines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1.9 Colorful tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

2 Basic Interfaces 12
2.1 Old and new interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.2 Hlines and vlines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.3 Hborders and vborders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2.4 Cells and spancells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
2.5 Rows and columns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.6 Colspec and rowspec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

3 Extra Interfaces 26
3.1 Inner specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
3.2 Outer specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3.3 Default specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.4 New tabularray environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.5 New general environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.6 New table commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.7 Child indexers and selectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.8 Counters and lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
3.9 Tracing tabularray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

4 Use Long Tables 35

4.1 A simple example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
4.2 Customize templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
4.3 Change styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
4.4 Define themes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
4.5 Control page breaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
4.6 Floatable tall tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

1
CONTENTS 2

5 Use Some Libraries 45

5.1 Library amsmath . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
5.2 Library booktabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
5.3 Library counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
5.4 Library diagbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
5.5 Library functional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
5.6 Library hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
5.7 Library html . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
5.8 Library nameref . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
5.9 Library siunitx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
5.10 Library tikz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
5.11 Library varwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
5.12 Library zref . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

6 Tips and Tricks 58

6.1 Default rule widths and colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
6.2 Control horizontal alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
6.3 Use safe verbatim commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
6.4 Blank lines around cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

7 Experimental Interfaces 60
7.1 Experimental public key paths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
7.2 Experimental public hook names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
7.3 Experimental public variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
7.4 New child indexers and selectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

8 History and Future 65

8.1 The future . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
8.2 The history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

9 The Source Code 67

9.1 Scratch variables and function variants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
9.2 Functions for splitting, extracting and matching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
9.3 Declare and set tabularray keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
9.4 Create and use tabularray hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
9.5 Data structures based on property lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
9.6 Data structures based on token lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
9.7 Data structures based on integer arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
9.8 Switch between different data structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
9.9 Child indexers and child selectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
9.10 New table commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
9.11 Child ids and child classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
9.12 New content commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
9.13 New dash styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
9.14 Set hlines and vlines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
9.15 Set hborders and vborders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
CONTENTS 3

9.16 Set cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

9.17 Set columns and rows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
9.18 Column types and row types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
9.19 Set environments and new environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
9.20 Split table contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
9.21 Extract table commands from cell text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
9.22 Initialize table inner specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
9.23 Parse table inner specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
9.24 Initialize and parse table outer specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
9.25 Typeset and calculate sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
9.26 Calculate and adjust extendable columns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
9.27 Calculate and adjust multispan cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
9.28 Header and footer styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
9.29 Helper functions for templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
9.30 Table continuation templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
9.31 Table caption templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
9.32 Table notes templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
9.33 Table remarks templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
9.34 Header and footer templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
9.35 Build the whole table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
9.36 Build table components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
9.37 Tracing tabularray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
9.38 Tabularray libraries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Chapter 1

Overview of Features

Before using tabularray package, it is better to know how to typeset simple text and math tables with
traditional tabular, tabularx and array environments, because we will compare tblr environment from
tabularray package with these environments. You may read web pages on LaTeX tables on LearnLaTeX
and Overleaf first.

1.1 Vertical space

After loading tabularray package in the preamble, we can use tblr environments to typeset tabulars
and arrays. The name tblr is short for tabularray or top-bottom-left-right. The following is our
first example:

\begin{tabular}{lccr}
\hline
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
\hline Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\ Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
\hline Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\hline
\end{tabular}

\begin{tblr}{lccr}
\hline
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
\hline
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\ Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
\hline Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\hline
\end{tblr}

You may notice that there is extra space above and below the table rows with tblr environment. This
space makes the table look better. If you don’t like it, you could use \SetTblrInner command:

4
CHAPTER 1. OVERVIEW OF FEATURES 5

\SetTblrInner{rowsep=0pt}
\begin{tblr}{lccr}
\hline
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\ Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
\hline
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
\hline
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\hline
\end{tblr}

But in many cases, this rowsep is useful:

$\begin{array}{rrr}
\hline 2 2 1
\dfrac{2}{3} & \dfrac{2}{3} & \dfrac{1}{3} \\ 3 3 3
2 1 2
\dfrac{2}{3} & -\dfrac{1}{3} & -\dfrac{2}{3} \\ − −
\dfrac{1}{3} & -\dfrac{2}{3} & \dfrac{2}{3} \\ 3 3 3
1 2 2
\hline −
3 3 3
\end{array}$

$\begin{tblr}{rrr}
2 2 1
\hline
3 3 3
\dfrac{2}{3} & \dfrac{2}{3} & \dfrac{1}{3} \\
2 1 2
\dfrac{2}{3} & -\dfrac{1}{3} & -\dfrac{2}{3} \\ − −
3 3 3
\dfrac{1}{3} & -\dfrac{2}{3} & \dfrac{2}{3} \\
1 2 2
\hline −
\end{tblr}$ 3 3 3

Note that you can use tblr in both text and math modes.

1.2 Multiline cells

It’s quite easy to write multiline cells without fixing the column width in tblr environments: just enclose
the cell text with braces and use \\ to break lines:

\begin{tblr}{|l|c|r|} Left Center Right

\hline Cent R
Left & {Center \\ Cent \\ C} & {Right \\ R} \\ C
\hline
{L \\ Left} & {C \\ Cent \\ Center} & R \\ L C R
\hline Left Cent
\end{tblr} Center

1.3 Cell alignment

From time to time, you may want to specify the horizontal and vertical alignment of cells at the same
time. Tabularray package provides a Q column for this (In fact, Q column is the only primitive column,
other columns are defined as Q columns with some options):
CHAPTER 1. OVERVIEW OF FEATURES 6

\begin{tblr}{|Q[l,t]|Q[c,m]|Q[r,b]|}
\hline
{Top Baseline \\ Left Left} & Middle Center & {Right Right \\ Bottom Baseline} \\
\hline
\end{tblr}

Right Right
Top Baseline Middle Center Bottom Baseline
Left Left

Note that you can use more meaningful t instead of p for top baseline alignment. For some users who are
familiar with word processors, these t and b columns are counter-intuitive. In tabularray package, there
are another two column types h and f, which will align cell text at the head and the foot, respectively:

\begin{tblr}{Q[h,4em]Q[t,4em]Q[m,4em]Q[b,4em]Q[f,4em]}
\hline
{row\\head} & {top\\line} & {middle} & {line\\bottom} & {row\\foot} \\
\hline
{row\\head} & {top\\line} & {11\\22\\mid\\44\\55} & {line\\bottom} & {row\\foot} \\
\hline
\end{tblr}

row line
head top middle bottom row
line foot
row 11
head 22 line
top mid bottom
line 44 row
55 foot

1.4 Multirow cells

The above h and f alignments are necessary when we write multirow cells with \SetCell command in
tabularray.

\begin{tabular}{|l|l|l|l|}
\hline
\multirow[t]{4}{1.5cm}{Multirow Cell One} & Alpha &
\multirow[b]{4}{1.5cm}{Multirow Cell Two} & Alpha \\
& Beta & & Beta \\
& Gamma & & Gamma \\
& Delta & & Delta \\
\hline
\end{tabular}

Multirow Alpha Alpha

Cell One Beta Beta
Gamma Multirow Gamma
Delta Cell Two Delta
CHAPTER 1. OVERVIEW OF FEATURES 7

\begin{tblr}{|l|l|l|l|}
\hline
\SetCell[r=4]{h,1.5cm} Multirow Cell One & Alpha &
\SetCell[r=4]{f,1.5cm} Multirow Cell Two & Alpha \\
& Beta & & Beta \\
& Gamma & & Gamma \\
& Delta & & Delta \\
\hline
\end{tblr}

Multirow Alpha Alpha

Cell One Beta Beta
Gamma Multirow Gamma
Delta Cell Two Delta

Note that you don’t need to load multirow package first, since tabularray doesn’t depend on it. Fur-
thermore, tabularray will always typeset decent multirow cells. First, it will set correct vertical middle
alignment, even though some rows have large height:

\begin{tabular}{|l|m{4em}|}
\hline Alpha
\multirow[c]{4}{1.5cm}{Multirow} & Alpha \\ Beta
Multirow
& Beta \\ Gamma
& Gamma \\ Delta
& Delta Delta Delta \\ Delta
\hline Delta
\end{tabular}

\begin{tblr}{|l|m{4em}|}
Alpha
\hline
\SetCell[r=4]{m,1.5cm} Multirow & Alpha \\ Beta
& Beta \\ Gamma
Multirow
& Gamma \\
Delta
& Delta Delta Delta \\
Delta
\hline
Delta
\end{tblr}

Second, it will enlarge row heights if the multirow cells have large height, therefore it always avoids
vertical overflow:

\begin{tabular}{|l|m{4em}|}
\hline
\multirow[c]{2}{1cm}{Line \\ Line \\ Line \\ Line} & Alpha \\
Line Alpha
\cline{2-2}
Line Beta
& Beta \\
Line
\hline
Line
\end{tabular}

\begin{tblr}{|l|m{4em}|}
\hline
Line Alpha
\SetCell[r=2]{m,1cm} {Line \\ Line \\ Line \\ Line} & Alpha \\
Line
\cline{2}
Line Beta
& Beta \\
Line
\hline
\end{tblr}
CHAPTER 1. OVERVIEW OF FEATURES 8

If you want to distribute extra vertical space evenly to two rows, you may use vspan option described in
Chapter 3.

1.5 Multi rows and columns

It was a hard job to typeset cells with multiple rows and multiple columns. For example:

\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|c|}
\hline
\multirow{2}{*}{2 Rows}
& \multicolumn{2}{c|}{2 Columns}
& \multicolumn{2}{c|}{\multirow{2}{*}{2 Rows 2 Columns}} \\
\cline{2-3}
& 2-2 & 2-3 & \multicolumn{2}{c|}{} \\
\hline
3-1 & 3-2 & 3-3 & 3-4 & 3-5 \\
\hline
\end{tabular}

2 Columns
2 Rows 2 Rows 2 Columns
2-2 2-3
3-1 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5

With tabularray package, you can set spanned cells with \SetCell command: within the optional
argument of \SetCell command, option r is for rowspan number, and c for colspan number; within the
mandatory argument of it, horizontal and vertical alignment options are accepted. Therefore it’s much
simpler to typeset spanned cells:

\begin{tblr}{|c|c|c|c|c|}
\hline
\SetCell[r=2]{c} 2 Rows
& \SetCell[c=2]{c} 2 Columns
& & \SetCell[r=2,c=2]{c} 2 Rows 2 Columns & \\
\hline
& 2-2 & 2-3 & & \\
\hline
3-1 & 3-2 & 3-3 & 3-4 & 3-5 \\
\hline
\end{tblr}

2 Columns
2 Rows 2 Rows 2 Columns
2-2 2-3
3-1 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5

Using \multicolumn command, the omitted cells must be removed. On the contrary, using \multirow
command, the omitted cells must not be removed. \SetCell command behaves the same as \multirow
command in this aspect.
With tblr environment, any \hline segments inside a spanned cell will be ignored, therefore we’re free
to use \hline in the above example. Also, any omitted cell will definitely be ignored when typesetting,
no matter it’s empty or not. With this feature, we could put row and column numbers into the omitted
cells, which will help us to locate cells when the tables are rather complex:
CHAPTER 1. OVERVIEW OF FEATURES 9

\begin{tblr}{|ll|c|rr|}
\hline
\SetCell[r=3,c=2]{h} r=3 c=2 & 1-2 & \SetCell[r=2,c=3]{r} r=2 c=3 & 1-4 & 1-5 \\
2-1 & 2-2 & 2-3 & 2-4 & 2-5 \\
\hline
3-1 & 3-2 & MIDDLE & \SetCell[r=3,c=2]{f} r=3 c=2 & 3-5 \\
\hline
\SetCell[r=2,c=3]{l} r=2 c=3 & 4-2 & 4-3 & 4-4 & 4-5 \\
5-1 & 5-2 & 5-3 & 5-4 & 5-5 \\
\hline
\end{tblr}

r=3 c=2 r=2 c=3

MIDDLE
r=2 c=3 r=3 c=2

1.6 Column types

Tabularray package supports all normal column types, as well as the extendable X column type, which
first occurred in tabularx package and was largely improved by tabu package:

\begin{tblr}{|X[2,l]|X[3,l]|X[1,r]|X[r]|}
\hline
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
\hline
\end{tblr}

Alpha Beta Gamma Delta

Also, X columns with negative coefficients are possible:

\begin{tblr}{|X[2,l]|X[3,l]|X[-1,r]|X[r]|}
\hline
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
\hline
\end{tblr}

Alpha Beta Gamma Delta

We need the width to typeset a table with X columns. If unset, the default is \linewidth. To change
the width, we have to first put all column specifications into colspec={...}:

\begin{tblr}{width=0.8\linewidth,colspec={|X[2,l]|X[3,l]|X[-1,r]|X[r]|}}
\hline
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
\hline
\end{tblr}

Alpha Beta Gamma Delta

You can define new column types with \NewTblrColumnType command. For example, in tabularray
package, b and X columns are defined as special Q columns:

\NewTblrColumnType{b}[1]{Q[b,wd=#1]}
\NewTblrColumnType{X}[1][]{Q[co=1,#1]}
CHAPTER 1. OVERVIEW OF FEATURES 10

1.7 Row types

Now that we have column types and colspec option, you may ask for row types and rowspec option.
Yes, they are here:

\begin{tblr}{colspec={Q[l]Q[c]Q[r]},rowspec={|Q[t]|Q[m]|Q[b]|}}
{Alpha \\ Alpha} & Beta & Gamma \\
Delta & Epsilon & {Zeta \\ Zeta} \\
Eta & {Theta \\ Theta} & Iota \\
\end{tblr}

Alpha Beta Gamma

Alpha
Zeta
Delta Epsilon
Zeta
Theta
Eta Theta Iota

Same as column types, Q is the only primitive row type, and other row types are defined as Q types
with different options. It’s better to specify horizontal alignment in colspec, and vertical alignment in
rowspec, respectively.
Inside rowspec, | is the hline type. Therefore we need not to write \hline command, which makes table
code cleaner.

1.8 Hlines and vlines

Hlines and vlines have been improved too. You can specify the widths and styles of them:

\begin{tblr}{|l|[dotted]|[2pt]c|r|[solid]|[dashed]|}
\hline
One & Two & Three \\ One Two Three
\hline\hline[dotted]\hline
Four & Five & Six \\ Four Five Six
\hline[dashed]\hline[1pt]
Seven & Eight & Nine \\ Seven Eight Nine
\hline
\end{tblr}

1.9 Colorful tables

To add colors to your tables, you need to load xcolor package first. Tabularray package will also
load ninecolors package for proper color contrast. First you can specify background option for Q
rows/columns inside rowspec/colspec:

\begin{tblr}{colspec={lcr},rowspec={|Q[cyan7]|Q[azure7]|Q[blue7]|}}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\
\end{tblr}

Alpha Beta Gamma

Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
CHAPTER 1. OVERVIEW OF FEATURES 11

\begin{tblr}{colspec={Q[l,brown7]Q[c,yellow7]Q[r,olive7]},rowspec={|Q|Q|Q|}}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\
\end{tblr}

Alpha Beta Gamma

Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda

Also you can use \SetRow or \SetColumn command to specify row or column colors:

\begin{tblr}{colspec={lcr},rowspec={|Q|Q|Q|}}
Alpha Beta Gamma
\SetRow{cyan7} Alpha & Beta & Gamma \\
\SetRow{azure7} Epsilon & Zeta & Eta \\ Epsilon Zeta Eta
\SetRow{blue7} Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\ Iota Kappa Lambda
\end{tblr}

\begin{tblr}{colspec={lcr},rowspec={|Q|Q|Q|}}
\SetColumn{brown7}
Alpha & \SetColumn{yellow7} Alpha Beta Gamma
Beta & \SetColumn{olive7}
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Gamma \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta \\ Iota Kappa Lambda
Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\
\end{tblr}

Hlines and vlines can also have colors:

\begin{tblr}{colspec={lcr},rowspec={|[2pt,green7]Q|[teal7]Q|[green7]Q|[3pt,teal7]}}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\
\end{tblr}

Alpha Beta Gamma

Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda

\begin{tblr}{colspec={|[2pt,violet5]l|[2pt,magenta5]c|[2pt,purple5]r|[2pt,red5]}}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\
\end{tblr}

Alpha Beta Gamma

Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Chapter 2

Basic Interfaces

2.1 Old and new interfaces

With tabularray package, you can change the styles of tables via old interfaces or new interfaces.
The old interfaces consist of some table commands inside the table contents. Same as tabular and
array environments, all table commands must be put at the beginning of the cell text. Also, new table
commands must be defined with \NewTblrTableCommand.
The new interfaces consist of some options inside the mandatory argument, hence totally separating the
styles and the contents of tables.

Table 2.1: Old Interfaces and New Interfaces

Old Interfaces New Interfaces
\SetHlines hlines
\SetHline, \hline, \hborder, \cline hline, hborder, rowspec
\SetVlines vlines
\SetVline, \vline, \vborder, \rline vline, vborder, colspec
\SetCells cells
\SetCell cell
\SetRows rows
\SetRow row, rowspec
\SetColumns columns
\SetColumn column, colspec

2.2 Hlines and vlines

All available keys for hlines and vlines are described in Table 2.2 and Table 2.3.

Table 2.2: Keys for Hlines

Key Description and Values Initial Value
dash dash style: solid, dashed or dotted solid
text replace hline with text (like ! specifier in rowspec) ×
wd rule width dimension 0.4pt
Continued on next page

12
CHAPTER 2. BASIC INTERFACES 13

Table 2.2: Keys for Hlines (Continued)

Key Description and Values Initial Value
fg rule color name ×
leftpos crossing or trimming position at the left side 1
rightpos crossing or trimming position at the right side 1
l same as leftpos, default -0.8 1
r same as rightpos, default -0.8 1
lr crossing or trimming positions at both sides, default -0.8 1
endpos adjust leftpos/rightpos for only the leftmost/rightmost column false
Note: In most cases, you can omit the underlined key names and write only their values.

Table 2.3: Keys for Vlines

Key Description and Values Initial Value
dash dash style: solid, dashed or dotted solid
text replace vline with text (like ! specifier in colspec) ×
wd rule width dimension 0.4pt
fg rule color name ×
abovepos crossing or trimming position at the above side 0
belowpos crossing or trimming position at the below side 0
Note: In most cases, you can omit the underlined key names and write only their values.

2.2.1 Hlines and vlines in new interfaces

Options hlines and vlines are for setting all hlines and vlines, respectively. With empty value, all
hlines/vlines will be solid.

\begin{tblr}{hlines,vlines}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\ Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\ Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
\end{tblr}

With values inside one pair of braces, all hlines/vlines will be styled.

\begin{tblr}{
hlines = {1pt,solid}, vlines = {red3,dashed},
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\ Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\ Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\end{tblr}

Another pair of braces before will select segments in all hlines/vlines.

CHAPTER 2. BASIC INTERFACES 14

\begin{tblr}{
vlines = {1,3,5}{dashed},
vlines = {2,4}{solid}, Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
} Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\ Nu Xi Omicron Pi
Nu & Xi & Omicron & Pi \\ Rho Sigma Tau Upsilon
Rho & Sigma & Tau & Upsilon \\
\end{tblr}

The above example can be simplified with odd and even values.

\begin{tblr}{
vlines = {odd}{dashed},
vlines = {even}{solid}, Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
} Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\ Nu Xi Omicron Pi
Nu & Xi & Omicron & Pi \\ Rho Sigma Tau Upsilon
Rho & Sigma & Tau & Upsilon \\
\end{tblr}

Another pair of braces before will draw more hlines/vlines (in which - stands for all line segments).

\begin{tblr}{
hlines = {1}{-}{dashed}, hlines = {2}{-}{solid}, Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\ Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\end{tblr}

Note that you must use indexes in order: first 1, then 2, etc.
Options hline{i} and vline{j} are for setting some hlines and vlines, respectively. Their values are
the same as options hlines and vlines:

\begin{tblr}{
hline{1,7} = {1pt,solid},
hline{3-5} = {blue3,dashed}, Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
vline{1,5} = {3-4}{dotted}, Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\ Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\ Nu Xi Omicron Pi
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
Rho Sigma Tau Upsilon
Nu & Xi & Omicron & Pi \\
Rho & Sigma & Tau & Upsilon \\ Phi Chi Psi Omega
Phi & Chi & Psi & Omega \\
\end{tblr}

You can use U, V, W, X, Y, Z to denote the last six children, respectively. It is especially useful when you
are writing long tables:
CHAPTER 2. BASIC INTERFACES 15

\begin{tblr}{
hline{1,Z} = {2pt},
hline{2,Y} = {1pt}, Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
hline{3-X} = {dashed}, Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\ Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\ Nu Xi Omicron Pi
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
Rho Sigma Tau Upsilon
Nu & Xi & Omicron & Pi \\
Rho & Sigma & Tau & Upsilon \\ Phi Chi Psi Omega
Phi & Chi & Psi & Omega \\
\end{tblr}

Now we show the usage of text key by the following example1 :

\begin{tblr}{
vlines, hlines,
colspec = {lX[c]X[c]X[c]X[c]},
vline{2} = {1}{text=\clap{:}},
vline{3} = {1}{text=\clap{\ch{+}}},
vline{4} = {1}{text=\clap{\ch{->}}},
vline{5} = {1}{text=\clap{\ch{+}}},
}
Equation & \ch{CH4} & \ch{2 O2} & \ch{CO2} & \ch{2 H2O} \\
Initial & $n_1$ & $n_2$ & 0 & 0 \\
Final & $n_1-x$ & $n_2-2x$ & $x$ & $2x$ \\
\end{tblr}

Equation : CH4 + 2 O2 CO2 + 2 H2O

Initial n1 n2 0 0
Final n1 − x n2 − 2x x 2x

You need to load chemmacros package for the \ch command.

The leftpos and rightpos keys specify crossing or trimming positions for hlines. The possible values
for them are decimal numbers between -1 and 1. Their initial values are 1.

-1 the hline is trimmed by colsep

0 the hline only touches the first vline
1 the hline touches all the vlines

The abovepos and belowpos keys for vlines have similar meanings. But their initial values are 0.

-1 the vline is trimmed by rowsep

0 the vline only touches the first hline
1 the vline touches all the hlines

Here is an example for these four keys:

1 Code from [Link]
CHAPTER 2. BASIC INTERFACES 16

\begin{tblr}{
hline{1,4} = {1}{-}{},
hline{1,4} = {2}{-}{},
hline{2,3} = {1}{-}{leftpos = -1, rightpos = -1}, Alpha Beta Gamma
hline{2,3} = {2}{-}{leftpos = -1, rightpos = -1},
vline{1,4} = {abovepos = 1, belowpos = 1}, Epsilon Zeta Eta
}
Iota Kappa Lambda
Alpha & Beta & Gamma \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\
\end{tblr}

There is also an endpos option for adjusting leftpos/rightpos for only the leftmost/rightmost column:

\begin{tblr}{
hline{1,4} = {1}{-}{},
hline{1,4} = {2}{-}{},
hline{2,3} = {leftpos = -1, rightpos = -1, endpos}, Alpha Beta Gamma
vline{1,4} = {abovepos = 1, belowpos = 1},
Epsilon Zeta Eta
}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma \\ Iota Kappa Lambda
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\
\end{tblr}

2.2.2 Hlines and vlines in old interfaces

The \hline command has an optional argument which accepts key-value options. The available keys are
described in Table 2.2.

\begin{tblr}{llll}
\hline
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
\hline[dashed]
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\ Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
\hline[dotted] Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\hline[2pt,blue5]
\end{tblr}

The \cline command also has an optional argument which is the same as \hline.

\begin{tblr}{llll}
\cline{1-4}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
\cline[dashed]{1,3}
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\ Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
\cline[dashed]{2,4} Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\cline[2pt,blue5]{-}
\end{tblr}

You can use child selectors in the mandatory argument of \cline.

CHAPTER 2. BASIC INTERFACES 17

\begin{tblr}{llll}
\cline{1-4}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
\cline[dashed]{odd}
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\ Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
\cline[dashed]{even} Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\cline[2pt,blue5]{-}
\end{tblr}

Commands \SetHline combines the usages of \hline and \cline:

\begin{tblr}{llll}
\SetHline{1-3}{blue5,1pt}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\ Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\ Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\ Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
\SetHline{2-4}{teal5,1pt}
\end{tblr}

\begin{tblr}{llll}
\SetHline[1]{1-3}{blue5,1pt}
\SetHline[2]{1-3}{azure5,1pt}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\ Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\ Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\ Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
\SetHline[1]{2-4}{teal5,1pt}
\SetHline[2]{2-4}{green5,1pt}
\end{tblr}

In fact, table command \SetHline[<index>]{<columns>}{<styles>} at the beginning of row i is the

same as table option hline{i}={<index>}{<columns>}{<styles>}.
Also, table command \SetHlines[<index>]{<columns>}{<styles>} at the beginning of some row is
the same as table option hlines={<index>}{<columns>}{<styles>}.
The usages of table commands \vline, \rline, \SetVline, \SetVlines are similar to those of \hline,
\cline, \SetHline, \SetHlines, respectively. But normally you don’t need to use them.

2.3 Hborders and vborders

Options hborder{i} and vborder{j} are similar to hline{i} and vline{j}, respectively, but they hold
border specifications not related to one specific hline and vline. All available keys for hborder{i} and
vborder{j} are described in Table 2.4 and Table 2.5.

Table 2.4: Keys for Hborders

Key Description and Values Initial Value
pagebreak pagebreak at this position: yes, no or auto (See Chapter 4) auto
abovespace set belowsep of previous row (see Table 2.8) 2pt
belowspace set abovesep of current row (see Table 2.8) 2pt
abovespace+ increase belowsep of previous row ×
belowspace+ increase abovesep of current row ×
CHAPTER 2. BASIC INTERFACES 18

Table 2.5: Keys for Vborders

Key Description and Values Initial Value
leftspace set rightsep of previous column (see Table 2.9) 6pt
rightspace set leftsep of current column (see Table 2.9) 6pt
leftspace+ increase rightsep of previous column ×
rightspace+ increase leftsep of current column ×

Furthermore, table command \hborder{<specs>} at the beginning of row i is the same as table option
hborder{i}={<specs>}, and table command \vborder{<specs>} at the beginning of column j is the
same as table option vborder{j}={<specs>}.

2.4 Cells and spancells

All available keys for cells are described in Table 2.6 and Table 2.7.

Table 2.6: Keys for the Content of Cells

Key Description and Values Initial Value
halign horizontal alignment: l (left), c (center), r (right) or j (justify) j
valign vertical alignment: t (top), m (middle), b (bottom), h (head) or f (foot) t
wd width dimension ×
bg background color name ×
fg foreground color name ×
font font commands ×
mode set cell mode: math, imath, dmath or text ×
$ same as mode=math ×
$$ same as mode=dmath ×
cmd execute command for the cell text ×
preto prepend text to the cell ×
appto append text to the cell ×
Note: In most cases, you can omit the underlined key names and write only their values.

Table 2.7: Keys for Multispan of Cells

Key Description and Values Initial Value
r number of rows the cell spans 1
c number of columns the cell spans 1

2.4.1 Cells and spancells in new interfaces

Option cells is for setting all cells.

\begin{tblr}{hlines={white},cells={c,blue7}} Alpha Beta Gamma Delta

Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\ Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\ Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
Nu & Xi & Omicron & Pi \\
Nu Xi Omicron Pi
\end{tblr}
CHAPTER 2. BASIC INTERFACES 19

Option cell{i}{j} is for setting some cells, where i stands for the row numbers and j stands for the
column numbers.

\begin{tblr}{
cell{1}{2-4} = {cmd=\fbox}
} Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta
\end{tblr}

\begin{tblr}{
hlines = {white},
vlines = {white},
cell{1,6}{odd} = {teal7},
cell{1,6}{even} = {green7}, Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
cell{2,4}{1,4} = {red7}, Epsilon Theta
cell{3,5}{1,4} = {purple7},
cell{2}{2} = {r=4,c=2}{c,azure7}, Iota Mu
Zeta
} Nu Pi
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Rho Upsilon
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\ Phi Chi Psi Omega
Nu & Xi & Omicron & Pi \\
Rho & Sigma & Tau & Upsilon \\
Phi & Chi & Psi & Omega \\
\end{tblr}

From version 2025A, you can select cells with a list of two dimensional indexes:

\begin{tblr}{
cell{{2}{6},{7}{3}} = {bg=blue7}, 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
cell{{1}{1}-{4}{4},{5}{8}-{8}{5}} = {bg=red7}
} 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 & 2 & 3 & 4 & 5 & 6 & 7 & 8 \\ 3 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
2 & 2 & 3 & 4 & 5 & 6 & 7 & 8 \\ 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
3 & 2 & 3 & 4 & 5 & 6 & 7 & 8 \\
4 & 2 & 3 & 4 & 5 & 6 & 7 & 8 \\ 5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
5 & 2 & 3 & 4 & 5 & 6 & 7 & 8 \\ 6 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
6 & 2 & 3 & 4 & 5 & 6 & 7 & 8 \\ 7 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
7 & 2 & 3 & 4 & 5 & 6 & 7 & 8 \\
8 & 2 & 3 & 4 & 5 & 6 & 7 & 8 8 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
\end{tblr}

In this example, - characters are used for diagonal selection.

2.4.2 Cells and spancells in old interfaces

The \SetCell command has a mandatory argument for setting the styles of current cell. The available
keys are described in Table 2.6.

\begin{tblr}{llll}
\hline[1pt]
Alpha & \SetCell{bg=teal2,fg=white} Beta & Gamma \\
Alpha Beta Gamma
\hline
Epsilon & Zeta & \SetCell{r,font=\scshape} Eta \\ Epsilon Zeta Eta
\hline Iota Kappa Lambda
Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\
\hline[1pt]
\end{tblr}
CHAPTER 2. BASIC INTERFACES 20

The \SetCell command also has an optional argument for setting the multispan of current cell. The
available keys are described in Table 2.7.

\begin{tblr}{|X|X|X|X|X|X|}
\hline
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta & Epsilon & Zeta \\
\hline
\SetCell[c=2]{c} Eta & 2-2
& \SetCell[c=2]{c} Iota & 2-4
& \SetCell[c=2]{c} Lambda & 2-6 \\
\hline
\SetCell[c=3]{c} Nu & 3-2 & 3-3
& \SetCell[c=3]{c} Pi & 3-5 & 3-6 \\
\hline
\SetCell[c=6]{c} Tau & 4-2 & 4-3 & 4-4 & 4-5 & 4-6 \\
\hline
\end{tblr}

Alpha Beta Gamma Delta Epsilon Zeta

Eta Iota Lambda
Nu Pi
Tau

\begin{tblr}{|X|X|X|X|X|X|}
\hline
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta & Epsilon & Zeta \\
\hline
\SetCell[r=2]{m} Eta
& Theta & Iota & Kappa & Lambda & \SetCell[r=2]{m} Mu \\
\hline
Nu & Xi & Omicron & Pi & Rho & Sigma \\
\hline
\end{tblr}

Alpha Beta Gamma Delta Epsilon Zeta

Theta Iota Kappa Lambda
Eta Mu
Xi Omicron Pi Rho

In fact, table command \SetCell[<span>]{<styles>} at the beginning of cell at row i and column j is
the same as table option cell{i}{j}={<span>}{<styles>}.
Also, table command \SetCells[<span>]{<styles>} at the beginning of some cell is the same as table
option cells={<span>}{<styles>}.

2.5 Rows and columns

All available keys for rows and columns are described in Table 2.8 and Table 2.9.

Table 2.8: Keys for Rows

Key Description and Values Initial Value
halign horizontal alignment: l (left), c (center), r (right) or j (justify) j
Continued on next page
CHAPTER 2. BASIC INTERFACES 21

Table 2.8: Keys for Rows (Continued)

Key Description and Values Initial Value
valign vertical alignment: t (top), m (middle), b (bottom), h (head) or f (foot) t
ht height dimension ×
bg background color name ×
fg foreground color name ×
font font commands ×
mode set mode for row cells: math, imath, dmath or text ×
$ same as mode=math ×
$$ same as mode=dmath ×
cmd execute command for every cell text ×
abovesep set vertical space above the row 2pt
abovesep+ increase vertical space above the row ×
belowsep set vertical space below the row 2pt
belowsep+ increase vertical space below the row ×
rowsep set vertical space above and below the row 2pt
rowsep+ increase vertical space above and below the row ×
preto prepend text to every cell (like > specifier in rowspec) ×
appto append text to every cell (like < specifier in rowspec) ×
Note: In most cases, you can omit the underlined key names and write only their values.

Table 2.9: Keys for Columns

Key Description and Values Initial Value
halign horizontal alignment: l (left), c (center), r (right) or j (justify) j
valign vertical alignment: t (top), m (middle), b (bottom), h (head) or f (foot) t
wd width dimension ×
co coefficient for the extendable column (X column) ×
bg background color name ×
fg foreground color name ×
font font commands ×
mode set mode for column cells: math, imath, dmath or text ×
$ same as mode=math ×
$$ same as mode=dmath ×
cmd execute command for every cell text ×
leftsep set horizontal space to the left of the column 6pt
leftsep+ increase horizontal space to the left of the column ×
rightsep set horizontal space to the right of the column 6pt
rightsep+ increase horizontal space to the right of the column ×
colsep set horizontal space to both sides of the column 6pt
colsep+ increase horizontal space to both sides of the column ×
preto prepend text to every cell (like > specifier in colspec) ×
Continued on next page
CHAPTER 2. BASIC INTERFACES 22

Table 2.9: Keys for Columns (Continued)

Key Description and Values Initial Value
appto append text to every cell (like < specifier in colspec) ×
Note: In most cases, you can omit the underlined key names and write only their values.

2.5.1 Rows and columns in new interfaces

Options rows and columns are for setting all rows and columns, respectively.

\begin{tblr}{
hlines, vlines,
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
rows = {7mm}, columns = {15mm,c},
}
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\end{tblr}

Options row{i} and column{j} are for setting some rows and columns, respectively.

\begin{tblr}{
hlines = {1pt,white},
row{odd} = {blue7}, Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
row{even} = {azure7},
column{1} = {purple7,c}, Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
} Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\ Nu Xi Omicron Pi
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\ Rho Sigma Tau Upsilon
Nu & Xi & Omicron & Pi \\
Phi Chi Psi Omega
Rho & Sigma & Tau & Upsilon \\
Phi & Chi & Psi & Omega \\
\end{tblr}

The following example demonstrates the usages of bg, fg and font keys:

\begin{tblr}{
row{odd} = {bg=azure8},
row{1} = {bg=azure3, fg=white, font=\sffamily},
}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma \\
Delta & Epsilon & Zeta \\
Eta & Theta & Iota \\
Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
Nu Xi Omicron & Pi Rho Sigma & Tau Upsilon Phi \\
\end{tblr}

Alpha Beta Gamma

Delta Epsilon Zeta
Eta Theta Iota
Kappa Lambda Mu
Nu Xi Omicron Pi Rho Sigma Tau Upsilon Phi
CHAPTER 2. BASIC INTERFACES 23

The following example demonstrates the usages of mode key:

$\begin{tblr}{
column{1} = {mode=text},
column{3} = {mode=dmath}, 1
Alpha 1
} 2 2
\hline 3
Epsilon 3
Alpha & \frac12 & \frac12 \\ 4 4
Epsilon & \frac34 & \frac34 \\ 5
Iota 5
Iota & \frac56 & \frac56 \\ 6 6
\hline
\end{tblr}$

Note that you can not write multiline math directly (such as \alpha \\ \beta) in any math-mode cell.
The following example demonstrates the usages of abovesep, belowsep, leftsep, rightsep keys:

\begin{tblr}{
hlines, vlines,
rows = {abovesep=1pt,belowsep=5pt}, Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
columns = {leftsep=1pt,rightsep=5pt},
} Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\ Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\end{tblr}

The following example shows that we can replace \\[dimen] with belowsep+ key.

\begin{tblr}{
hlines, row{2} = {belowsep+=5pt}, Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\ Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\end{tblr}

2.5.2 Rows and columns in old interfaces

The \SetRow command has a mandatory argument for setting the styles of current row. The available
keys are described in Table 2.8.

\begin{tblr}{llll}
\hline[1pt]
\SetRow{azure8} Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
\hline
\SetRow{blue8,c} Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\ Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
\hline Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
\SetRow{violet8} Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\hline[1pt]
\end{tblr}

In fact, table command \SetRow{<styles>} at the beginning of row i is the same as table option
row{i}={<styles>}.
Also, table command \SetRows{<styles>} at the beginning of some row is the same as table option
rows={<styles>}.
The usages of table commands \SetColumn and \SetColumns are similar to those of \SetRow and
\SetRows, respectively. But normally you don’t need to use them.
CHAPTER 2. BASIC INTERFACES 24

2.6 Colspec and rowspec

Options colspec/rowspec are for setting column/row specifications with column/row type specifiers.

2.6.1 Colspec and width

Option width is for setting the width of the table with extendable columns. The following example
demonstrates the usage of width option.

\begin{tblr}{width=0.8\textwidth, colspec={|l|X[2]|X[3]|X[-1]|}}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\end{tblr}

Alpha Beta Gamma Delta

Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu

You can omit colspec name if it is the only key you use inside the mandatory argument. The following
example demonstrates the usages of $ and $$ keys:

\begin{tblr}{Q[l]Q[r,$]Q[r,$$]}
1
\hline Alpha 1
2 2
Alpha & \frac12 & \frac12 \\
3
Epsilon & \frac34 & \frac34 \\ Epsilon 3
4 4
Iota & \frac56 & \frac56 \\
5
\hline Iota 5
6
\end{tblr} 6

2.6.2 Column types

The tabularray package has only one type of primitive column: the Q column. Other types of columns
are defined as Q columns with some keys.

\NewTblrColumnType{l}{Q[l]}
\NewTblrColumnType{c}{Q[c]}
\NewTblrColumnType{r}{Q[r]}
\NewTblrColumnType{t}[1]{Q[t,wd=#1]}
\NewTblrColumnType{m}[1]{Q[m,wd=#1]}
\NewTblrColumnType{b}[1]{Q[b,wd=#1]}
\NewTblrColumnType{h}[1]{Q[h,wd=#1]}
\NewTblrColumnType{f}[1]{Q[f,wd=#1]}
\NewTblrColumnType{X}[1][]{Q[co=1,#1]}

Gamma
\begin{tblr}{|t{15mm}|m{15mm}|b{20mm}|} Alpha Beta Gamma
Alpha & Beta & {Gamma\\Gamma} \\
Eta
Epsilon & Zeta & {Eta\\Eta} \\
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota & Kappa & {Lambda\\Lambda} \\
\end{tblr} Lambda
Iota Kappa Lambda

Any new column type must be defined with \NewTblrColumnType command. It can have an optional
argument when it’s defined.
CHAPTER 2. BASIC INTERFACES 25

2.6.3 Row types

The tabularray package has only one type of primitive row: the Q row. Other types of rows are defined
as Q rows with some keys.

\NewTblrRowType{l}{Q[l]}
\NewTblrRowType{c}{Q[c]}
\NewTblrRowType{r}{Q[r]}
\NewTblrRowType{t}[1]{Q[t,ht=#1]}
\NewTblrRowType{m}[1]{Q[m,ht=#1]}
\NewTblrRowType{b}[1]{Q[b,ht=#1]}
\NewTblrRowType{h}[1]{Q[h,ht=#1]}
\NewTblrRowType{f}[1]{Q[f,ht=#1]}

Alpha Beta Gamma

\begin{tblr}{rowspec={|t{12mm}|m{10mm}|b{10mm}|}} Gamma
Alpha & Beta & {Gamma\\Gamma} \\
Epsilon & Zeta & {Eta\\Eta} \\ Eta
Epsilon Zeta
Iota & Kappa & {Lambda\\Lambda} \\ Eta
\end{tblr}
Lambda
Iota Kappa Lambda

Any new row type must be defined with \NewTblrRowType command. It can have an optional argument
when it’s defined.
Chapter 3

Extra Interfaces

In general, tblr environment accepts both inner and outer specifications:

\begin{tblr}[<outer specs>]{<inner specs>}

<table body>
\end{tblr}

Inner specifications are all specifications written in the mandatory argument of tblr environment,
which include new interfaces described in Chapter 2.
Outer specifications are all specifications written in the optional argument of tblr environment, most
of which are used for long tables (see Chapter 4).
You can use \SetTblrInner and \SetTblrOuter commands to set default inner and outer specifications
of tables, respectively (see Section 3.3).

3.1 Inner specifications

In addition to new interfaces in Chapter 2, there are several inner specifications which are described in
Table 3.1.

Table 3.1: Keys for Inner Specifications

Key Description and Values Initial Value
rulesep space between two hlines or vlines 2pt
stretch stretch ratio for struts added to cell text 1
abovesep set vertical space above every row 2pt
belowsep set vertical space below every row 2pt
rowsep set vertical space above and below every row 2pt
leftsep set horizontal space to the left of every column 6pt
rightsep set horizontal space to the right of every column 6pt
colsep set horizontal space to both sides of every column 6pt
hspan horizontal span algorithm: default, even, or minimal default
vspan vertical span algorithm: default or even default
baseline set the baseline of the table m

26
CHAPTER 3. EXTRA INTERFACES 27

3.1.1 Space between double rules

The following example shows that we can replace \doublerulesep parameter with rulesep key.

\begin{tblr}{
colspec={||llll||},rowspec={|QQQ|},rulesep=4pt,
} Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\ Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\ Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\end{tblr}

3.1.2 Minimal strut for cell text

The following example shows that we can replace \arraystretch parameter with stretch key.

\begin{tblr}{hlines,stretch=1.5} Alpha Beta Gamma Delta

Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\ Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\end{tblr} Iota Kappa Lambda Mu

By replacing stretch with row heights, we can get perfect vertical centering for your numerical tables.

\begin{tblr}{hlines, stretch=0, rows={ht=\baselineskip}}

2021 & 2022 & 2023 \\ 2021 2022 2023
0.4 & 0.5 & 0.6 \\ 0.4 0.5 0.6
1.1 & 2.2 & 3.3 \\ 1.1 2.2 3.3
\end{tblr}

3.1.3 Rowseps and colseps for all

The following example uses rowsep and colsep keys to set padding for all rows and columns.

\SetTblrInner{rowsep=2pt,colsep=2pt}
\begin{tblr}{hlines,vlines} Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\ Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
\end{tblr}

3.1.4 Hspan and vspan algorithms

With hspan=default or hspan=even, tabularray package will compute column widths from span widths.
But with hspan=minimal, it will compute span widths from column widths. The following examples show
the results from different hspan values.
CHAPTER 3. EXTRA INTERFACES 28

\SetTblrInner{hlines, vlines, hspan=default}

\begin{tblr}{cell{2}{1}={c=2}{l},cell{3}{1}={c=3}{l},cell{4}{2}={c=2}{l}}
111 111 & 222 222 & 333 333 \\
12 Multi Columns Multi Columns 12 & & 333 \\
13 Multi Columns Multi Columns Multi Columns 13 & & \\
111 & 23 Multi Columns Multi Columns 23 & \\
\end{tblr}

111 111 222 222 333 333

12 Multi Columns Multi Columns 12 333
13 Multi Columns Multi Columns Multi Columns 13
111 23 Multi Columns Multi Columns 23

\SetTblrInner{hlines, vlines, hspan=even}

\begin{tblr}{cell{2}{1}={c=2}{l},cell{3}{1}={c=3}{l},cell{4}{2}={c=2}{l}}
111 111 & 222 222 & 333 333 \\
12 Multi Columns Multi Columns 12 & & 333 \\
13 Multi Columns Multi Columns Multi Columns 13 & & \\
111 & 23 Multi Columns Multi Columns 23 & \\
\end{tblr}

111 111 222 222 333 333

12 Multi Columns Multi Columns 12 333
13 Multi Columns Multi Columns Multi Columns 13
111 23 Multi Columns Multi Columns 23

\SetTblrInner{hlines, vlines, hspan=minimal}

\begin{tblr}{cell{2}{1}={c=2}{l},cell{3}{1}={c=3}{l},cell{4}{2}={c=2}{l}}
111 111 & 222 222 & 333 333 \\
12 Multi Columns Multi Columns 12 & & 333 \\
13 Multi Columns Multi Columns Multi Columns 13 & & \\
111 & 23 Multi Columns Multi Columns 23 & \\
\end{tblr}

111 111 222 222 333 333

12 Multi Columns 333
Multi Columns 12
13 Multi Columns Multi
Columns Multi Columns 13
111 23 Multi Columns
Multi Columns 23
CHAPTER 3. EXTRA INTERFACES 29

The following examples show the results from different vspan values.

\SetTblrInner{hlines, vlines, vspan=default}

Column1 Column2
\begin{tblr}{column{2}={3.25cm}, cell{2}{2}={r=3}{l}}
Column1 & Column2 \\ Row1 Long text that needs
Row1 & Long text that needs multiple lines. Row2 multiple lines. Long
Long text that needs multiple lines. text that needs
Long text that needs multiple lines. \\ multiple lines. Long
Row2 & \\ Row3 text that needs
Row3 & \\ multiple lines.
Row4 & Short text \\ Row4 Short text
\end{tblr}

\SetTblrInner{hlines, vlines, vspan=even}

Column1 Column2
\begin{tblr}{column{2}={3.25cm}, cell{2}{2}={r=3}{l}}
Column1 & Column2 \\ Row1 Long text that needs
Row1 & Long text that needs multiple lines. multiple lines. Long
Long text that needs multiple lines. text that needs
Row2
Long text that needs multiple lines. \\ multiple lines. Long
Row2 & \\ text that needs
Row3 multiple lines.
Row3 & \\
Row4 & Short text \\ Row4 Short text
\end{tblr}

3.1.5 Set baseline for the table

With baseline key, you can set baseline for the table. All possible values for baseline are as follows:

t align the table at the top

T align the table at the first row
m align the table at the middle, initial value
b align the table at the bottom
B align the table at the last row
<n> align the table at row <n> (a positive integer)

If there is no hline above the first row, you get the same result with either t or T. But you get different
results if there are one or more hlines above the row:

Baseline\begin{tblr}{hlines,baseline=t} Baseline Baseline

Alpha & Beta & Gamma \\ Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta \\ Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\
\end{tblr}Baseline Iota Kappa Lambda

Baseline\begin{tblr}{hlines,baseline=T}
Baseline Alpha Beta Gamma Baseline
Alpha & Beta & Gamma \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta \\ Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\ Iota Kappa Lambda
\end{tblr}Baseline

The differences between b and B are similar to t and T. In fact, these two values T and B are better
replacements for currently obsolete \firsthline and \lasthline commands.
CHAPTER 3. EXTRA INTERFACES 30

3.2 Outer specifications

Except for specifications to be introduced in Chapter 4, there are several other outer specifications which
are described in Table 3.2.

Table 3.2: Keys for Outer Specifications

Key Description and Values Initial Value
baseline set the baseline of the table m
long change the table to a long table ×
tall change the table to a tall table ×
expand you need this key to use verb commands ×
expand+ like expand but appends to previous values ×

3.2.1 Set baseline in another way

You may notice that you can write baseline option as either an inner or an outer specification. It is
true that either way would do the job. But there is a small difference: when baseline=t/T/m/b/B is an
outer specification, you can omit the key name and write the value only.

Baseline\begin{tblr}[m]{hlines}
Alpha Beta Gamma
Alpha & Beta & Gamma \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta \\ Baseline Epsilon Zeta Eta Baseline
Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\ Iota Kappa Lambda
\end{tblr}Baseline

3.2.2 Long and tall tables

You can change a table to long table by passing outer specification long, or change it to tall table by
passing outer specification tall (see Chapter 4). Therefore the following two tables are the same:

\begin{longtblr}{lcr}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma
\end{longtblr}
\begin{tblr}[long]{lcr}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma
\end{tblr}

3.2.3 Expand macros first

In contrast to traditional tabular environment, tabularray environments need to see every & and
\\ when splitting the table body. And you can not put cell text inside any table command defined
with \NewTblrTableCommand. But you could use outer key expand to make tabularray expand every
occurrence of any of the specified macros once and in the given order before splitting the table body. Note
that you can not expand a command defined with \NewDocumentCommand. You can also use expand+ if
you still want to keep the macros in the current expand setting.
To expand a command without optional argument, you can define it with \newcommand.
CHAPTER 3. EXTRA INTERFACES 31

\newcommand*\tblrrowa{
20 & 30 & 40 \\
}
\newcommand*\tblrrowb{
50 & 60 & 70 \\
}
\newcommand*\tblrbody{ AA BB CC
\hline
\tblrrowa 20 30 40
\tblrrowb 50 60 70
\hline
DD EE FF
}
\SetTblrOuter{expand=\tblrbody\tblrrowa} 20 30 40
\begin{tblr}[expand+=\tblrrowb]{ccc} 50 60 70
\hline
GG HH II
AA & BB & CC \\
\tblrbody
DD & EE & FF \\
\tblrbody
GG & HH & II \\
\hline
\end{tblr}

To expand commands with optional arguments, you can not define them with \newcommand. But you can
define them with \NewExpandableDocumentCommand, and use option expand=\expanded to do exhaustive
expansions.

\NewExpandableDocumentCommand\yes{O{Yes}m}{\SetCell{bg=green9}#1}
\NewExpandableDocumentCommand\no{O{No}m}{\SetCell{bg=red9}#1}
\begin{tblr}[expand=\expanded]{hlines}
What I get & is below \\
\expanded{\yes{}} & \expanded{\no{}} \\
\expanded{\yes[Great]{}} & \expanded{\no[Bad]{}}
\end{tblr}

What I get is below

Yes No
Great Bad

Note that you need to protect fragile commands (if any) inside them with \unexpanded command.

3.3 Default specifications

Tabularray package provides \SetTblrInner and \SetTblrOuter commands for you to change the
default inner and outer specifications of tables.
In general different tabularray environments (tblr, talltblr, longtblr, etc) could have different
default specifications. You can list the environments in the optional arguments of these two commands,
and they only apply to tblr environment when the optional arguments are omitted.
In the following example, the first line draws all hlines and vlines for all tblr tables created afterwards,
while the second line makes all tblr tables created afterwards vertically align at the last row.

\SetTblrInner{hlines,vlines}
\SetTblrOuter{baseline=B}

And the following example sets zero rowsep for all tblr and longtblr tables created afterwards.
CHAPTER 3. EXTRA INTERFACES 32

\SetTblrInner[tblr,longtblr]{rowsep=0pt}

3.4 New tabularray environments

You can define new tabularray environments using \NewTblrEnviron command:

\NewTblrEnviron{mytblr}
\SetTblrInner[mytblr]{hlines,vlines}
\SetTblrOuter[mytblr]{baseline=B} Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Text \begin{mytblr}{cccc}
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\ Text Iota Kappa Lambda Mu Text
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\end{mytblr} Text

3.5 New general environments

With +b argument type of \NewDocumentEnvironment command, you can also define a new general
environment based on tblr environment (note that there is an extra pair of curly braces at the end):

\NewDocumentEnvironment{fancytblr}{+b}{
Before Text
\begin{tblr}{hlines}
#1
\end{tblr}
After Text
}{}

\begin{fancytblr}
One & Two & Three \\ One Two Three
Four & Five & Six \\ Before Text Four Five Six After Text
Seven & Eight & Nine \\ Seven Eight Nine
\end{fancytblr}

3.6 New table commands

All commands which change the specifications of tables must be defined with \NewTblrTableCommand.
The following example demonstrates how to define a new table command:

\NewTblrTableCommand\myhline{\hline[0.1em,red5]}
\begin{tblr}{llll}
\myhline Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\ Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
\myhline
\end{tblr}

3.7 Child indexers and selectors

From version 2025A, child indexer Z accepts an optional argument for making a negative index.
CHAPTER 3. EXTRA INTERFACES 33

\begin{tblr}{
cell{1}{2-Z[2]} = {red9},
cell{2}{3-Z[3]} = {green9},
cell{3}{Z[6]-Z[4]} = {blue9} A B C D E F G H I
} A B C D E F G H I
A & B & C & D & E & F & G & H & I \\ A B C D E F G H I
A & B & C & D & E & F & G & H & I \\
A & B & C & D & E & F & G & H & I
\end{tblr}

From version 2022A, child selectors odd and even accept an optional argument, in which you can specify
the start index of the children.

\begin{tblr}{
cell{1}{odd} = {yellow9},
cell{2}{odd[5]} = {purple9},
cell{3}{odd[4]} = {cyan9} A B C D E F G H I J
} A B C D E F G H I J
A & B & C & D & E & F & G & H & I & J \\ A B C D E F G H I J
A & B & C & D & E & F & G & H & I & J \\
A & B & C & D & E & F & G & H & I & J
\end{tblr}

\begin{tblr}{
cell{1}{even} = {red9},
cell{2}{even[4]} = {green9},
cell{3}{even[3]} = {blue9} A B C D E F G H I J
} A B C D E F G H I J
A & B & C & D & E & F & G & H & I & J \\ A B C D E F G H I J
A & B & C & D & E & F & G & H & I & J \\
A & B & C & D & E & F & G & H & I & J \\
\end{tblr}

From version 2025A, there is a new child selector every for selecting indexes in an arithmetic sequence.

\begin{tblr}{
cell{1}{every{2}{-2}} = {yellow9},
cell{2}{every[2]{2}{-2}} = {purple9},
cell{3}{every[3]{-9}{-2}} = {cyan9} A B C D E F G H I J
} A B C D E F G H I J
A & B & C & D & E & F & G & H & I & J \\ A B C D E F G H I J
A & B & C & D & E & F & G & H & I & J \\
A & B & C & D & E & F & G & H & I & J
\end{tblr}

The interface of every selector is every[<step>]{<start>}{<end>}, where <start> and <end> are
postive or negative indexes. and they can not be child indexers such as U or Z.
More child indexers and selectors can be defined by users (see Section 7.4).
CHAPTER 3. EXTRA INTERFACES 34

3.8 Counters and lengths

Counters rownum, colnum, rowcount, colcount can be used in cell text:

\begin{tblr}{hlines}
Cell[\arabic{rownum}][\arabic{colnum}] & Cell[\arabic{rownum}][\arabic{colnum}] &
Cell[\arabic{rownum}][\arabic{colnum}] & Cell[\arabic{rownum}][\arabic{colnum}] \\
Row=\arabic{rowcount}, Col=\arabic{colcount} &
Row=\arabic{rowcount}, Col=\arabic{colcount} &
Row=\arabic{rowcount}, Col=\arabic{colcount} &
Row=\arabic{rowcount}, Col=\arabic{colcount} \\
Cell[\arabic{rownum}][\arabic{colnum}] & Cell[\arabic{rownum}][\arabic{colnum}] &
Cell[\arabic{rownum}][\arabic{colnum}] & Cell[\arabic{rownum}][\arabic{colnum}] \\
\end{tblr}

Cell[1][1] Cell[1][2] Cell[1][3] Cell[1][4]

Row=3, Col=4 Row=3, Col=4 Row=3, Col=4 Row=3, Col=4
Cell[3][1] Cell[3][2] Cell[3][3] Cell[3][4]

Also, lengths \leftsep, \rightsep, \abovesep, \belowsep can be used in cell text.

3.9 Tracing tabularray

To trace internal data behind tblr environment, you can use \SetTblrTracing command. For example,
\SetTblrTracing{all} will turn on all tracings, and \SetTblrTracing{none} will turn off all tracings.
\SetTblrTracing{+row,+column} will only tracing row and column data. All tracing messages will be
written to the log files.
Chapter 4

Use Long Tables

4.1 A simple example

To make a decent long table with header and footer, it is better to separate header/footer as table head/foot
(which includes caption, footnotes, continuation text) and row head/foot (which includes some rows of
the table that should appear in every page). By this approach, alternating row colors work as expected.

Table 4.1: A Long Long Long Long Long Long Long Table
Head Head Head
Head Head Head
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zetaa Eta
Iota Kappa† Lambda
Nu Xi Omicron
Rho Sigma Tau
Phi Chi Psi
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Nu Xi Omicron
Rho Sigma Tau
Phi Chi Psi
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Nu Xi Omicron
Rho Sigma Tau
Phi Chi Psi
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Foot Foot Foot
Continued on next page

35
CHAPTER 4. USE LONG TABLES 36

Table 4.1: A Long Long Long Long Long Long Long Table (Continued)
Head Head Head
Head Head Head
Nu Xi Omicron
Rho Sigma Tau
Phi Chi Psi
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Nu Xi Omicron
Rho Sigma Tau
Phi Chi Psi
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Nu Xi Omicron
Rho Sigma Tau
Phi Chi Psi
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Nu Xi Omicron
Rho Sigma Tau
Phi Chi Psi
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Nu Xi Omicron
Rho Sigma Tau
Phi Chi Psi
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Nu Xi Omicron
Rho Sigma Tau
Phi Chi Psi
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Nu Xi Omicron
Foot Foot Foot
Continued on next page
CHAPTER 4. USE LONG TABLES 37

Table 4.1: A Long Long Long Long Long Long Long Table (Continued)
Head Head Head
Head Head Head
Rho Sigma Tau
Phi Chi Psi
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Nu Xi Omicron
Rho Sigma Tau
Phi Chi Psi
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Nu Xi Omicron
Rho Sigma Tau
Phi Chi Psi
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Nu Xi Omicron
Rho Sigma Tau
Phi Chi Psi
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Nu Xi Omicron
Rho Sigma Tau
Phi Chi Psi
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Nu Xi Omicron
Rho Sigma Tau
Phi Chi Psi
Foot Foot Foot
a
It is the first footnote.
†
It is the second long long long long long long footnote.
Note: Some general note. Some general note. Some general note.
Source: Made up by myself. Made up by myself. Made up by myself.

As you can see in the above example, the appearance of long tables of tabularray package is similar to
that of threeparttablex packages. It supports table footnotes, but not page footnotes.
CHAPTER 4. USE LONG TABLES 38

The source code for the above long table is shown below. It is mainly self-explanatory.

\NewTblrTheme{fancy}{
\SetTblrStyle{firsthead}{font=\bfseries}
\SetTblrStyle{firstfoot}{fg=blue2}
\SetTblrStyle{middlefoot}{\itshape}
\SetTblrStyle{caption-tag}{red2}
}
\begin{longtblr}[
theme = fancy,
caption = {A Long Long Long Long Long Long Long Table},
entry = {Short Caption},
label = {tblr:test},
note{a} = {It is the first footnote.},
note{$\dag$} = {It is the second long long long long long long footnote.},
remark{Note} = {Some general note. Some general note. Some general note.},
remark{Source} = {Made up by myself. Made up by myself. Made up by myself.},
]{
colspec = {XXX}, width = 0.85\linewidth,
rowhead = 2, rowfoot = 1,
row{odd} = {gray9}, row{even} = {brown9},
row{1-2} = {purple7}, row{Z} = {blue7},
}
\hline
Head & Head & Head \\
\hline
Head & Head & Head \\
\hline
Alpha & Beta & Gamma \\
\hline
Epsilon & Zeta\TblrNote{a} & Eta \\
\hline
Iota & Kappa\TblrNote{$\dag$} & Lambda \\
\hline
Nu & Xi & Omicron \\
\hline
Rho & Sigma & Tau \\
\hline
Phi & Chi & Psi \\
\hline
......
\hline
Alpha & Beta & Gamma \\
\hline
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta \\
\hline
Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\
\hline
Nu & Xi & Omicron \\
\hline
Rho & Sigma & Tau \\
\hline
Phi & Chi & Psi \\
\hline
Foot & Foot & Foot \\
\hline
\end{longtblr}
CHAPTER 4. USE LONG TABLES 39

As you can see in the above code, we typeset long tables with longtblr environment. And we can totally
separate contents and styles of long tables with tabularray package.
Row head and row foot consist of some lines of the table and should appear in every page. Their options
are inner specifications and should be put in the mandatory argument of the longtblr environment. In
the above example, We set rowhead=2 and rowfoot=1.

Table 4.2: Inner Specifications for Row Heads and Row Foots
Key Name Key Description Initial Value
rowhead number of the first rows of the table appear in every page 0
rowfoot number of the last rows of the table appear in every page 0

Table head and table foot consist of the caption, continuation text, footnotes and remarks. Their options
are outer specifications and should be put in the optional argument of the longtblr environment.

Table 4.3: Outer Specifications for Table Heads and Table Foots
Key Name Key Description Initial Value
headsep vertical space between table head and table body 6pt
footsep vertical space between table foot and table body 6pt
presep vertical space between table head and the above text 1.5\bigskipamount
postsep vertical space between table foot and the below text 1.5\bigskipamount
theme table theme (including settings for templates and styles) ×
caption table caption ×
entry short table caption to be put in List of Tables ×
label table label ×
note{<name>} table note with <name> as tag ×
remark{<name>} table remark with <name> as tag ×

If you write entry=none, tabularray package will not add an entry in List of Tables. Therefore
caption=text,entry=none is similar to \caption[]{text} in longtable.
If you write label=none, tabularray package will not step table counter, and set the caption-tag
and caption-sep elements (see below) to empty. Therefore caption=text,entry=none,label=none is
similar to \caption*{text} in longtable, except for the counter.

4.2 Customize templates

4.2.1 Overview of templates
The template system for table heads and table foots in tabularray is largely inspired by beamer, caption
and longtable packages. For elements in Table 4.4, you can use \DeclareTblrTemplate to define and
modify templates, and use \SetTblrTemplate to choose default templates. In defining templates, you
can include other templates with \UseTblrTemplate and \ExpTblrTemplate commands.

Table 4.4: Elements for Table Heads and Table Foots

Element Name Element Description and Default Template
contfoot-text continuation text in the foot, normally “Continued on next page”
Continued on next page
CHAPTER 4. USE LONG TABLES 40

Table 4.4: Elements for Table Heads and Table Foots (Continued)
Element Name Element Description and Default Template
contfoot continuation paragraph in the foot, normally including contfoot-text template
conthead-text continuation text in the head, normally “(Continued)”
conthead continuation paragraph in the head, normally including conthead-text template
caption-tag caption tag, normally like “Table 4.2”
caption-sep caption separator, normally like “: ”
caption-text caption text, normally using user provided value
caption including caption-tag + caption-sep + caption-text
note-tag note tag, normally using user provided value
note-sep note separator, normally like “ ”
note-text note tag, normally using user provided value
note including note-tag + note-sep + note-text
remark-tag remark tag, normally using user provided value
remark-sep remark separator, normally like “: ”
remark-text remark text, normally using user provided value
remark including remark-tag + remark-sep + remark-text
firsthead table head on the first page, normally including caption template
middlehead table head on middle pages, normally including caption and conthead templates
lasthead table head on the last page, normally including caption and conthead templates
head setting all of firsthead, middlehead and lasthead
firstfoot table foot on the first page, normally including contfoot template
middlefoot table foot on middle pages, normally including contfoot template
lastfoot table foot on the last page, normally including note and remark templates
foot setting all of firstfoot, middlefoot and lastfoot

An element which only includes short text is called a sub element. Normally there is one - in the name
of a sub element. An element which includes one or more paragraphs is called a main element. Normally
there isn’t any - in the name of a main element.
For each of the above elements, two templates normal and empty are always defined. You can select one
of them with \SetTblrTemplate command.

4.2.2 Continuation templates

Let us have a look at the code for defining templates of continuation text first:1

\DeclareTblrTemplate{contfoot-text}{normal}{Continued on next page}

\SetTblrTemplate{contfoot-text}{normal}
\DeclareTblrTemplate{conthead-text}{normal}{(Continued)}
\SetTblrTemplate{conthead-text}{normal}

In the above code, command \DeclareTblrTemplate defines the templates with name normal, and then
command \SetTblrTemplate sets the templates with name normal as default. The normal template is
always defined and set as default for any element in tabularray. Therefore you had better use another
name when defining new templates.
1 To tell the truth, the default conthead-text and contfoot-text are actually stored in commands \tblrcontheadname

and \tblrcontfootname respectively. And you may contribute your translations of them to babel package.
CHAPTER 4. USE LONG TABLES 41

If you use default as template name in \DeclareTblrTemplate, you define and set it as default at the
same time. Therefore the above code can be written in another way:

\DeclareTblrTemplate{contfoot-text}{default}{Continued on next page}

\DeclareTblrTemplate{conthead-text}{default}{(Continued)}

You may modify the code to customize continuation text to fit your needs.
The templates for contfoot and conthead normally include the templates of their sub elements with
\UseTblrTemplate commands. But you can also handle user settings such as horizontal alignment here.

\DeclareTblrTemplate{contfoot}{default}{\UseTblrTemplate{contfoot-text}{default}}
\DeclareTblrTemplate{conthead}{default}{\UseTblrTemplate{conthead-text}{default}}

4.2.3 Caption templates

Normally a caption consists of three parts, and their templates are defined with the follow code:

\DeclareTblrTemplate{caption-tag}{default}{Table\hspace{0.25em}\thetable}
\DeclareTblrTemplate{caption-sep}{default}{:\enskip}
\DeclareTblrTemplate{caption-text}{default}{\InsertTblrText{caption}}

The command \InsertTblrText{caption} inserts the value of caption key, which you could write in
the optional argument of longtblr environment.
The caption template normally includes three sub templates with \UseTblrTemplate commands: The
caption template will be used in firsthead template.

\DeclareTblrTemplate{caption}{default}{
\UseTblrTemplate{caption-tag}{default}
\UseTblrTemplate{caption-sep}{default}
\UseTblrTemplate{caption-text}{default}
}

Furthermore capcont template includes conthead template as well. The capcont template will be used
in middlehead and lasthead templates.

\DeclareTblrTemplate{capcont}{default}{
\UseTblrTemplate{caption-tag}{default}
\UseTblrTemplate{caption-sep}{default}
\UseTblrTemplate{caption-text}{default}
\UseTblrTemplate{conthead-text}{default}
}

4.2.4 Note and remark templates

The templates for table notes can be defined like this:

\DeclareTblrTemplate{note-tag}{default}{\textsuperscript{\InsertTblrNoteTag}}
\DeclareTblrTemplate{note-sep}{default}{\space}
\DeclareTblrTemplate{note-text}{default}{\InsertTblrNoteText}
CHAPTER 4. USE LONG TABLES 42

\DeclareTblrTemplate{note}{default}{
\MapTblrNotes{
\noindent
\UseTblrTemplate{note-tag}{default}
\UseTblrTemplate{note-sep}{default}
\UseTblrTemplate{note-text}{default}
\par
}
}

The \MapTblrNotes command loops for all table notes, which are written in the optional argument of
longtblr environment. Inside the loop, you can use \InsertTblrNoteTag and \InsertTblrNoteText
commands to insert current note tag and note text, respectively.
The definition of remark templates are similar to note templates.

\DeclareTblrTemplate{remark-tag}{default}{\InsertTblrRemarkTag}
\DeclareTblrTemplate{remark-sep}{default}{:\space}
\DeclareTblrTemplate{remark-text}{default}{\InsertTblrRemarkText}

\DeclareTblrTemplate{remark}{default}{
\MapTblrRemarks{
\noindent
\UseTblrTemplate{remark-tag}{default}
\UseTblrTemplate{remark-sep}{default}
\UseTblrTemplate{remark-text}{default}
\par
}
}

4.2.5 Head and foot templates

The templates for table heads and foots are defined as including other templates:

\DeclareTblrTemplate{firsthead}{default}{
\UseTblrTemplate{caption}{default}
}
\DeclareTblrTemplate{middlehead,lasthead}{default}{
\UseTblrTemplate{capcont}{default}
}
\DeclareTblrTemplate{firstfoot,middlefoot}{default}{
\UseTblrTemplate{contfoot}{default}
}
\DeclareTblrTemplate{lastfoot}{default}{
\UseTblrTemplate{note}{default}
\UseTblrTemplate{remark}{default}
}

Note that you can define the same template for multiple elements in \DeclareTblrTemplate command.
If you only want to show table caption in the first page, you may change the definitions of middlehead
and lasthead elements:

\DeclareTblrTemplate{middlehead,lasthead}{default}{
\UseTblrTemplate{conthead}{default}
}
CHAPTER 4. USE LONG TABLES 43

4.3 Change styles

All available keys for template elements are described in Table 4.5.

Table 4.5: Keys for the Styles of Elements

Key Name Key Description Initial Value
fg foreground color ×
font font commands ×
halign horizontal alignment: l (left), c (center), r (right) or j (justify) j
indent parindent value 0pt
hang hangindent value 0pt or 0.7em
Note: In most cases, you can omit the underlined key names and write only their values. The keys
halign, indent and hang are only for main templates.

You may change the styles of elements with \SetTblrStyle command:

\SetTblrStyle{firsthead}{font=\bfseries}
\SetTblrStyle{firstfoot}{fg=blue2}
\SetTblrStyle{middlefoot}{\itshape}
\SetTblrStyle{caption-tag}{red2}

When you write \UseTblrTemplate{element}{default} in defining a template, beside including tem-

plate code of the element, the foreground color and font commands of the element will be set up
automatically. In contrast, \ExpTblrTemplate{element}{default} will only include template code.

4.4 Define themes

You may define your own themes for table heads and foots with \NewTblrTheme command. a theme
consists of some template and style settings. For example:

\NewTblrTheme{fancy}{
\DeclareTblrTemplate{conthead}{default}{[Continued]}
\SetTblrStyle{firsthead}{font=\bfseries}
\SetTblrStyle{firstfoot}{fg=blue2}
\SetTblrStyle{middlefoot}{\itshape}
\SetTblrStyle{caption-tag}{red2}
}

After defining the theme fancy, you can use it by writing theme=fancy in the optional argument of
longtblr environment.

4.5 Control page breaks

Just like longtable package, inside longtblr environment, you can use \\* or \nopagebreak to prohibit
a page break, and use \pagebreak to force a page break.

4.6 Floatable tall tables

There is also a talltblr environment as an alternative to threeparttable environment. It can not
cross multiple pages, but it can be put inside table environment.
CHAPTER 4. USE LONG TABLES 44

TEXT\begin{talltblr}[
caption = {Long Long Long Long Tabular},
entry = {Short Caption},
label = {tblr:tall},
note{a} = {It is the first footnote.},
note{$\dag$} = {It is the second long long long long long long footnote.},
]{
colspec = {XXX}, width = 0.5\linewidth, hlines,
}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta\TblrNote{a} \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda\TblrNote{$\dag$} \\
\end{talltblr}TEXT
Table 4.6: Long Long Long Long Tabular
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Etaa
TEXT TEXT
Iota Kappa Lambda†
a
It is the first footnote.
†
It is the second long long long long long long foot-
note.
Chapter 5

Use Some Libraries

A tabularray library could be loaded by \UseTblrLibrary command. From version 2025A, an external
library foo could also be loaded if its filename is [Link].

5.1 Library amsmath

With \UseTblrLibrary{amsmath} in the preamble of the document, tabularray will load amsmath
package, and define +array, +matrix, +bmatrix, +Bmatrix, +pmatrix, +vmatrix, +Vmatrix and +cases
environments. Each of the environments is similar to the environment without + prefix in its name, but
has default rowsep=2pt just as tblr environment. Every environment except +array accepts an optional
argument, where you can write inner specifications.

$\begin{pmatrix} 2 2 1
 
\dfrac{2}{3} & \dfrac{2}{3} & \dfrac{1}{3} \\ 3
2 3 3 
1 2
\dfrac{2}{3} & -\dfrac{1}{3} & -\dfrac{2}{3} \\ 
3 − − 
\dfrac{1}{3} & -\dfrac{2}{3} & \dfrac{2}{3} \\ 1 3 3
2 2 
\end{pmatrix}$ −
3 3 3

 
2 2 1
$\begin{+pmatrix}[cells={r},row{2}={purple8}] 3
\dfrac{2}{3} & \dfrac{2}{3} & \dfrac{1}{3} \\  3 3
2 1 2
\dfrac{2}{3} & -\dfrac{1}{3} & -\dfrac{2}{3} \\ 
3 − − 
\dfrac{1}{3} & -\dfrac{2}{3} & \dfrac{2}{3} \\  3 3
1 2 2
\end{+pmatrix}$ −
3 3 3

$f(x)=\begin{cases}

0, x = 1;
0, & x=1; \\


1,


\dfrac{1}{3}, & x=2; \\ x = 2;

f (x) = 32
\dfrac{2}{3}, & x=3; \\  , x = 3;
1, & x=4. \\

3


\end{cases}$ 1, x = 4.



$f(x)=\begin{+cases}


 0, x = 1;
0, & x=1; \\

1

 , x = 2;

\dfrac{1}{3}, & x=2; \\

f (x) = 3
\dfrac{2}{3}, & x=3; \\ 2
, x = 3;

1, & x=4. \\



 3
\end{+cases}$


1,

x = 4.

45
CHAPTER 5. USE SOME LIBRARIES 46

5.2 Library booktabs

With \UseTblrLibrary{booktabs} in the preamble of the document, tabularray will load booktabs
package, and define \toprule, \midrule, \bottomrule, \cmidrule, \cmidrulemore, \morecmidrules,
\specialrule, \addrowspace, and \addlinespace as table commands.

\begin{tblr}{llll}
\toprule
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
\midrule Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\ Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
\cmidrule{1-3}
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\ Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
\cmidrule{2-4} Nu Xi Omicron Pi
Nu & Xi & Omicron & Pi \\
\bottomrule
\end{tblr}

Just like \hline and \cline commands, you can also specify rule width and color by using hline keys in
the optional argument of any of these commands.
Like in booktabs, by default width of \toprule and \bottomrule are determined by \heavyrulewidth,
width of \midrule is determined by \lightrulewidth, and width of \cmidrule and \cmidrulemore are
determined by \cmidrulewidth, respectively. All three \...rulewidth are dimensions.

\begin{tblr}{llll}
\toprule[2pt,purple3]
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
\midrule[blue3]
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\ Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
\cmidrule[azure3]{2-3} Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\bottomrule[2pt,purple3]
\end{tblr}

If you need more than one \cmidrules, you can use \cmidrulemore command, which is simpler than
the booktabs usage \morecmidrules\cmidrule. \cmidrulemore can receive hline keys in an optional
argument too.

\begin{tblr}{llll}
\toprule
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\ Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
\cmidrule{1-3} \cmidrulemore{2-4}
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\ Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
\cmidrule{1-3} \morecmidrules \cmidrule{2-4}
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\bottomrule
\end{tblr}

From version 2021N, you can set trimming positions of \cmidrule and \cmidrulemore, using newly
introduced trimming options (leftpos, rightpos, endpos, l, r, and lr) (see Section 2.2). Option
endpos is already applied to these two commands.
CHAPTER 5. USE SOME LIBRARIES 47

\begin{tblr}{llll}
\toprule
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
\cmidrule[lr]{1-2} \cmidrule[lr=-0.4]{3-4} Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\ Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
\cmidrule[r]{1-2} \cmidrule[l]{3-4} Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\bottomrule
\end{tblr}

Since booktabs tables usually don’t have vlines, the meaningful values here are decimal numbers between
-1 and 0. The default value -0.8 for l, r, and lr is chosen to make similar result as booktabs package
does.
There is also a booktabs environment for you. With this environment, the default rowsep=0pt, but extra
vertical space will be added by \toprule, \midrule, \bottomrule and \cmidrule commands. The sizes
of vertical space are determined by \aboverulesep and \belowrulesep dimensions.

\begin{booktabs}{
colspec = lcccc,
cell{1}{1} = {r=2}{}, cell{1}{2,4} = {c=2}{},
}
\toprule I II
Sample & I & & II & \\ Sample
A B C D
\cmidrule[lr]{2-3} \cmidrule[lr]{4-5}
& A & B & C & D \\ S1 5 6 7 8
\midrule S2 6 7 8 5
S1 & 5 & 6 & 7 & 8 \\ S3 7 8 5 6
S2 & 6 & 7 & 8 & 5 \\
S3 & 7 & 8 & 5 & 6 \\
\bottomrule
\end{booktabs}

You can also use \specialrule command. The second argument sets belowsep of previous row, and the
third argument sets abovesep of current row,

\begin{booktabs}{row{2}={olive9}}
\toprule
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\ Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
\specialrule{0.5pt}{4pt}{6pt}
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\ Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
\specialrule{0.8pt,blue3}{3pt}{2pt}
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\ Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
\bottomrule
\end{booktabs}

At last, there is also an \addlinespace command, with an alternative name \addrowspace. You can
specify the size of vertical space to be added in its optional argument, and the default size is determinted
by \defaultaddspace dimension, initially 0.5em. This command adds one half of the space to belowsep
of previous row, and the other half to abovesep of current row.
CHAPTER 5. USE SOME LIBRARIES 48

\begin{booktabs}{row{2}={olive9}}
\toprule
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\ Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
\addlinespace
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\ Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
\addlinespace[1em]
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\ Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
\bottomrule
\end{booktabs}

From version 2022A, there is a longtabs environment for writing long booktabs tables, and a talltabs
environment for writing tall booktabs tables.

5.3 Library counter

You need to load counter library with \UseTblrLibrary{counter}, if you want to modify some LaTeX
counters inside tabularray tables.

\newcounter{mycnta}
\newcommand{\mycnta}{\stepcounter{mycnta}\arabic{mycnta}}
1 2 3
\begin{tblr}{hlines}
\mycnta & \mycnta & \mycnta \\ 4 5 6
\mycnta & \mycnta & \mycnta \\ 7 8 9
\mycnta & \mycnta & \mycnta \\
\end{tblr}

5.4 Library diagbox

When writing \UseTblrLibrary{diagbox} in the preamble of the document, tabularray package loads
diagbox package, and you can use \diagbox and \diagboxthree commands inside tblr environment.

\begin{tblr}{hlines,vlines} Pp
Beta Gamma
\diagbox{Aa}{Pp} & Beta & Gamma \\ Aa
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta \\ Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\
\end{tblr} Iota Kappa Lambda

\begin{tblr}{hlines,vlines} Pp Hh
\diagboxthree{Aa}{Pp}{Hh} & Beta & Gamma \\ Beta Gamma
Aa
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta \\
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\
\end{tblr} Iota Kappa Lambda

You can also use \diagbox and \diagboxthree commands in math mode.

$\begin{tblr}{|c|cc|}
\hline
\diagbox{X_1}{X_2} & 0 & 1 \\ X2
0 1
\hline X1
0 & 0.1 & 0.2 \\ 0 0.1 0.2
1 & 0.3 & 0.4 \\ 1 0.3 0.4
\hline
\end{tblr}$
CHAPTER 5. USE SOME LIBRARIES 49

5.5 Library functional

With \UseTblrLibrary{functional} in the preamble of the document, tabularray will load functional
package, and define outer key evaluate and inner key process. This library brings intuitive functional
programming into tabularray tables.

5.5.1 Evaluate inner specifications

With this library, tabularray will evaluate every function (defined with \prgNewFunction) within inner
specifications, replacing it with its return value, before parsing the key-value pairs. Here is an example:

\begin{tblr}{
hlines,
row{2} = {bg=\funColor{RGB}{180,180,255}} Alpha Beta Gamma
}
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Alpha & Beta & Gamma \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta \\ Iota Kappa Lambda
Iota & Kappa & Lambda
\end{tblr}

The \funColor function is provided by functional package. And now let’s see another example:

\begin{tblr}{
row{2} = {bg=\intIfOddTF{\value{page}}{\prgReturn{red7}}{\prgReturn{blue7}}}
}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\
\end{tblr}

Alpha Beta Gamma

Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda

You may like to define a new function for it if you need to use it several times:

\IgnoreSpacesOn
\prgNewFunction \colorMagic {mm} {
\intIfOddTF{\value{page}}{\prgReturn{#1}}{\prgReturn{#2}}
}
\IgnoreSpacesOff
\begin{tblr}{
row{1} = {bg=\colorMagic{yellow7}{brown7}},
row{3} = {bg=\colorMagic{green7}{teal7}}
}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\
\end{tblr}

Alpha Beta Gamma

Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
CHAPTER 5. USE SOME LIBRARIES 50

5.5.2 Evaluate table body

With outer key evaluate, you can evaluate every occurrence of a specified protected function (defined
with \prgNewFunction) and replace it with the return value before splitting the table body.
The first application of evaluate key is for inputting files inside tables. Assume you have two files
[Link] and [Link] with the following contents:

\begin{filecontents*}[overwrite]{[Link]}
Some & Some \\
\end{filecontents*}

\begin{filecontents*}[overwrite]{[Link]}
Other & Other \\
\end{filecontents*}

Then you can input them with outer specification evaluate=\fileInput. The \fileInput function is
provided by functional package.

\begin{tblr}[evaluate=\fileInput]{hlines} Row1 1
Row1 & 1 \\
Some Some
\fileInput{[Link]}
Row3 & 3 \\ Row3 3
\fileInput{[Link]} Other Other
Row5 & 5 \\
\end{tblr} Row5 5

In general, you can define your functions which return parts of table contents, and use evaluate key to
evaluate them inside tables.

\IgnoreSpacesOn
\prgNewFunction \myFunOne {m} {
\prgReturn {#1 & #1 \\}
} Row1 1
\IgnoreSpacesOff Text Text
\begin{tblr}[evaluate=\myFunOne]{hlines}
Row3 3
Row1 & 1 \\
\myFunOne{Text} Text Text
Row3 & 3 \\ Row5 5
\myFunOne{Text}
Row5 & 5 \\
\end{tblr}

\IgnoreSpacesOn
\prgNewFunction \myFunTwo {} {
\prgReturn {Other & Other \\}
} Row1 1
\IgnoreSpacesOff Other Other
\begin{tblr}[evaluate=\myFunTwo]{hlines}
Row3 3
Row1 & 1 \\
\myFunTwo Other Other
Row3 & 3 \\ Row5 5
\myFunTwo
Row5 & 5 \\
\end{tblr}

You can even generate the whole table with some function.
CHAPTER 5. USE SOME LIBRARIES 51

\IgnoreSpacesOn
\prgNewFunction \makeEmptyTable {mm} {
\tlSet \lTmpaTl {\intReplicate {\intEval{#2-1}} {&}}
\tlPutRight \lTmpaTl {\\}
\intReplicate {#1} {\tlUse \lTmpaTl}
}
\IgnoreSpacesOff
\begin{tblr}[evaluate=\makeEmptyTable]{hlines,vlines}
\makeEmptyTable{3}{7}
\end{tblr}

From version 2023A, you can evaluate all functions in the table body with option evaluate=all.

5.5.3 Process table elements

With inner key process, you can modify the contents and styles before the table is built. Several public
functions defined with \prgNewFuncton are provided for you:

• \cellGetText{<rownum>}{<colnum>}
• \cellSetText{<rownum>}{<colnum>}{<text>}
• \cellSetStyle{<rownum>}{<colnum>}{<style>}

• \rowSetStyle{<rownum>}{<style>}
• \columnSetStyle{<colnum>}{<style>}

As the first example, let’s calculate the sums of cells column by column:

\IgnoreSpacesOn
\prgNewFunction \calcSum {} {
\intStepOneInline {1} {\arabic{colcount}} {
\intZero \lTmpaInt
\intStepOneInline {1} {\arabic{rowcount}-1} {
\intAdd \lTmpaInt {\cellGetText {####1} {##1}}
}
\cellSetText {\expWhole{\arabic{rowcount}}} {##1} {\intUse\lTmpaInt}
}
}
\IgnoreSpacesOff

\begin{tblr}{colspec={rrr},process=\calcSum}
\hline
1 & 2 & 3 \\ 1 2 3
4 & 5 & 6 \\ 4 5 6
7 & 8 & 9 \\
\hline 7 8 9
& & \\ 12 15 18
\hline
\end{tblr}

Now, let’s set background colors of cells depending on their contents:

CHAPTER 5. USE SOME LIBRARIES 52

\IgnoreSpacesOn
\prgNewFunction \colorBack {} {
\intStepOneInline {1} {\arabic{rowcount}} {
\intStepOneInline {1} {\arabic{colcount}} {
\intSet \lTmpaInt {\cellGetText {##1} {####1}}
\intCompareTF {\lTmpaInt} > {0}
{\cellSetStyle {##1} {####1} {bg=purple8}}
{\cellSetStyle {##1} {####1} {bg=olive8}}
}
}
}
\IgnoreSpacesOff

\begin{tblr}{hlines,vlines,cells={r,$},process=\colorBack}
−1 2 3
-1 & 2 & 3 \\
4 & 5 & -6 \\ 4 5 −6
7 & -8 & 9 \\ 7 −8 9
\end{tblr}

We can also use color series of xcolor package to color table rows:

\definecolor{lightb}{RGB}{217,224,250}
\definecolorseries{tblrow}{rgb}{last}{lightb}{white}
\resetcolorseries[3]{tblrow}
\IgnoreSpacesOn
\prgNewFunction \colorSeries {} {
\intStepOneInline {1} {\arabic{rowcount}} {
\tlSet \lTmpaTl {\intMathMod {##1-1} {3}}
\rowSetStyle {##1} {\expWhole{bg=tblrow!![\lTmpaTl]}}
}
}
\IgnoreSpacesOff

\begin{tblr}{hlines,process=\colorSeries} Row1 1
Row1 & 1 \\ Row2 2
Row2 & 2 \\
Row3 & 3 \\ Row3 3
Row4 & 4 \\ Row4 4
Row5 & 5 \\
Row5 5
Row6 & 6 \\
\end{tblr} Row6 6

5.6 Library hook

This library is experimental. It will also load varwidth library and set measure=vstore as default. See
Section 7.2 for more details of the library.

5.7 Library html

This library is experimental. See Section 7.3 for more details of the library.
CHAPTER 5. USE SOME LIBRARIES 53

5.8 Library nameref

From version 2022D, you can load nameref library to make \nameref and longtblr work together.

5.9 Library siunitx

When writing \UseTblrLibrary{siunitx} in the preamble of the document, tabularray package loads
siunitx package, and defines S column as Q column with si key.

\begin{tblr}{
hlines, vlines,
colspec={S[table-format=3.2]S[table-format=3.2]} Head Head
} 111 111
{Head} & {Head} \\
111 & 111 \\ 2.1 2.2
2.1 & 2.2 \\ 33.11 33.22
33.11 & 33.22 \\
\end{tblr}

\begin{tblr}{
hlines, vlines,
colspec={Q[si={table-format=3.2},c]Q[si={table-format=3.2},c]} Head Head
} 111 111
{Head} & {Head} \\
111 & 111 \\ 2.1 2.2
2.1 & 2.2 \\ 33.11 33.22
33.11 & 33.22 \\
\end{tblr}

Note that you need to use one pairs of curly braces to guard non-numeric cells1 . But it is cumbersome to
enclose each cell with braces. From version 2022B a new key guard is provided for cells and rows. With
guard key the previous example can be largely simplified.

\begin{tblr}{
hlines, vlines,
colspec={Q[si={table-format=3.2},c]Q[si={table-format=3.2},c]}, Head Head
row{1} = {guard}
} 111 111
Head & Head \\ 2.1 2.2
111 & 111 \\
33.11 33.22
2.1 & 2.2 \\
33.11 & 33.22 \\
\end{tblr}
1 Before version 2025A, three pairs of braces are needed.
CHAPTER 5. USE SOME LIBRARIES 54

Also you must use l, c or r to set horizontal alignment for non-numeric cells:

\begin{tblr}{
hlines, vlines, columns={6em},
colspec={
Q[si={table-format=3.2,table-number-alignment=left},l,blue7]
Q[si={table-format=3.2,table-number-alignment=center},c,teal7]
Q[si={table-format=3.2,table-number-alignment=right},r,purple7]
},
row{1} = {guard}
}
Head & Head & Head \\
111 & 111 & 111 \\
2.1 & 2.2 & 2.3 \\
33.11 & 33.22 & 33.33 \\
\end{tblr}

Head Head Head

111 111 111
2.1 2.2 2.3
33.11 33.22 33.33

Both S and s columns are supported. In fact, These two columns have been defined as follows:

\NewTblrColumnType{S}[1][]{Q[si={#1},c]}
\NewTblrColumnType{s}[1][]{Q[si={#1},c,cmd=\TblrUnit]}

You don’t need to and are not allowed to define them again.

5.10 Library tikz

With this experimental tikz library,2 you can draw tikz pictures below or above (short or tall) tables.
This library depends on and loads tabularray library hook and tikz library calc.3
To draw below/above a table, write some tikz code inside tblrtikzbelow/tblrtikzabove environment.
Both of them should be put before the table, and two compilations are needed to get desired result.
Inside tblrtikzbelow/tblrtikzabove environment, you can use these predefined nodes:

Table 5.1: Nodes created by tikz library

Node Name Node Description
table node table rectangle node for the whole table
cell node <i>-<j> rectangle node for cell{<i>}{<j>}
corner node h<i> coordinate node at the instersection point of hborder{<i>} and vborder{1}
corner node v<j> coordinate node at the instersection point of vborder{<j>} and hborder{1}

The first example below demonstrates the table node and cell nodes:
2 The author thanks Jasper Habicht for his contributions to this library.
3 Please have a look at this tikz issue first if you need to write \UseTblrLibrary{tikz} in your LaTeX3 package.
CHAPTER 5. USE SOME LIBRARIES 55

\begin{tblrtikzbelow}
\path[pattern color=gray9,pattern=checkerboard,
draw=blue3, ultra thick, rounded corners]
([Link] west) rectangle ([Link] east);
\end{tblrtikzbelow}%
\begin{tblrtikzabove}
1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4
\draw[red3, thick]
([Link] west) -- ([Link] east) 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4
([Link] west) -- ([Link] east); 3-1 3-2 3-3 3-4
\end{tblrtikzabove}%
\begin{tblr}{hline{2-3},vline{2-4}}
1-1 & 1-2 & 1-3 & 1-4 \\
2-1 & 2-2 & 2-3 & 2-4 \\
3-1 & 3-2 & 3-3 & 3-4
\end{tblr}

The second example below demonstrates corner nodes:

\begin{tblrtikzabove}
\draw[color=white,thick]
(h1-|v1) -- (h1-|v2) -- (h2-|v2)
-- (h2-|v3) -- (h3-|v3) -- (h3-|v4)
-- (h4-|v4) -- (h4-|v5) -- (h2-|v5) 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5
-- (h2-|v6) -- (h1-|v6);
2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5
\end{tblrtikzabove}%
\begin{tblr}{hlines={wd=4pt},vlines={wd=3pt}} 3-1 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5
1-1 & 1-2 & 1-3 & 1-4 & 1-5 \\
2-1 & 2-2 & 2-3 & 2-4 & 2-5 \\
3-1 & 3-2 & 3-3 & 3-4 & 3-5
\end{tblr}

By tikz intersection syntax, h<i>-|v<j> is the instersection point of horder{<i>} and vborder{<j>}.
It is rather complicated to add full support for drawing tikz pictures on long tables. At present, the
support is limited: only cell nodes are available for multi-page long tables. In writng drawing code,
users are responsible for making sure the elements to draw are actually in current page table. These
public variables might come in handy: \lTblrRowHeadInt, \lTblrRowFootInt, \lTblrTablePageInt,
\lTblrRowFirstInt, \lTblrRowLastInt (they are described in Section 7.3). Here is an example:

Table 5.2: Long Table Tikz

Head1 Head2 Head3 Head4 Head5
2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5
3-1 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5
4-1 4-2 4-3 4-4 4-5
5-1 5-2 5-3 5-4 5-5
6-1 6-2 6-3 6-4 6-5
7-1 7-2 7-3 7-4 7-5
8-1 8-2 8-3 8-4 8-5
9-1 9-2 9-3 9-4 9-5
0-1 0-2 0-3 0-4 0-5
1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5
Foot1 Foot2 Foot3 Foot4 Foot5
Continued on next page
CHAPTER 5. USE SOME LIBRARIES 56

Table 5.2: Long Table Tikz (Continued)

Head1 Head2 Head3 Head4 Head5
2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5
3-1 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5
4-1 4-2 4-3 4-4 4-5
5-1 5-2 5-3 5-4 5-5
Foot1 Foot2 Foot3 Foot4 Foot5

\ExplSyntaxOn
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \clist_map_inline:nn {e}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \mymagic #1
{
\clist_map_inline:en {\ExpTblrChildClass {#1}}
{
\bool_lazy_and:nnT
{ \int_compare_p:n {\lTblrRowFirstInt <= \use_i:nn ##1} }
{ \int_compare_p:n {\lTblrRowLastInt >= \use_i:nn ##1} }
{ \exp_args:Noo \mymagicfill {\use_i:nn ##1} {\use_ii:nn ##1} }
}
}
\ExplSyntaxOff
\newcommand\mymagicfill[2]{
\fill[teal7,rounded corners=8pt] (#1-#[Link] west) rectangle (#1-#[Link] east);
}
\begin{tblrtikzbelow}
\mymagic{magic}
\end{tblrtikzbelow}%
\begin{longtblr}[
caption = Long Table Tikz
]{
rowhead=1, rowfoot=1, hlines, vlines, colspec={*{5}{X[r]}}
}
Head1 & Head2 & Head3 & Head4 & Head5 \\
2-1 & 2-2 & \SetChild{class=magic}2-3 & 2-4 & 2-5 \\
3-1 & 3-2 & 3-3 & 3-4 & 3-5 \\
4-1 & 4-2 & 4-3 & \SetChild{class=magic}4-4 &4-5 \\
5-1 & 5-2 & 5-3 & 5-4 & 5-5 \\
6-1 & 6-2 & 6-3 & 6-4 & 6-5 \\
7-1 & \SetChild{class=magic}7-2 & 7-3 & 7-4 & 7-5 \\
8-1 & 8-2 & 8-3 & 8-4 & \SetChild{class=magic}8-5 \\
9-1 & 9-2 & 9-3 & 9-4 & 9-5 \\
0-1 & 0-2 & \SetChild{class=magic}0-3 & 0-4 & 0-5 \\
1-1 & 1-2 & 1-3 & 1-4 & 1-5 \\
\SetChild{class=magic}2-1 & 2-2 & 2-3 & 2-4 & 2-5 \\
3-1 & 3-2 & 3-3 & 3-4 & 3-5 \\
4-1 & 4-2 & 4-3 & \SetChild{class=magic}4-4 &4-5 \\
5-1 & 5-2 & 5-3 & 5-4 & 5-5 \\
Foot1 & Foot2 & Foot3 & Foot4 & Foot5 \\
\end{longtblr}
CHAPTER 5. USE SOME LIBRARIES 57

5.11 Library varwidth

To build a nice table, tabularray need to measure the widths of cells. By default, it uses \hbox to
measure the sizes. This causes an error if a cell contains some vertical material, such as lists or display
maths.
With varwidth library, tabularray will load varwidth package, add a new inner specification measure,
and set measure=vbox so that it will use \vbox to measure cell widths.

\begin{tblr}{hlines,measure=vbox}
Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text
\begin{itemize}
\item List List List List List List • List List List List List List
\item List List List List List List List • List List List List List List List
\end{itemize}
Text Text Text Text Text Text Text \\ Text Text Text Text Text Text Text
\end{tblr}

From version 2022A, you can remove extra space above and below lists, by adding option stretch=-1.
The following example also needs enumitem package and its nosep option:
• List List List List List oooo
• List List List List List List
• List List List List List
• List List List List List List gggg

\begin{tblr}{
hlines,vlines,rowspec={Q[l,t]Q[l,b]},
measure=vbox,stretch=-1,
}
\begin{itemize}[nosep]
\item List List List List List
\item List List List List List List
\end{itemize} & oooo \\
\begin{itemize}[nosep]
\item List List List List List
\item List List List List List List
\end{itemize} & gggg \\
\end{tblr}

Note that option stretch=-1 also removes struts from cells, therefore it may not work well in tabularray
environments with rowsep=0pt, such as booktabs/longtabs/talltabs environments from booktabs
library.
From version 2025A, measure key also accepts an experimental vstore value. With measure=vstore,
tabularray also measures cells with \vbox, but it will store the boxes for later use, which is necessary
to make \lTblrMeasuringBool status correct.
From version 2025A, the setting of measure key also applies to subtables.

5.12 Library zref

From version 2022D, you can load zref library to make \zref and longtblr work together.
Chapter 6

Tips and Tricks

6.1 Default rule widths and colors

From version 2025A, default hrule and vrule widths are stored in variables \lTblrDefaultHruleWidthDim
and \lTblrDefaultVruleWidthDim respectively, and default hrule and vrule colors are stored in variables
\lTblrDefaultHruleColorTl and \lTblrDefaultVruleColorTl respectively. Here is an example:

\setlength\lTblrDefaultHruleWidthDim{1pt}%
\setlength\lTblrDefaultVruleWidthDim{2pt}%
\renewcommand\lTblrDefaultHruleColorTl{blue5}%
\renewcommand\lTblrDefaultVruleColorTl{red5}%
\begin{tblr}{ Alpha Beta Gamma
hlines, hline{2} = {wd=2pt, fg=cyan5},
Epsilon Zeta Eta
vlines, vline{2} = {wd=1pt, fg=green5}
} Iota Kappa Lambda
Alpha & Beta & Gamma \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\
\end{tblr}

6.2 Control horizontal alignment

You can control horizontal alignment of cells in tabularray with ragged2e package, by redefining some
of the following commands:

\RenewDocumentCommand\TblrAlignBoth{}{\justifying}
\RenewDocumentCommand\TblrAlignLeft{}{\RaggedRight}
\RenewDocumentCommand\TblrAlignCenter{}{\Centering}
\RenewDocumentCommand\TblrAlignRight{}{\RaggedLeft}

Please read the documentation of ragged2e package for more details of their alignment commands.

6.3 Use safe verbatim commands

Due to the limitations of TeX, we are not able to make \verb command behave well inside tabularray
tables. As a replacement, you may use \fakeverb command from codehigh package.
The \fakeverb command will remove the backslashes in the following control symbols before typesetting
its content: \\, \{, \}, \#, \^ and \␣, \%. Also the argument of \fakeverb command need to be
enclosed with curly braces. Therefore it could be safely used inside tabularray tables and other LaTeX
commands.

58
CHAPTER 6. TIPS AND TRICKS 59

Here is an example of using \fakeverb commands inside a tblr environment:

\begin{tblr}{hlines} Special \abc{}$&^_^uvw 123

Special & \fakeverb{\abc{}$&^_^uvw 123} \\
Spacing & \fakeverb{\bfseries\ \#\%} \\ Spacing \bfseries #%
Nesting & \fbox{\fakeverb{$\left\\\{A\right.$\#}} Nesting $\left\{A\right.$#
\end{tblr}

In the above example, balanced curly braces and control words (such as \bfseries) need not to be
escaped—only several special characters need to be escaped. Please read the documentation of codehigh
package for more details of \fakeverb commands.1

6.4 Blank lines around cells

In tabularray tables, there could be a blank line before a cell, after a cell, or between table commands
and cell text. Here is an example:

\begin{tblr}{rl}

\hline

One

&

Two

\\
One Two
\hline
Three Four
Three

&

Four

\\

\hline

\end{tblr}

But more blank lines are not supported. Therefore putting more than one blank line at any of these
positions may cause wrong result.

1 By the way, \EscVerb command from fvextra package is similar to \fakeverb command, but with \EscVerb you need

to escape every control word.

Chapter 7

Experimental Interfaces

The interfaces in this chapter (and other undocumented public interfaces even if mentioned in the
changelog) should be seen as experimental and are likely to change in future releases, if necessary.
Don’t use them in important documents.

7.1 Experimental public key paths

In version 2025A, all tabularray key paths were cleaned up as follows:
• tabularray/table/inner (from tblr): for inner specifications.
• tabularray/table/outer (from tblr-outer): for outer specifications.
• tabularray/column/inner (from tblr-column): for column specifications.
• tabularray/row/inner (from tblr-row): for row specifications.
• tabularray/cell/inner (from tblr-cell-spec): for cell specifications.
• tabularray/cell/outer (from tblr-cell-span): for cell spanning specifications.
• tabularray/hline/inner (from tblr-hline): for hline specifications.
• tabularray/vline/inner (from tblr-vline): for vline specifications.
• tabularray/hborder/inner (from tblr-hborder) for hborder specifications.
• tabularray/vborder/inner (from tblr-vborder) for vborder specifications.
An advanced user or package writer can use \DeclareKeys and \SetKeys commands (provided by LaTeX
format) to declare new keys and apply key-value lists, respectively.
The key paths are quite long, therefore tabularray provides two shortcut commands \DeclareTblrKeys
and \SetTblrKeys:

\DeclareTblrKeys{<path>}{<keyvals>} = \DeclareKeys[tabularray/<path>]{<keyvals>}
\SetTblrKeys{<path>}{<keyvals>} = \SetKeys[tabularray/<path>]{<keyvals>}

7.2 Experimental public hook names

All experimental public tabularray hook names provided by hook library are as follows:
• tabularray/trial/before: hook before trial typesetting.
• tabularray/trial/after: hook after trial typesetting.
• tabularray/table/before: hook before building the whole table.
• tabularray/table/after: hook after building the whole table.
• tabularray/row/before: hook before typesetting a table row.
• tabularray/row/after: hook after typesetting a table row.
• tabularray/cell/before: hook before typesetting a table cell.
• tabularray/cell/after: hook after typesetting a table cell.

60
CHAPTER 7. EXPERIMENTAL INTERFACES 61

An advanced user or package writer can use \AddToHook and \AddToHookNext commands (provided by
LaTeX format) to inject code to tabularray tables.
The hook names are quite long, therefore tabularray provides two shortcut commands \AddToTblrHook
and \AddToTblrHookNext:

\AddToTblrHook{<name>}{<code>} = \AddToHook{tabularray/<name>}{<code>}
\AddToTblrHookNext{<name>}{<code>} = \AddToHookNext{tabularray/<name>}{<code>}

7.3 Experimental public variables

This variable can be used to change page break settings for multirow cells:
• \lTblrCellBreakBool: whether to allow page breaks in the middle of multirow cells.
This variable is always available throughout the whole typesetting process of tables:
• \lTblrMeasuringBool: if tabularray is doing trial typesetting.
You need to make sure measure=vstore to make \lTblrMeasuringBool correct.
This variable is available before building every table:
• \lTblrPortraitTypeTl: table type (short, tall or long).
These variables are updated in building long tables:
• \lTblrRowHeadInt: total number of head rows.
• \lTblrRowFootInt: total number of foot rows.
• \lTblrTablePageInt: index number of current page table.
• \lTblrRowFirstInt: first row number in row body of current page table.
• \lTblrRowLastInt: last row number in row body of curent page table.
These variables are updated by default before building every cell:
• \lTblrCellRowSpanInt: how many rows are spanned by current cell.
• \lTblrCellColSpanInt: how many columns are spanned by current cell.
• \lTblrCellOmittedBool: if current cell is spanned by another cell.
• \lTblrCellBackgroundTl: background color of current cell.
These variables are updated by html library before building every cell:
• \lTblrCellAboveBorderStyleTl
• \lTblrCellAboveBorderWidthDim
• \lTblrCellAboveBorderColorTl
• \lTblrCellBelowBorderStyleTl
• \lTblrCellBelowBorderWidthDim
• \lTblrCellBelowBorderColorTl
• \lTblrCellLeftBorderStyleTl
• \lTblrCellLeftBorderWidthDim
• \lTblrCellLeftBorderColorTl
• \lTblrCellRightBorderStyleTl
• \lTblrCellRightBorderWidthDim
• \lTblrCellRightBorderColorTl
In the above, BorderStyle, BorderWidth, BorderColor are similar to border-style, border-width,
border-color in HTML/CSS, respectively. BorderStyle and BorderColor are empty by default.

7.4 New child indexers and selectors

7.4.1 One dimensional indexers and selectors
You can define new child indexers with \NewTblrChildIndexer command. As an example, the following
is the simplified definition of Z indexer:
CHAPTER 7. EXPERIMENTAL INTERFACES 62

\ExplSyntaxOn
\NewTblrChildIndexer {Z} [1] [1]
{
\tl_set:Ne \lTblrChildIndexTl { \int_eval:n {\lTblrChildTotalInt + 1 - #1} {1} }
}
\ExplSyntaxOff

In the definition, you can use \lTblrChildTotalInt which is the total number of children. And you
only need to store the result index <i> in \lTblrChildIndexTl. The name of an indexer must consist of
letters and start with an uppercase letter.
You can define new child selectors with \NewTblrChildSelector command. As an example, the following
is the simplified definition of odd selector:

\ExplSyntaxOn
\NewTblrChildSelector {odd} [1] [1]
{
\clist_set:Ne \lTblrChildClist { {#1} {2} {\int_use:N \lTblrChildTotalInt} }
}
\ExplSyntaxOff

In the definition, you can use \lTblrChildTotalInt which is the total number of children. And you only
need to store the result indexes in \lTblrChildClist. When some indexes form an arithmetic sequence,
you can simplify them as {<start>}{<step>}{<end>}. The name of a selector must consist of letters
and start with a lowercase letter.

7.4.2 Two dimensional indexers and selectors

When selecting cells, you may need two dimensional indexers and selectors. You can also define new two
dimensional child indexers with \NewTblrChildIndexer command, and two dimensional child selectors
with \NewTblrChildSelector command.
In the definitions, you can use \lTblrChildHtotalInt which is the total number of horizontal children
(rows), and \lTblrChildVtotalInt which is the total number of vertical children (columns).
You also need to store the result index {<i>}{<j>} in \lTblrChildIndexTl in defining two dimensional
child indexers. Similarly you also need to store the result indexes in \lTblrChildClist in defining two
dimensional child selectors.

7.4.3 Child ids and classes

When the table is long, it is clumsy to select children with indexes, positive or negative. In version 2025A,
tabularray borrows ideas of ids and classes from HTML/CSS. With table command \SetChild, you
can mark a hborder/vborder/row/column/cell with an id or class, and use it in inner specifications.
The \SetChild command accepts key-value input:

Table 7.1: Key-value input in \SetChild command

Input Description
id=Hello create a child indexer Hello which is an index {<i>}{<j>}
idh=Hello create a child indexer Helloh which is a horizontal index <i>
idv=Hello create a child indexer Hellov which is a vertical index <j>
id*=Hello create all of the above three child indexers
class=world create a child selector world which is a list of indexes {<i>}{<j>}
Continued on next page
CHAPTER 7. EXPERIMENTAL INTERFACES 63

Table 7.1: Key-value input in \SetChild command (Continued)

Input Description
classh=world create a child selector worldh which is a list of horizontal indexes <i>
classv=world create a child selector worldv which is a list of vertical indexes <j>
class*=world create all of the above three child selectors

The following is an example of child ids (every id name must start with uppercase letter since it creates
a child indexer):

\begin{tblr}{
hline{1,Z},
row{Barh,Quxh} = {bg=azure7},
column{Bazv,Quxv} = {fg=red3}, 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
cell{Foo,Qux} = {cmd=\fbox} 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
}
1 & 2 & 3 & \SetChild{id=Foo} 4 & 5 & 6 & 7 & 8 \\ 3 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
2 & 2 & \SetChild{idh=Bar} 3 & 4 & 5 & 6 & 7 & 8 \\ 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
3 & \SetChild{idv=Baz} 2 & 3 & 4 & 5 & 6 & 7 & 8 \\
\SetChild{id*=Qux} 4 & 2 & 3 & 4 & 5 & 6 & 7 & 8
\end{tblr}

The following is an example of child classes (every class name must start with lowercase letter since it
creates a child selector):

\begin{tblr}{
hline{1,Z},
row{fooh} = {bg=azure7},
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
column{barv} = {fg=red3},
cell{baz} = {cmd=\fbox} 2 2 3 4 5 6 7
} 3 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 & 2 & \SetChild{classh=foo} 3 & 4 & 5 & 6 & 7 \\
2 & \SetChild{classv=bar} 2 & 3 & 4 & 5 & 6 & 7 \\ 4 2 3 4 5 6 7
\SetChild{class=baz} 3 & 2 & 3 & 4 & 5 & 6 & 7 \\ 5 2 3 4 5 6 7
4 & 2 & 3 & 4 & \SetChild{class=baz} 5 & 6 & 7 \\
6 2 3 4 5 6 7
5 & 2 & 3 & 4 & 5 & \SetChild{classh=foo} 6 & 7 \\
6 & 2 & 3 & 4 & 5 & 6 & \SetChild{classv=bar} 7
\end{tblr}

Since \SetChild commands need to be extracted first before parsing inner specifications, they must
be put at the beginning of cells, before other table commands such as \hline. Therefore it conflicts
with syntaxes \\[<dimen>] and \\*. They can be replaced with \\\SetRow{belowsep+=<dimen>} and
\\\nopagebreak respectively, so that \SetChild can be inserted in the middle:

\begin{tblr}{cell{Foo,Bar} = {fg=red3}}
\hline
1 & 2 & 3 & 4 & 5 & 6 & 7 \\ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
\SetChild{id=Foo}\SetRow{belowsep+=5pt}\hline
2 & 2 & 3 & 4 & 5 & 6 & 7 \\ 2 2 3 4 5 6 7
\SetChild{id=Bar}\nopagebreak\hline
3 2 3 4 5 6 7
3 & 2 & 3 & 4 & 5 & 6 & 7 \\
\hline
\end{tblr}

Only one \SetChild command in each cell is supported. But you can create multiple ids or classes with
single \SetChild command.
CHAPTER 7. EXPERIMENTAL INTERFACES 64

In drawing tikz pictures on tables (see Section 5.10), you may want to get the value of a child id or class
with \ExpTblrChildId or \ExpTblrChildClass. These two commands are fully expandable.
Chapter 8

History and Future

8.1 The future

As a policy, tabularray can support at most four TeX Live releases with latest updates. For example,
tabularray releases published in 2025 could be used in TeX Live 2022–2025 with latest updates.
To make the upcoming releases more stable, you are very welcome to test the latest package file in the
repository. To test it, you only need to download the following [Link] and put it into the folder
of your TeX documents:
[Link]

8.2 The history

The change log of tabularray package will be updated on the wiki page:
[Link]
When tabularray makes some breaking changes of stable public interfaces in a new release, you will be
able to roll back to previous release to make your existing documents unaffected.
Normally you don’t know when there will be a new breaking release. To keep your old documents as they
are, you may add the date of current release to the last optional argument of \usepackage in loading
tabularray, such as \usepackage{tabularray}[=2024-02-16].

8.2.1 Important changes in version 2025A

In version 2025A, there were several important changes:
• Inner key verb (deprecated before) was removed; it is better to use \fakeverb command.
• Support for end index in odd and even selectors was removed; it is better to use every selector.
• Page breaks in the middle of multirow cells were disabled.
• \DefTblrTemplate was deprecated in favor of \DeclareTblrTemplate.
• \NewColumnType was deprecated in favor of \NewTblrColumnType.
• \NewRowType was deprecated in favor of \NewTblrRowType.
• \NewColumnRowType was deprecated in favor of \NewTblrColumnRowType.
• \NewDashStyle was deprecated in favor of \NewTblrDashStyle.
• \NewChildSelector was deprecated in favor of \NewTblrChildSelector.
• \NewTableCommand was deprecated in favor of \NewTblrTableCommand.
• \tablewidth was deprecated in favor of \lTblrTableWidthDim.
For your old documents, you can still rollback to version 2024 by \usepackage{tabularray}[=v2024].

8.2.2 Important changes in version 2022A

In version 2022A, there were several breaking changes:

65
CHAPTER 8. HISTORY AND FUTURE 66

• \multicolumn command was removed; it is better to use \SetCell command.

• \multirow command was removed; it is better to use \SetCell command.
• \firsthline command was removed; it is better to use baseline=T option.
• \lasthline command was removed; it is better to use baseline=B option.
For your old documents, you can still rollback to version 2021 by \usepackage{tabularray}[=v2021].
Chapter 9

The Source Code

9.1 Scratch variables and function variants

%% \DeclareRelease and \DeclareCurrentRelease are added in LaTeX 2018-04-01
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2018-04-01]
\providecommand\DeclareRelease[3]{}
\providecommand\DeclareCurrentRelease[2]{}
\DeclareRelease{v2024}{2022-01-01}{[Link]}
\DeclareRelease{v2021}{2021-01-01}{[Link]}
\DeclareCurrentRelease{}{2025-01-01}

\ProvidesExplPackage{tabularray}{2025-03-11}{2025A}
{Typeset tabulars and arrays with LaTeX3}

%% \IfFormatAtLeastTF, xparse and lthooks are added in LaTeX 2020-10-01

%% Note that \@ifl@t@r or \@ifpackagelater means 'this date or later'
\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { latex-too-old }
{
Your ~ LaTeX ~ release ~ is ~ too ~ old. \\
Please ~ update ~ it ~ to ~ 2022-11-01 ~ first.
}
\@ifl@t@r\fmtversion{2022-11-01}{}{
\msg_error:nn { tabularray } { latex-too-old }
}

\AddToHook {package/xcolor/after} [tabularray] { \RequirePackage{ninecolors} }

\newenvironment{tblrNoHyper}{}{}
\AddToHook {package/hyperref/after} [tabularray]
{ \renewenvironment{tblrNoHyper}{\NoHyper}{\endNoHyper} }

\NewDocumentCommand \TblrParboxRestore { } { \@parboxrestore }

\NewDocumentCommand \TblrAlignBoth { }
{
\let \\ = \@normalcr
\leftskip = \z@skip
\@rightskip = \z@skip
\rightskip = \@rightskip
\parfillskip = \@flushglue
}

67
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 68

\NewDocumentCommand \TblrAlignLeft { } { \raggedright }

\NewDocumentCommand \TblrAlignCenter { } { \centering }

\NewDocumentCommand \TblrAlignRight { } { \raggedleft }

\cs_set_eq:NN \TblrNewPage \newpage

%% Note that \cs_if_exist:NTF doesn't treat \relax as an existing command.

%% Therefore we define our \__tblr_cs_if_defined:NTF here.
\prg_set_conditional:Npnn \__tblr_cs_if_defined:N #1 { p, T, F, TF }
{
%% \if_cs_exist:N = \ifdefined in eTeX
\if_cs_exist:N #1
\prg_return_true:
\else:
\prg_return_false:
\fi:
}
\prg_set_conditional:Npnn \__tblr_cs_if_defined:c #1 { p, T, F, TF }
{
%% \if_cs_exist:w = \ifcsname in eTeX
\if_cs_exist:w #1 \cs_end:
\prg_return_true:
\else:
\prg_return_false:
\fi:
}

\cs_generate_variant:Nn \msg_error:nnnnn { nnnVV }

\cs_generate_variant:Nn \seq_map_indexed_inline:Nn { cn }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \seq_set_split:Nnn { NVe }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \seq_set_split_keep_spaces:Nnn { Ne }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \seq_use:Nn { Ne }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_gput_right:Nn { Nf }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_rescan:nn { ne }
\prg_generate_conditional_variant:Nnn \clist_if_in:Nn { Ne } { TF }
\prg_generate_conditional_variant:Nnn \str_if_eq:nn { en } { TF }
\prg_generate_conditional_variant:Nnn \str_if_in:Nn { Ne } { TF }

%% Add missing function variants for texlive 2022. They can be removed in 2026.
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \clist_gput_right:Nn { ce }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \clist_put_right:Nn { ce }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \clist_set:Nn { Ne, ce }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \keyval_parse:NNn { NNV }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \msg_error:nnn { nnV }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \msg_error:nnnn { nnV }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_item:Nn { Ne, NV }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_put:Nnn { Nne, Nen, Nee, NeV }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \seq_put_right:Nn { Ne }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \seq_set_split:Nnn { Nne, NVn }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \str_gset:Nn { Ne }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_const:Nn { ce }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_gput_right:Nn { Ne }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_gset:Nn { Ne, ce }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_log:n { e }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 69

\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_put_left:Nn { Ne, Nv }

\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_put_right:Nn { Ne }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_set:Nn { Ne, ce }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_set_rescan:Nnn { Nne, NnV }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_to_str:n { e }
\prg_generate_conditional_variant:Nnn \prop_if_in:Nn { c } { T }
\prg_generate_conditional_variant:Nnn \tl_if_eq:nn { en } { T, TF }
\prg_generate_conditional_variant:Nnn \tl_if_in:nn { nV } { TF }
\prg_generate_conditional_variant:Nnn \tl_if_in:Nn { Ne } { TF }
\prg_generate_conditional_variant:Nnn \tl_if_head_eq_catcode:nN { VN } { TF }
\prg_generate_conditional_variant:Nnn \tl_if_head_eq_meaning:nN { VN } { T, TF }

\tl_new:N \l__tblr_a_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_b_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_c_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_d_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_e_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_f_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_h_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_i_tl % for row index
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_j_tl % for column index
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_k_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_n_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_o_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_r_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_s_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_t_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_u_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_v_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_w_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_x_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_y_tl
\int_new:N \l__tblr_a_int
\int_new:N \l__tblr_c_int % for column number
\int_new:N \l__tblr_r_int % for row number
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_d_dim % for depth
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_h_dim % for height
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_o_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_p_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_q_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_r_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_s_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_t_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_v_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_w_dim % for width
\box_new:N \l__tblr_a_box
\box_new:N \l__tblr_b_box
\box_new:N \l__tblr_c_box % for cell box
\box_new:N \l__tblr_d_box

%% Some commands for horizontal alignment

\cs_new_eq:NN \__tblr_halign_command_j: \TblrAlignBoth
\cs_new_eq:NN \__tblr_halign_command_l: \TblrAlignLeft
\cs_new_eq:NN \__tblr_halign_command_c: \TblrAlignCenter
\cs_new_eq:NN \__tblr_halign_command_r: \TblrAlignRight

%% Total number of tblr tables, used for creating hyperref targets and tikz nodes.
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 70

%% We need to save and restore it before and after measuring stage respectively,
%% so we must define it with \newcounter command.
\newcounter { tblrcount }

%% Some counters for row and column numbering.

%% We may need to restore all LaTeX counters in measuring and building cells,
%% so we must not define these counters with \newcounter command.
\int_zero_new:N \c@rownum
\int_zero_new:N \c@colnum
\int_zero_new:N \c@rowcount
\int_zero_new:N \c@colcount

%% Add missing \therownum, \thecolnum, \therowcount, \thecolcount (issue #129)

\ProvideExpandableDocumentCommand \therownum {} { \@arabic \c@rownum }
\ProvideExpandableDocumentCommand \thecolnum {} { \@arabic \c@colnum }
\ProvideExpandableDocumentCommand \therowcount {} { \@arabic \c@rowcount }
\ProvideExpandableDocumentCommand \thecolcount {} { \@arabic \c@colcount }

%% Some dimensions for row and column spacing

\dim_new:N \abovesep
\dim_new:N \belowsep
\dim_new:N \leftsep
\dim_new:N \rightsep

%% Some functions for lwarp to remove rules and boxes

\cs_new:Npn \tblr_hrule_ht:n #1
{
\hrule height ~ #1 \scan_stop:
}
\cs_new:Npn \tblr_vrule_wd_ht_dp:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\vrule width ~ #1 ~ height ~ #2 ~ depth ~ #3 \scan_stop:
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_box_use:N #1
{
\box_use:N #1
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_vbox_set:Nn #1 #2
{
\vbox_set:Nn #1 {#2}
}

9.2 Functions for splitting, extracting and matching

\str_const:Nn \c__tblr_left_bracket_str { [ }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_split_before_brace:NNn #1 #2 #3
{
\__tblr_split_before:NNVn #1 #2 \c_left_brace_str {#3}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_split_before_bracket:NNn #1 #2 #3
{
\__tblr_split_before:NNVn #1 #2 \c__tblr_left_bracket_str {#3}
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 71

\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_split_before_bracket:NNn { NNV }

%% Split tl #2 as two parts: sub tl before first #3 and sub tl from first #1.
%% And the results are stored in tl vars #1 and #2, respectively.
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_split_before:NNnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_split_before_auxa:ww ##1 #3 ##2 \q_stop
{
\tl_set:Nn #1 { ##1 }
\tl_if_empty:nTF { ##2 }
{ \tl_set:Nn #2 { ##2 } } { \__tblr_split_before_auxb:w ##2 \q_stop }
}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_split_before_auxb:w ##1 #3 \q_stop
{
\tl_set:Nn #2 { #3 ##1 }
}
\__tblr_split_before_auxa:ww #4 #3 \q_stop
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_split_before:NNnn { NNV }

%% The name of a child indexer must start with uppercase letter.

%% The name of a child selector must start with lowercase letter.

\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_upper_letter_tl { ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ }

\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_lower_letter_tl { abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz }
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_digit_str { 0123456789 }

\prg_new_protected_conditional:Npnn \__tblr_if_head_upper:n #1 { TF }
{
\tl_if_in:NeTF \c__tblr_upper_letter_tl { \tl_head:n { #1 } }
{ \prg_return_true: } { \prg_return_false: }
}

\prg_new_protected_conditional:Npnn \__tblr_if_head_lower:n #1 { TF }
{
\tl_if_in:NeTF \c__tblr_lower_letter_tl { \tl_head:n { #1 } }
{ \prg_return_true: } { \prg_return_false: }
}

\prg_new_protected_conditional:Npnn \__tblr_tl_if_upper:n #1 { TF }
{
\tl_if_in:NnTF \c__tblr_upper_letter_tl { #1 }
{ \prg_return_true: } { \prg_return_false: }
}
\prg_generate_conditional_variant:Nnn \__tblr_tl_if_upper:n { V } { TF }

\prg_new_protected_conditional:Npnn \__tblr_tl_if_lower:n #1 { TF }
{
\tl_if_in:NnTF \c__tblr_lower_letter_tl { #1 }
{ \prg_return_true: } { \prg_return_false: }
}
\prg_generate_conditional_variant:Nnn \__tblr_tl_if_lower:n { V } { TF }

\prg_new_protected_conditional:Npnn \__tblr_tl_if_digit:n #1 { F, TF }
{
\tl_if_in:NnTF \c__tblr_digit_tl { #1 }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 72

{ \prg_return_true: } { \prg_return_false: }
}
\prg_generate_conditional_variant:Nnn \__tblr_tl_if_digit:n { e, V } { F, TF }

%% When the key name is omitted, we need to detect the name from its value.

\str_const:Nn \c__tblr_letter_str
{ ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz }

%% It is enough to check only the first item

\prg_new_protected_conditional:Npnn \__tblr_if_color_value:n #1 { T, F, TF }
{
\str_if_in:NeTF \c__tblr_letter_str { \tl_head:n { #1 } }
{ \prg_return_true: } { \prg_return_false: }
}

\str_const:Nn \c__tblr_number_str { 0123456789+-.~ }

\bool_new:N \l__tblr_if_number_bool

%% The number value could be '25.6 - 3.14'.

\prg_new_protected_conditional:Npnn \__tblr_if_number_value:n #1 { T, F, TF }
{
\bool_set_true:N \l__tblr_if_number_bool
\tl_map_inline:nn { #1 }
{
\str_if_in:NnF \c__tblr_number_str { ##1 }
{
\bool_set_false:N \l__tblr_if_number_bool
\tl_map_break:
}
}
\bool_if:NTF \l__tblr_if_number_bool
{ \prg_return_true: } { \prg_return_false: }
}

\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_digit_tl { 0123456789 }

%% It is enough to check only the first item

\prg_new_protected_conditional:Npnn \__tblr_if_positive_value:n #1 { T, F, TF }
{
\tl_if_in:NeTF \c__tblr_digit_tl { \tl_head:n { #1 } }
{ \prg_return_true: } { \prg_return_false: }
}
\prg_generate_conditional_variant:Nnn \__tblr_if_positive_value:n { V } { TF }

%% It is enough to check only the first item

\prg_new_protected_conditional:Npnn \__tblr_if_negative_value:n #1 { T, F, TF }
{
\tl_if_eq:enTF { \tl_head:n { #1 } } { - }
{ \prg_return_true: } { \prg_return_false: }
}
\prg_generate_conditional_variant:Nnn \__tblr_if_negative_value:n { V } { TF }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 73

9.3 Declare and set tabularray keys

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_keys_define:nn #1 #2
{
\keys_define:nn { tabularray/#1 } {#2}
}

\cs_set_eq:NN \DeclareTblrKeys \__tblr_keys_define:nn

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_keys_set:nn #1 #2
{
\keys_set:nn { tabularray/#1 } {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_keys_set:nn { nV, nv, ne }

\cs_set_eq:NN \SetTblrKeys \__tblr_keys_set:nn

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_keys_set_groups:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\keys_set_groups:nnn { tabularray/#1 } {#2} {#3}
}

\prg_set_conditional:Npnn \__tblr_keys_if_exist:nn #1 #2 { p, T, F, TF }
{
\keys_if_exist:nnTF { tabularray/#1 } { #2 }
{ \prg_return_true: } { \prg_return_false: }
}
\prg_generate_conditional_variant:Nnn \__tblr_keys_if_exist:nn { nV } { TF }

%% A special key such as cell{i}{j} or note{a} consists of name and args.

%% These functions extracts two components of a special key as string #1.

\seq_new:N \l__tblr_key_split_seq
\str_new:N \l__tblr_key_split_name_str
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_key_split_args_tl

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_key_split_name:n #1
{
\seq_set_split_keep_spaces:Nen \l__tblr_key_split_seq \c_left_brace_str {#1}
\seq_pop_left:NN \l__tblr_key_split_seq \l__tblr_key_split_name_str
%\str_log:N \l__tblr_key_split_name_str
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_key_split_name:n { e }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_key_split_name_args:n #1
{
\__tblr_key_split_name:n {#1}
\seq_if_empty:NTF \l__tblr_key_split_seq
{ \tl_clear:N \l__tblr_key_split_args_tl }
{
\tl_set_rescan:Nne \l__tblr_key_split_args_tl {}
{
\c_left_brace_str
\seq_use:Ne \l__tblr_key_split_seq { \c_left_brace_str }
}
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 74

%% To distinguish between modern table specs and traditional column specs,

%% we need to extract first key name from tl #1 which is an argument of tblr.

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_keyval_extract_first_name:n #1
{
\seq_set_split:Nnn \l__tblr_key_split_seq {,} {#1}
\seq_set_split:Nne \l__tblr_key_split_seq {=}
{ \seq_item:Nn \l__tblr_key_split_seq {1} }
\__tblr_key_split_name:e
{ \tl_to_str:e { \seq_item:Nn \l__tblr_key_split_seq {1} } }
}

9.4 Create and use tabularray hooks

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_hook_new:n #1
{
\hook_new:n { tabularray/#1 }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_hook_new_pair:nn #1 #2
{
\hook_new_pair:nn { tabularray/#1 } { tabularray/#2 }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_hook_use_false:n #1 {}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_hook_use_true:n #1
{
\hook_use:n { tabularray/#1 }
}

\cs_set_eq:NN \__tblr_hook_use:n \__tblr_hook_use_false:n

\NewDocumentCommand \AddToTblrHook { m o +m }
{
\hook_gput_code:nnn { tabularray/#1 } { #2 } { #3 }
}

\NewDocumentCommand \AddToTblrHookNext { m +m }
{
\hook_gput_next_code:nn { tabularray/#1 } { #2 }
}

9.5 Data structures based on property lists

\int_new:N \gTblrLevelInt % store table nesting level

%% \g_tblr_level_int is deprecated and will be removed later

\cs_set_eq:NN \g_tblr_level_int \gTblrLevelInt

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_clear_prop_lists:
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 75

{
\__tblr_prop_gclear_new:c
{ g__tblr_text_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _prop }
\__tblr_prop_gclear_new:c
{ g__tblr_command_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _prop }
\__tblr_prop_gclear_new:c
{ g__tblr_inner_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _prop }
\__tblr_prop_gclear_new:c
{ g__tblr_outer_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _prop }
\__tblr_prop_gclear_new:c
{ g__tblr_note_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _prop }
\__tblr_prop_gclear_new:c
{ g__tblr_remark_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _prop }
\__tblr_prop_gclear_new:c
{ g__tblr_more_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _prop }
\__tblr_prop_gclear_new:c
{ g__tblr_row_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _prop }
\__tblr_prop_gclear_new:c
{ g__tblr_column_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _prop }
\__tblr_prop_gclear_new:c
{ g__tblr_cell_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _prop }
\__tblr_prop_gclear_new:c
{ g__tblr_hline_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _prop }
\__tblr_prop_gclear_new:c
{ g__tblr_vline_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _prop }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_prop_gput:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\prop_gput:cnn
{ g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _prop } { #2 } { #3 }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_prop_gput:nnn { nne, nnV, nen, nee, neV }

\cs_new:Npn \__tblr_prop_item:nn #1 #2
{
\prop_item:cn { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _prop } { #2 }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_prop_item:nn { ne }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_prop_if_in:nnT #1
{
\prop_if_in:cnT { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _prop }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_prop_if_in:nnF #1
{
\prop_if_in:cnF { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _prop }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_prop_if_in:nnTF #1
{
\prop_if_in:cnTF { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _prop }
}
\prg_generate_conditional_variant:Nnn \__tblr_prop_if_in:nn { ne } { T, F, TF }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_prop_log:n #1
{
\prop_log:c { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _prop }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 76

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_prop_map_inline:nn #1 #2
{
\prop_map_inline:cn { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _prop } {#2}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_prop_gput_if_larger:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\__tblr_gput_if_larger:cnn
{ g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _prop } { #2 } { #3 }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_prop_gput_if_larger:nnn { nnx, nnV, nxn, nxx, nxV }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_prop_gadd_dimen_value:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\__tblr_gadd_dimen_value:cnn
{ g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _prop } { #2 } { #3 }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_prop_gadd_dimen_value:nnn { nnx, nnV, nxn, nxx }

%% Put the dimension to the prop list only if it's larger than the old one

\tl_new:N \l__tblr_put_if_larger_tl

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_put_if_larger:Nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_put_if_larger_tl { \prop_item:Nn #1 { #2 } }
\bool_lazy_or:nnT
{ \tl_if_empty_p:N \l__tblr_put_if_larger_tl }
{ \dim_compare_p:nNn { #3 } > { \l__tblr_put_if_larger_tl } }
{ \prop_put:Nnn #1 { #2 } { #3 } }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_put_if_larger:Nnn { Nee, NnV }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_gput_if_larger:Nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_put_if_larger_tl { \prop_item:Nn #1 { #2 } }
\bool_lazy_or:nnT
{ \tl_if_empty_p:N \l__tblr_put_if_larger_tl }
{ \dim_compare_p:nNn { #3 } > { \l__tblr_put_if_larger_tl } }
{ \prop_gput:Nnn #1 { #2 } { #3 } }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_gput_if_larger:Nnn { cnn }

%% Add the dimension to some key value of the prop list

%% #1: the prop list, #2: the key, #3: the dimen to add

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_add_dimen_value:Nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\prop_put:Nne #1 { #2 } { \dim_eval:n { \prop_item:Nn #1 { #2 } + #3 } }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_add_dimen_value:Nnn { cnn }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_gadd_dimen_value:Nnn #1 #2 #3
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 77

{
\prop_gput:Nne #1 { #2 } { \dim_eval:n { \prop_item:Nn #1 { #2 } + #3 } }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_gadd_dimen_value:Nnn { cnn }

9.6 Data structures based on token lists

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_clear_spec_lists:
{
%\__tblr_clear_one_spec_lists:n { row }
%\__tblr_clear_one_spec_lists:n { column }
%\__tblr_clear_one_spec_lists:n { cell }
\__tblr_clear_one_spec_lists:n { text }
\__tblr_clear_one_spec_lists:n { hline }
\__tblr_clear_one_spec_lists:n { vline }
\__tblr_clear_one_spec_lists:n { outer }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_clear_one_spec_lists:n #1
{
\clist_if_exist:cTF { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _clist }
{
\clist_map_inline:cn { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _clist }
{
\tl_gclear_new:c { g__tblr_spec_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _#1_##1_tl }
}
}
{ \clist_new:c { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _clist } }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_spec_gput:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\tl_if_exist:cF { g__tblr_spec_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _#1_#2_tl }
{ \tl_new:c { g__tblr_spec_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _#1_#2_tl } }
\tl_gset:cn
{ g__tblr_spec_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _#1_#2_tl } {#3}
\clist_gput_right:ce { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _clist } {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_spec_gput:nnn { nne, nnV, nen, nee, neV }

\cs_new:Npn \__tblr_spec_item:nn #1 #2
{
\tl_if_exist:cT { g__tblr_spec_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _#1_#2_tl }
{
\exp_args:Nv \exp_not:n
{ g__tblr_spec_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _#1_#2_tl }
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_spec_item:nn { ne }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_spec_gput_if_larger:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_put_if_larger_tl { \__tblr_spec_item:nn {#1} {#2} }
\bool_lazy_or:nnT
{ \tl_if_empty_p:N \l__tblr_put_if_larger_tl }
{ \dim_compare_p:nNn {#3} > { \l__tblr_put_if_larger_tl } }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 78

{ \__tblr_spec_gput:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} }

}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_spec_gput_if_larger:nnn { nne, nnV, nen, nee, neV }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_spec_gadd_dimen_value:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nne {#1} {#2}
{ \dim_eval:n { \__tblr_spec_item:ne {#1} {#2} + #3 } }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_spec_gadd_dimen_value:nnn { nne, nnV, nen, nee }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_spec_log:n #1
{
\clist_gremove_duplicates:c
{ g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _clist }
\tl_log:e
{
The ~ spec ~ list ~ #1 _ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt
\space contains ~ the ~ pairs:
}
\clist_map_inline:cn { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _clist }
{
\tl_log:e
{
\space { ##1 } ~\space=>~\space { \__tblr_spec_item:nn {#1} {##1} }
}
}
}

9.7 Data structures based on integer arrays

\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { intarray-beyond-bound }
{ Position ~ #2 ~ is ~ beyond ~ the ~ bound ~ of ~ intarray ~ #1.}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_intarray_gset:Nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\bool_lazy_or:nnTF
{ \int_compare_p:nNn {#2} < {0} }
{ \int_compare_p:nNn {#2} > {\intarray_count:N #1} }
{
\bool_if:NT \g__tblr_tracing_intarray_bool
{ \msg_warning:nnnn { tabularray } { intarray-beyond-bound } {#1} {#2} }
}
{ \intarray_gset:Nnn #1 {#2} {#3} }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_intarray_gset:Nnn { cnn }

%% #1: data name; #2: key name; #3: value type

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_new_key:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\int_gincr:c { g__tblr_data_#1_key_count_int }
\tl_const:ce
{
c__tblr_data_#1_key_name_
\int_use:c { g__tblr_data_#1_key_count_int } _tl
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 79

{ #2 }
\tl_const:ce { c__tblr_data_#1_key_number_#2_tl }
{ \int_use:c { g__tblr_data_#1_key_count_int } }
\tl_const:cn { c__tblr_data_#1_key_type_#2_tl } {#3}
}

\int_new:N \g__tblr_data_row_key_count_int
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { row } { height } { dim }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { row } { coefficient } { dec }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { row } { abovesep } { dim }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { row } { belowsep } { dim }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { row } { @row-height } { dim }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { row } { @row-head } { dim }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { row } { @row-foot } { dim }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { row } { @row-upper } { dim }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { row } { @row-lower } { dim }

\int_new:N \g__tblr_data_column_key_count_int
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { column } { width } { dim }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { column } { coefficient } { dec }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { column } { leftsep } { dim }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { column } { rightsep } { dim }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { column } { @col-width } { dim }

\int_new:N \g__tblr_data_cell_key_count_int
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { cell } { width } { dim }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { cell } { rowspan } { int }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { cell } { colspan } { int }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { cell } { halign } { str }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { cell } { valign } { str }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { cell } { background } { str }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { cell } { foreground } { str }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { cell } { font } { str }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { cell } { mode } { str }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { cell } { cmd } { str }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { cell } { omit } { int }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { cell } { @cell-width } { dim }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { cell } { @cell-height } { dim }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { cell } { @cell-depth } { dim }

\clist_const:Nn \c__tblr_data_clist { row, column, cell }

\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_data_row_count_tl { \c@rowcount }
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_data_column_count_tl { \c@colcount }
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_data_cell_count_tl { \c@rowcount * \c@colcount }
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_data_row_index_number_tl {1}
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_data_column_index_number_tl {1}
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_data_cell_index_number_tl {2}
\int_new:N \g__tblr_array_int

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_init_table_data:
{
\clist_map_function:NN \c__tblr_data_clist \__tblr_init_one_data:n
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_init_one_data:n #1
{
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 80

\int_gincr:N \g__tblr_array_int
\intarray_new:cn { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \g__tblr_array_int _intarray }
{
\int_use:c { g__tblr_data_#1_key_count_int }
* \tl_use:c { c__tblr_data_#1_count_tl }
}
\cs_set_eq:cc { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _intarray }
{ g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \g__tblr_array_int _intarray }
%\intarray_log:c { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _intarray }
}

%% #1: data name; #2: data index; #3: key name

\cs_new:Npn \__tblr_data_key_to_int:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
( #2 - 1 ) * \int_use:c { g__tblr_data_#1_key_count_int }
+ \tl_use:c { c__tblr_data_#1_key_number_#3_tl }
}

%% #1: data name; #2: data index 1; #3: data index 2; #4: key name
\cs_new:Npn \__tblr_data_key_to_int:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
( #2 - 1 ) * \c@colcount * \int_use:c { g__tblr_data_#1_key_count_int }
+ ( #3 - 1 ) * \int_use:c { g__tblr_data_#1_key_count_int }
+ \tl_use:c { c__tblr_data_#1_key_number_#4_tl }
}

\int_new:N \l__tblr_key_count_int
\int_new:N \l__tblr_key_quotient_int
\int_new:N \l__tblr_key_quotient_two_int
\int_new:N \l__tblr_key_remainder_int

%% #1: data name; #2: array position;

%% #3: returning tl with index; #4: returning tl with key name
\cs_new:Npn \__tblr_data_int_to_key:nnNN #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\int_set_eq:Nc \l__tblr_key_count_int { g__tblr_data_#1_key_count_int }
\int_set:Nn \l__tblr_key_quotient_int
{
\int_div_truncate:nn
{ #2 + \l__tblr_key_count_int - 1 } { \l__tblr_key_count_int }
}
\int_set:Nn \l__tblr_key_remainder_int
{
#2 + \l__tblr_key_count_int
- \l__tblr_key_quotient_int * \l__tblr_key_count_int
}
\int_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_key_remainder_int } = { 0 }
{ \int_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_key_remainder_int \l__tblr_key_count_int }
\tl_set:Ne #3 { \int_use:N \l__tblr_key_quotient_int }
\tl_set_eq:Nc #4
{ c__tblr_data_#1_key_name_ \int_use:N \l__tblr_key_remainder_int _tl }
}

%% #1: data name; #2: array position;

%% #3: returning tl with index 1; #4: returning tl with index 2;
%% #5: returning tl with key name
\cs_new:Npn \__tblr_data_int_to_key:nnNNN #1 #2 #3 #4 #5
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 81

{
\int_set_eq:Nc \l__tblr_key_count_int { g__tblr_data_#1_key_count_int }
\int_set:Nn \l__tblr_key_quotient_int
{
\int_div_truncate:nn
{ #2 + \l__tblr_key_count_int - 1 } { \l__tblr_key_count_int }
}
\int_set:Nn \l__tblr_key_remainder_int
{
#2 + \l__tblr_key_count_int
- \l__tblr_key_quotient_int * \l__tblr_key_count_int
}
\int_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_key_remainder_int } = { 0 }
{ \int_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_key_remainder_int \l__tblr_key_count_int }
\tl_set_eq:Nc #5
{ c__tblr_data_#1_key_name_ \int_use:N \l__tblr_key_remainder_int _tl }
\int_set:Nn \l__tblr_key_quotient_two_int
{
\int_div_truncate:nn
{ \l__tblr_key_quotient_int + \c@colcount - 1 } { \c@colcount }
}
\int_set:Nn \l__tblr_key_remainder_int
{
\l__tblr_key_quotient_int + \c@colcount
- \l__tblr_key_quotient_two_int * \c@colcount
}
\int_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_key_remainder_int } = { 0 }
{ \int_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_key_remainder_int \c@colcount }
\tl_set:Ne #4 { \int_use:N \l__tblr_key_remainder_int }
\tl_set:Ne #3 { \int_use:N \l__tblr_key_quotient_two_int }
}

\tl_new:N \g__tblr_data_int_from_value_tl

%% #1: data name; #2: key name; #3: value

%% The result will be stored in \g__tblr_data_int_from_value_tl
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_int_from_value:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\cs:w
__tblr_data_int_from_ \tl_use:c { c__tblr_data_#1_key_type_#2_tl } :n
\cs_end:
{#3}
}

%% #1: data name; #2: key name; #3: int

\cs_new:Npn \__tblr_data_int_to_value:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\cs:w
__tblr_data_int_to_ \tl_use:c { c__tblr_data_#1_key_type_#2_tl } :n
\cs_end:
{#3}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_data_int_to_value:nnn { nne, nVe }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_int_from_int:n #1
{
\tl_gset:Nn \g__tblr_data_int_from_value_tl {#1}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 82

\cs_new:Npn \__tblr_data_int_to_int:n #1
{
#1
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_int_from_dim:n #1
{
\tl_gset:Ne \g__tblr_data_int_from_value_tl { \dim_to_decimal_in_sp:n {#1} }
}

%% Return a dimension in pt so that it's easier to understand in tracing messages

\cs_new:Npn \__tblr_data_int_to_dim:n #1
{
%#1 sp
%\dim_eval:n { #1 sp }
\dim_to_decimal:n { #1 sp } pt
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_int_from_dec:n #1
{
\tl_gset:Ne \g__tblr_data_int_from_value_tl
{ \dim_to_decimal_in_sp:n {#1 pt} }
}

\cs_new:Npn \__tblr_data_int_to_dec:n #1
{
\dim_to_decimal:n {#1 sp}
}

\int_new:N \g__tblr_data_str_value_count_int
\tl_gclear_new:c { g__tblr_data_0_to_str_tl }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_int_from_str:n #1
{
\tl_if_exist:cTF { g__tblr_data_ \tl_to_str:n {#1} _to_int_tl }
{
\tl_gset_eq:Nc \g__tblr_data_int_from_value_tl
{ g__tblr_data_ \tl_to_str:n {#1} _to_int_tl }
}
{
\int_gincr:N \g__tblr_data_str_value_count_int
\tl_new:c { g__tblr_data_ \tl_to_str:n {#1} _to_int_tl }
\tl_gset:ce { g__tblr_data_ \tl_to_str:n {#1} _to_int_tl }
{ \int_use:N \g__tblr_data_str_value_count_int }
\tl_new:c
{ g__tblr_data_ \int_use:N \g__tblr_data_str_value_count_int _to_str_tl }
\tl_gset:cn
{ g__tblr_data_ \int_use:N \g__tblr_data_str_value_count_int _to_str_tl }
{ \exp_not:n {#1} }
\tl_gset:Ne \g__tblr_data_int_from_value_tl
{ \int_use:N \g__tblr_data_str_value_count_int }
}
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 83

\cs_new:Npn \__tblr_data_int_to_str:n #1
{
\tl_use:c { g__tblr_data_#1_to_str_tl }
}

%% #1: data name; #2: data index; #3: key; #4: value
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_gput:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\__tblr_data_int_from_value:nnn {#1} {#3} {#4}
\__tblr_intarray_gset:cnn
{ g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _intarray }
{ \__tblr_data_key_to_int:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} }
{ \g__tblr_data_int_from_value_tl }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_data_gput:nnnn
{ nnne, nnnV, nenn, nene, nenV, nVnn }

%% #1: data name; #2: data index 1; #3: data index 2; #4: key; #5: value
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_gput:nnnnn #1 #2 #3 #4 #5
{
\__tblr_data_int_from_value:nnn {#1} {#4} {#5}
\__tblr_intarray_gset:cnn
{ g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _intarray }
{ \__tblr_data_key_to_int:nnnn {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} }
{ \g__tblr_data_int_from_value_tl }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_data_gput:nnnnn
{ nnnne, nnnnV, neenn, neene, neenV, neeen, nVVnn }

%% #1: data name; #2: data index; #3: key

\cs_new:Npn \__tblr_data_item:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\__tblr_data_int_to_value:nne {#1} {#3}
{
\intarray_item:cn { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _intarray }
{ \__tblr_data_key_to_int:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} }
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_data_item:nnn { nen }

%% #1: data name; #2: data index 1; #3: data index 2; #4: key
\cs_new:Npn \__tblr_data_item:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\__tblr_data_int_to_value:nne {#1} {#4}
{
\intarray_item:cn { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _intarray }
{ \__tblr_data_key_to_int:nnnn {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} }
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_data_item:nnnn { neen }

\tl_new:N \l__tblr_data_key_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_data_index_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_data_index_two_tl

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_log:n #1
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 84

{
\use:c { __tblr_data_log_ \use:c { c__tblr_data_#1_index_number_tl } :n } {#1}
\__tblr_prop_log:n {#1}
}

\cs_new_protected:cpn { __tblr_data_log_1:n } #1
{
%\intarray_log:c { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _intarray }
\tl_set:Ne \l_tmpa_tl { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _intarray }
\tl_log:n { ----------~----------~----------~----------~---------- }
\int_step_inline:nn
{ \intarray_count:c { \l_tmpa_tl } }
{
\__tblr_data_int_to_key:nnNN {#1} {##1}
\l__tblr_data_index_tl \l__tblr_data_key_tl
\tl_log:e
{
\space
{ #1 [\l__tblr_data_index_tl] / \l__tblr_data_key_tl }
~\space => ~\space
{
\__tblr_data_int_to_value:nVe {#1} \l__tblr_data_key_tl
{ \intarray_item:cn { \l_tmpa_tl } {##1} }
}
}
}
}

\cs_new_protected:cpn { __tblr_data_log_2:n } #1
{
%\intarray_log:c { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _intarray }
\tl_set:Ne \l_tmpa_tl { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _intarray }
\tl_log:n { ----------~----------~----------~----------~---------- }
\int_step_inline:nn
{ \intarray_count:c { \l_tmpa_tl } }
{
\__tblr_data_int_to_key:nnNNN {#1} {##1}
\l__tblr_data_index_tl \l__tblr_data_index_two_tl \l__tblr_data_key_tl
\tl_log:e
{
\space
{
#1 [\l__tblr_data_index_tl][\l__tblr_data_index_two_tl]
/ \l__tblr_data_key_tl
}
~\space => ~\space
{
\__tblr_data_int_to_value:nVe {#1} \l__tblr_data_key_tl
{ \intarray_item:cn { \l_tmpa_tl } {##1} }
}
}
}
}

%% #1: data name; #2: row index; #3: key; #4: value
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_gput_if_larger:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 85

\__tblr_data_int_from_value:nnn {#1} {#3} {#4}

\__tblr_array_gput_if_larger:cnn
{ g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _intarray }
{ \__tblr_data_key_to_int:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} }
{ \g__tblr_data_int_from_value_tl }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_data_gput_if_larger:nnnn { nnne, nnnV, nene, nenV }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_array_gput_if_larger:Nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\int_compare:nNnT {#3} > { \intarray_item:Nn #1 {#2} }
{ \__tblr_intarray_gset:Nnn #1 {#2} {#3} }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_array_gput_if_larger:Nnn { cnn }

%% #1: data name; #2: data index; #3: key; #4: value
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_gadd_dimen_value:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\__tblr_data_int_from_value:nnn {#1} {#3} {#4}
\__tblr_array_gadd_value:cnn
{ g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \gTblrLevelInt _intarray }
{ \__tblr_data_key_to_int:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} }
{ \g__tblr_data_int_from_value_tl }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_data_gadd_dimen_value:nnnn
{ nnne, nnnV, nenn, nene }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_array_gadd_value:Nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\__tblr_intarray_gset:Nnn #1 {#2} { \intarray_item:Nn #1 {#2} + #3 }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_array_gadd_value:Nnn { cnn }

9.8 Switch between different data structures

\cs_set_eq:NN \__tblr_prop_new:N \prop_new:N
\cs_set_eq:NN \__tblr_prop_gclear_new:N \prop_gclear_new:N
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_prop_gclear_new:N { c }

\bool_new:N \g__tblr_use_intarray_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_use_intarray_bool

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_map_data_to_spec:
{
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_gput:nnnn ##1 ##2 ##3 ##4
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nnn {##1} { [##2] / ##3 } {##4}
}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_gput:nnnnn ##1 ##2 ##3 ##4 ##5
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nnn {##1} { [##2][##3] / ##4 } {##5}
}
\cs_set:Npn \__tblr_data_item:nnn ##1 ##2 ##3
{
\__tblr_spec_item:nn {##1} { [##2] / ##3 }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 86

}
\cs_set:Npn \__tblr_data_item:nnnn ##1 ##2 ##3 ##4
{
\__tblr_spec_item:nn {##1} { [##2][##3] / ##4 }
}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_log:n ##1
{
\__tblr_spec_log:n {##1}
}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_gput_if_larger:nnnn ##1 ##2 ##3 ##4
{
\__tblr_spec_gput_if_larger:nnn {##1} { [##2] / ##3 } {##4}
}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_gput_if_larger:nnnnn ##1 ##2 ##3 ##4 ##5
{
\__tblr_spec_gput_if_larger:nnn {##1} { [##2][##3] / ##4 } {##5}
}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_gadd_dimen_value:nnnn ##1 ##2 ##3 ##4
{
\__tblr_spec_gadd_dimen_value:nnn {##1} { [##2] / ##3 } {##4}
}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_gadd_dimen_value:nnnnn ##1 ##2 ##3 ##4 ##5
{
\__tblr_spec_gadd_dimen_value:nnn {##1} { [##2][##3] / ##4 } {##5}
}
}

\bool_new:N \g__tblr_use_linked_prop_bool

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_map_data_to_prop:
{
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_gput:nnnn ##1 ##2 ##3 ##4
{
\__tblr_prop_gput:nnn {##1} { [##2] / ##3 } {##4}
}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_gput:nnnnn ##1 ##2 ##3 ##4 ##5
{
\__tblr_prop_gput:nnn {##1} { [##2][##3] / ##4 } {##5}
}
\cs_set:Npn \__tblr_data_item:nnn ##1 ##2 ##3
{
% Be careful not to add \tl_log in an expandable function
\__tblr_prop_item:nn {##1} { [##2] / ##3 }
}
\cs_set:Npn \__tblr_data_item:nnnn ##1 ##2 ##3 ##4
{
% Be careful not to add \tl_log in an expandable function
\__tblr_prop_item:nn {##1} { [##2][##3] / ##4 }
}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_log:n ##1
{
\__tblr_prop_log:n {##1}
}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_gput_if_larger:nnnn ##1 ##2 ##3 ##4
{
\__tblr_prop_gput_if_larger:nnn {##1} { [##2] / ##3 } {##4}
}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_gput_if_larger:nnnnn ##1 ##2 ##3 ##4 ##5
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 87

{
\__tblr_prop_gput_if_larger:nnn {##1} { [##2][##3] / ##4 } {##5}
}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_gadd_dimen_value:nnnn ##1 ##2 ##3 ##4
{
\__tblr_prop_gadd_dimen_value:nnn {##1} { [##2] / ##3 } {##4}
}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_gadd_dimen_value:nnnnn ##1 ##2 ##3 ##4 ##5
{
\__tblr_prop_gadd_dimen_value:nnn {##1} { [##2][##3] / ##4 } {##5}
}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_map_spec_to_prop:
{
\cs_set_eq:NN \__tblr_spec_gput:nnn \__tblr_prop_gput:nnn
\cs_set_eq:NN \__tblr_spec_item:nn \__tblr_prop_item:nn
\cs_set_eq:NN \__tblr_spec_log:n \__tblr_prop_log:n
\cs_set_eq:NN
\__tblr_spec_gput_if_larger:nnn
\__tblr_prop_gput_if_larger:nnn
\cs_set_eq:NN
\__tblr_spec_gadd_dimen_value:nnn
\__tblr_prop_gadd_dimen_value:nnn
}

%% Backport fix for [Link]

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_backport_prop_item_fix:
{
\cs_set:Npn \prop_item:Nn ##1 ##2
{
\__prop_if_flat:NTF ##1
{
\exp_args:NNo \prop_map_tokens:Nn ##1
{
\exp_after:wN \__prop_item:nnn
\exp_after:wN { \tl_to_str:n {##2} }
}
}
{ \exp_after:wN \__prop_get_linked:w ##1 {##2} \exp_not:n { } { } }
}
}

%% We can't use \IfExplAtLeastTF since it was added in LaTeX release 2023-11-01.

\@ifl@t@r \ExplLoaderFileDate { 2024-02-18 }
{ \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_use_linked_prop_bool } { }

\AtBeginDocument
{
\bool_if:NTF \g__tblr_use_linked_prop_bool
{
\__tblr_map_spec_to_prop:
\__tblr_map_data_to_prop:
\cs_set_eq:NN \__tblr_prop_new:N \prop_new_linked:N
\cs_set_eq:NN \__tblr_prop_gclear_new:N \prop_gclear_new_linked:N
\@ifl@t@r \ExplLoaderFileDate { 2024-12-09 }
{ } { \__tblr_backport_prop_item_fix: }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 88

}
{ \bool_if:NF \g__tblr_use_intarray_bool { \__tblr_map_data_to_spec: } }
}

9.9 Child indexers and child selectors

\clist_new:N \lTblrUsedChildIndexerClist
\clist_new:N \lTblrUsedChildSelectorClist

\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { invalid-child-indexer }

{ Child ~ indexer ~ name ~ '#1' ~ must ~ start ~ with ~ uppercase ~ letter. }

\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { invalid-child-selector }

{ Child ~ selector ~ name ~ '#1' ~ must ~ start ~ with ~ lowercase ~ letter. }

\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { used-child-indexer }

{ Child ~ indexer ~ name ~ '#1' ~ has ~ been ~ used. }

\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { used-child-selector }

{ Child ~ selector ~ name ~ '#1' ~ has ~ been ~ used. }

\tl_new:N \l__tblr_child_arg_spec_tl

\NewDocumentCommand \NewTblrChildIndexer { m O{0} o m }

{
\__tblr_new_child_indexer_aux:ennn { \tl_trim_spaces:n {#1} } {#2} {#3} {#4}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_new_child_indexer_aux:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\__tblr_if_head_upper:nTF { #1 }
{
\clist_if_in:NnTF \lTblrUsedChildIndexerClist { #1 }
{
\msg_error:nnn { tabularray } { used-child-indexer } { #1 }
\clist_log:N \lTblrUsedChildIndexerClist
}
{
\__tblr_make_xparse_arg_spec:nnN
{ #2 } { #3 } \l__tblr_child_arg_spec_tl
\exp_args:NcV \NewDocumentCommand
{ __tblr_child_indexer_ #1 } \l__tblr_child_arg_spec_tl { #4 }
\clist_put_right:Nn \lTblrUsedChildIndexerClist { #1 }
}
}
{ \msg_error:nnn { tabularray } { invalid-child-indexer } { #1 } }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_new_child_indexer_aux:nnnn { ennn }

\NewDocumentCommand \NewTblrChildSelector { m O{0} o m }

{
\__tblr_new_child_selector_aux:ennn { \tl_trim_spaces:n {#1} } {#2} {#3} {#4}
}
\cs_set_eq:NN \NewChildSelector \NewTblrChildSelector
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 89

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_new_child_selector_aux:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\__tblr_if_head_lower:nTF { #1 }
{
\clist_if_in:NnTF \lTblrUsedChildSelectorClist { #1 }
{
\msg_error:nnn { tabularray } { used-child-selector } { #1 }
\clist_log:N \lTblrUsedChildSelectorClist
}
{
\__tblr_make_xparse_arg_spec:nnN
{ #2 } { #3 } \l__tblr_child_arg_spec_tl
\exp_args:NcV \NewDocumentCommand
{ __tblr_child_selector_ #1 } \l__tblr_child_arg_spec_tl { #4 }
\clist_put_right:Nn \lTblrUsedChildSelectorClist { #1 }
}
}
{ \msg_error:nnn { tabularray } { invalid-child-selector } { #1 } }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_new_child_selector_aux:nnnn { ennn }

%% #1: argument number, #2: optional argument default, #3: result tl

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_make_xparse_arg_spec:nnN #1 #2 #3
{
\tl_clear:N #3
\int_compare:nNnT { #1 } > { 0 }
{
\IfValueTF { #2 }
{ \tl_set:Nn #3 { O{#2} } }
{ \tl_set:Nn #3 { m } }
\tl_put_right:Ne #3 { \prg_replicate:nn { #1 - 1 } { m } }
}
}

\int_new:N \lTblrChildTotalInt
\int_new:N \lTblrChildHtotalInt
\int_new:N \lTblrChildVtotalInt
\tl_new:N \lTblrChildIndexTl % may be <i> or {<i>}{<j>}
\clist_new:N \lTblrChildClist

\NewTblrChildIndexer {U}
{
\tl_set:Ne \lTblrChildIndexTl
{ \int_eval:n { \int_max:nn { \lTblrChildTotalInt - 5 } { 1 } } }
}
\NewTblrChildIndexer {V}
{
\tl_set:Ne \lTblrChildIndexTl
{ \int_eval:n { \int_max:nn { \lTblrChildTotalInt - 4 } { 1 } } }
}
\NewTblrChildIndexer {W}
{
\tl_set:Ne \lTblrChildIndexTl
{ \int_eval:n { \int_max:nn { \lTblrChildTotalInt - 3 } { 1 } } }
}
\NewTblrChildIndexer {X}
{
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 90

\tl_set:Ne \lTblrChildIndexTl
{ \int_eval:n { \int_max:nn { \lTblrChildTotalInt - 2 } { 1 } } }
}
\NewTblrChildIndexer {Y}
{
\tl_set:Ne \lTblrChildIndexTl
{ \int_eval:n { \int_max:nn { \lTblrChildTotalInt - 1 } { 1 } } }
}
\NewTblrChildIndexer {Z} [1] [1]
{
\tl_set:Ne \lTblrChildIndexTl
{ \int_eval:n { \int_max:nn { \lTblrChildTotalInt + 1 - #1 } { 1 } } }
}

\NewTblrChildSelector { odd } [1] [1]

{
\int_if_odd:nTF {#1}
{
\clist_set:Ne \lTblrChildClist
{ {#1} {2} {\int_use:N \lTblrChildTotalInt} }
}
{
\clist_set:Ne \lTblrChildClist
{ {\int_eval:n {#1 + 1}} {2} {\int_use:N \lTblrChildTotalInt} }
}
}

\NewTblrChildSelector { even } [1] [2]

{
\int_if_even:nTF {#1}
{
\clist_set:Ne \lTblrChildClist
{ {#1} {2} {\int_use:N \lTblrChildTotalInt} }
}
{
\clist_set:Ne \lTblrChildClist
{ {\int_eval:n {#1 + 1 }} {2} {\int_use:N \lTblrChildTotalInt} }
}
}

%% #1: step; #2: start index; #3: end index

\NewTblrChildSelector { every } [3] [1]
{
\clist_set:Ne \lTblrChildClist
{
{
\int_compare:nNnTF {#2} < {0}
{ \int_eval:n { \lTblrChildTotalInt + 1 #2 } } {#2}
}
{ #1 }
{
\int_compare:nNnTF {#3} < {0}
{ \int_eval:n { \lTblrChildTotalInt + 1 #3 } } {#3}
}
}
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 91

\clist_new:N \l__tblr_child_whole_clist
\seq_new:N \l__child_spec_seq
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_child_item_head_tl

%% #1, str of child specifications; #2, total number of children.

%% The result will be put into \l__tblr_child_whole_clist
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_child_parse:nn #1 #2
{
\clist_clear:N \l__tblr_child_whole_clist
\seq_set_split:Nnn \l__child_spec_seq {,} {#1}
\seq_map_inline:Nn \l__child_spec_seq
{
\clist_clear:N \lTblrChildClist
\int_set:Nn \lTblrChildTotalInt {#2}
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_child_item_head_tl { \tl_head:n {##1} }
\tl_if_eq:NnTF \l__tblr_child_item_head_tl {-}
{ \clist_set:Ne \lTblrChildClist { {1} {1} {#2} } }
{
\__tblr_tl_if_lower:VTF \l__tblr_child_item_head_tl
{
\__tblr_child_run_selector:n {##1}
}
{
\__tblr_tl_if_upper:VTF \l__tblr_child_item_head_tl
{
\__tblr_child_split_item:n {##1}
\__tblr_child_run_indexer_from:
\__tblr_child_parse_indexer_to:N \__tblr_child_set_clist:
}
{
\__tblr_tl_if_digit:VTF \l__tblr_child_item_head_tl
{
\__tblr_child_split_item:n {##1}
\__tblr_child_parse_indexer_to:N \__tblr_child_set_clist:
}
{
% error
}
}
}
}
\clist_put_right:NV \l__tblr_child_whole_clist \lTblrChildClist
}
%\clist_log:N \l__tblr_child_whole_clist
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_child_parse:nn { ne }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_child_run_selector:n #1
{
\tl_rescan:ne { \cctab_select:N \c_code_cctab }
{ \c_backslash_str __tblr_child_selector_ #1 }
\scan_stop: % for selectors with only optional arguments
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_child_run_indexer:n #1
{
\tl_rescan:ne { \cctab_select:N \c_code_cctab }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 92

{ \c_backslash_str __tblr_child_indexer_ #1 }
\scan_stop: % for indexers with only optional arguments
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_child_run_indexer:n { V }

\seq_new:N \l__tblr_child_item_seq
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_child_from_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_child_to_tl

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_child_split_item:n #1
{
\seq_set_split:Nnn \l__tblr_child_item_seq {-} {#1}
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_child_from_tl
{ \seq_item:Nn \l__tblr_child_item_seq {1} }
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_child_to_tl
{ \seq_item:Nn \l__tblr_child_item_seq {2} }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_child_parse_indexer_to:N #1
{
\str_if_empty:NTF \l__tblr_child_to_tl
{ \clist_set:NV \lTblrChildClist \l__tblr_child_from_tl }
{
\__tblr_tl_if_digit:eF { \tl_head:N \l__tblr_child_to_tl }
{ \__tblr_child_run_indexer_to: }
#1
}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_child_run_indexer_from:
{
\__tblr_child_run_indexer:V \l__tblr_child_from_tl
\tl_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_child_from_tl \lTblrChildIndexTl
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_child_run_indexer_to:
{
\__tblr_child_run_indexer:V \l__tblr_child_to_tl
\tl_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_child_to_tl \lTblrChildIndexTl
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_child_set_clist:
{
\clist_set:Ne \lTblrChildClist
{
{ \l__tblr_child_from_tl } { 1 } { \l__tblr_child_to_tl }
}
}

\clist_new:N \l__tblr_child_tuple_whole_clist

%% #1, str of child tuple specifications; #2 and #3, total numbers of children.
%% The result will be put into \l__tblr_child_tuple_whole_clist
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_child_parse_tuple:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\clist_clear:N \l__tblr_child_tuple_whole_clist
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 93

\seq_set_split:Nnn \l__child_spec_seq {,} {#1}

\seq_map_inline:Nn \l__child_spec_seq
{
\clist_clear:N \lTblrChildClist
\int_set:Nn \lTblrChildHtotalInt {#2}
\int_set:Nn \lTblrChildVtotalInt {#3}
\tl_if_head_is_group:nTF {##1}
{
\__tblr_child_split_item:n {##1}
\__tblr_child_parse_indexer_to:N \__tblr_child_set_clist_tuple:
}
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_child_item_head_tl { \tl_head:n {##1} }
\__tblr_tl_if_upper:VTF \l__tblr_child_item_head_tl
{
\__tblr_child_split_item:n {##1}
\__tblr_child_run_indexer_from:
\__tblr_child_parse_indexer_to:N \__tblr_child_set_clist_tuple:
}
{
\__tblr_tl_if_lower:VTF \l__tblr_child_item_head_tl
{ \__tblr_child_run_selector:n {##1} }
{
% error
}
}
}
\clist_put_right:NV \l__tblr_child_tuple_whole_clist \lTblrChildClist
}
%\clist_log:N \l__tblr_child_tuple_whole_clist
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_child_parse_tuple:nnn { nee }

\int_new:N \l__child_diff_h_int
\int_new:N \l__child_diff_v_int
\int_new:N \l__child_sign_h_int
\int_new:N \l__child_sign_v_int
\int_new:N \l__child_step_int

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_child_set_clist_tuple:
{
\int_set:Nn \l__child_diff_h_int
{
\exp_after:wN \use_i:nn \l__tblr_child_to_tl
- \exp_after:wN \use_i:nn \l__tblr_child_from_tl
}
\int_set:Nn \l__child_diff_v_int
{
\exp_after:wN \use_ii:nn \l__tblr_child_to_tl
- \exp_after:wN \use_ii:nn \l__tblr_child_from_tl
}
\int_set:Nn \l__child_sign_h_int { \int_sign:n { \l__child_diff_h_int } }
\int_set:Nn \l__child_sign_v_int { \int_sign:n { \l__child_diff_v_int } }
\int_set:Nn \l__child_step_int
{
\int_min:nn
{ \int_abs:n { \l__child_diff_h_int } }
{ \int_abs:n { \l__child_diff_v_int } }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 94

}
\int_step_inline:nnn { 0 } { \l__child_step_int }
{
\clist_put_right:Ne \lTblrChildClist
{
{
\int_eval:n
{
\exp_after:wN \use_i:nn \l__tblr_child_from_tl
+ ##1 * \l__child_sign_h_int
}
}
{
\int_eval:n
{
\exp_after:wN \use_ii:nn \l__tblr_child_from_tl
+ ##1 * \l__child_sign_v_int
}
}
}
}
}

%% Map over child index lists. We only support two level nesting.

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_child_map_inline:n #1
{
\__tblr_child_map_inline_aux:Nn \__tblr_child_map_aux:n {#1}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_child_submap_inline:n #1
{
\__tblr_child_map_inline_aux:Nn \__tblr_child_submap_aux:n {#1}
}

%% #1: function for storing the inline code; #2: the inline code.
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_child_map_inline_aux:Nn #1 #2
{
\cs_set_protected:Npn #1 ##1 { #2 }
\exp_args:NV \clist_map_inline:nn \l__tblr_child_whole_clist
{
\tl_if_head_is_group:nTF { ##1 }
{ \int_step_inline:nnnn ##1 { #1 { ####1 } } } { #1 { ##1 } }
}
}

%% Get the first or last index of a child index list (used by 'endpos' key).

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_child_get_first:N #1
{
\tl_set:Ne #1 { \clist_item:Nn \l__tblr_child_whole_clist { 1 } }
\exp_args:NV \tl_if_head_is_group:nT #1
{ \tl_set:Ne #1 { \exp_after:wN \use_i:nnn #1 } }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_child_get_last:N #1
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 95

{
\tl_set:Ne #1 { \clist_item:Nn \l__tblr_child_whole_clist { -1 } }
\exp_args:NV \tl_if_head_is_group:nT #1
{ \exp_after:wN \__tblr_child_get_step_last:nnnN #1 #1 }
}

%% #1: from; #2: step; #3: to; #4: tl var for storing the result
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_child_get_step_last:nnnN #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\tl_set:Ne #4 { \int_div_truncate:nn { #3 - #1 } { #2 } }
\int_compare:nNnTF { #4 } > { 0 }
{ \tl_set:Ne #4 { \int_eval:n { #1 + #4 * #2 } } }
{ \tl_set:Nn #4 { #1 } }
}

9.10 New table commands

%% We need some commands to modify table/row/column/cell specifications.
%% These commands must be defined with \NewTblrTableCommand command,
%% so that we could extract them, execute them once, then disable them.

\clist_new:N \g__tblr_table_commands_clist

\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { defined-table-command }

{ Table ~ command ~ #1 already ~ defined! }

\NewDocumentCommand \NewTblrTableCommand { m O{0} o m }

{
\clist_if_in:NnTF \g__tblr_table_commands_clist { #1 }
{
\msg_error:nnn { tabularray } { defined-table-command } { #1 }
\clist_log:N \g__tblr_table_commands_clist
}
{
\__tblr_make_xparse_arg_spec:nnN { #2 } { #3 } \l__tblr_a_tl
\exp_args:NcV \NewDocumentCommand
{ __tblr_table_command_ \cs_to_str:N #1 :w } \l__tblr_a_tl { #4 }
%% we can not use \cs_if_exist:NTF here (see issue #328)
\__tblr_cs_if_defined:NTF #1
{
\cs_set_eq:cN { __tblr_table_command_ \cs_to_str:N #1 _saved:w } #1
}
{
\exp_args:NcV \NewDocumentCommand
{ __tblr_table_command_ \cs_to_str:N #1 _saved:w } \l__tblr_a_tl { }
}
\tl_new:c { g__tblr_table_cmd_ \cs_to_str:N #1 _arg_numb_tl }
\IfValueTF { #3 }
{
\tl_gset:cn { g__tblr_table_cmd_ \cs_to_str:N #1 _arg_numb_tl } {-#2}
}
{
\tl_gset:cn { g__tblr_table_cmd_ \cs_to_str:N #1 _arg_numb_tl } {#2}
}
\clist_gput_right:Nn \g__tblr_table_commands_clist { #1 }
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 96

}
\cs_set_eq:NN \NewTableCommand \NewTblrTableCommand

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_enable_table_commands:
{
\clist_map_inline:Nn \g__tblr_table_commands_clist
{ \cs_set_eq:Nc ##1 { __tblr_table_command_ \cs_to_str:N ##1 :w } }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_disable_table_commands:
{
\clist_map_inline:Nn \g__tblr_table_commands_clist
{ \cs_set_eq:Nc ##1 { __tblr_table_command_ \cs_to_str:N ##1 _saved:w } }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_execute_table_commands:
{
\__tblr_prop_map_inline:nn { command }
{
\__tblr_set_row_col_from_key_name:w ##1
##2
}
\LogTblrTracing { cell }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_row_col_from_key_name:w [#1][#2]

{
\int_set:Nn \c@rownum {#1}
\int_set:Nn \c@colnum {#2}
}

%% Add \empty as a table command so that users can write \\\empty\hline (see #328)
\NewTblrTableCommand\empty{}

%% Table commands are defined only inside tblr environments,

%% but some packages such as csvsimple need to use them outside tblr environments,
%% therefore we define some of them first here.
\ProvideDocumentCommand \SetHlines { o m m } {}
\ProvideDocumentCommand \SetHline { o m m } {}
\ProvideDocumentCommand \SetVlines { o m m } {}
\ProvideDocumentCommand \SetVline { o m m } {}
\ProvideDocumentCommand \SetCells { o m } {}
\ProvideDocumentCommand \SetCell { o m } {}
\ProvideDocumentCommand \SetRows { o m } {}
\ProvideDocumentCommand \SetRow { o m } {}
\ProvideDocumentCommand \SetColumns { o m } {}
\ProvideDocumentCommand \SetColumn { o m } {}

9.11 Child ids and child classes

\NewTblrTableCommand \SetChild [1]
{
\__tblr_keys_set:nn { child/index } {#1}
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 97

\__tblr_keys_define:nn { child/index }
{
id .code:n = \__tblr_child_add_id:n {#1},
idh .code:n = \__tblr_child_add_idh:n {#1},
idv .code:n = \__tblr_child_add_idv:n {#1},
id* .meta:n = { id = #1, idh = #1, idv = #1 },
class .code:n = \__tblr_child_add_class:n {#1},
classh .code:n = \__tblr_child_add_classh:n {#1},
classv .code:n = \__tblr_child_add_classv:n {#1},
class* .meta:n = { class = #1, classh = #1, classv = #1 }
}

\clist_new:N \l__tblr_child_id_clist
\clist_new:N \l__tblr_child_class_clist

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_child_add_id:n #1
{
\clist_if_in:NnF \l__tblr_child_id_clist {#1}
{
\clist_put_right:Nn \l__tblr_child_id_clist {#1}
\tl_clear_new:c { l__tblr_child_id_#1_tl }
}
\tl_set:ce { l__tblr_child_id_#1_tl }
{ { \int_use:N \c@rownum } { \int_use:N \c@colnum } }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_child_add_idh:n #1
{
\clist_if_in:NnF \l__tblr_child_id_clist {#1h}
{
\clist_put_right:Nn \l__tblr_child_id_clist {#1h}
\tl_clear_new:c { l__tblr_child_id_#1h_tl }
}
\tl_set:ce { l__tblr_child_id_#1h_tl } { \int_use:N \c@rownum }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_child_add_idv:n #1
{
\clist_if_in:NnF \l__tblr_child_id_clist {#1v}
{
\clist_put_right:Nn \l__tblr_child_id_clist {#1v}
\tl_clear_new:c { l__tblr_child_id_#1v_tl }
}
\tl_set:ce { l__tblr_child_id_#1v_tl } { \int_use:N \c@colnum }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_child_add_class:n #1
{
\clist_if_in:NnTF \l__tblr_child_class_clist {#1}
{
\clist_put_right:ce { l__tblr_child_class_#1_clist }
{ { \int_use:N \c@rownum } { \int_use:N \c@colnum } }
}
{
\clist_put_right:Nn \l__tblr_child_class_clist {#1}
\clist_clear_new:c { l__tblr_child_class_#1_clist }
\clist_set:ce { l__tblr_child_class_#1_clist }
{ { \int_use:N \c@rownum } { \int_use:N \c@colnum } }
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 98

}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_child_add_classh:n #1
{
\clist_if_in:NnTF \l__tblr_child_class_clist {#1h}
{
\clist_put_right:ce { l__tblr_child_class_#1h_clist }
{ \int_use:N \c@rownum }
}
{
\clist_put_right:Nn \l__tblr_child_class_clist {#1h}
\clist_clear_new:c { l__tblr_child_class_#1h_clist }
\clist_set:ce { l__tblr_child_class_#1h_clist }
{ \int_use:N \c@rownum }
}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_child_add_classv:n #1
{
\clist_if_in:NnTF \l__tblr_child_class_clist {#1v}
{
\clist_put_right:ce { l__tblr_child_class_#1v_clist }
{ \int_use:N \c@colnum }
}
{
\clist_put_right:Nn \l__tblr_child_class_clist {#1v}
\clist_clear_new:c { l__tblr_child_class_#1v_clist }
\clist_set:ce { l__tblr_child_class_#1v_clist }
{ \int_use:N \c@colnum }
}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_child_split_table_before:
{
\clist_clear:N \l__tblr_child_id_clist
\clist_clear:N \l__tblr_child_class_clist
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_child_split_table_after:
{
\clist_map_inline:Nn \l__tblr_child_id_clist
{
\exp_args:Nne
\NewTblrChildIndexer {##1}
{
\tl_set:Nn \exp_not:N \lTblrChildIndexTl
{ \use:c { l__tblr_child_id_##1_tl } }
}
}
\clist_map_inline:Nn \l__tblr_child_class_clist
{
\exp_args:Nne
\NewTblrChildSelector {##1}
{
\clist_set:Nn \exp_not:N \lTblrChildClist
{ \use:c { l__tblr_child_class_##1_clist } }
}
}
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 99

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_child_extract_index_command:N #1
{
\tl_if_head_eq_meaning:VNT #1 \SetChild
{
\tl_set:Ne #1 { \tl_tail:N #1 }
\__tblr_keys_set:ne { child/index } { \tl_head:N #1 }
\tl_set:Ne #1 { \tl_tail:N #1 }
}
}

\NewExpandableDocumentCommand \ExpTblrChildId {m}

{
\use:c { l__tblr_child_id_#1_tl }
}

\NewExpandableDocumentCommand \ExpTblrChildClass {m}

{
\use:c { l__tblr_child_class_#1_clist }
}

9.12 New content commands

%% We need to emulate or fix some commands such as \diagbox in other packages
%% These commands must be defined with \NewTblrContentCommand command
%% We only enable them inside tblr environment to avoid potential conflict

\clist_new:N \g__tblr_content_commands_clist

\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { defined-content-command }

{ Content ~ command ~ #1 already ~ defined! }

\NewDocumentCommand \NewTblrContentCommand { m O{0} o m }

{
\clist_if_in:NnTF \g__tblr_content_commands_clist { #1 }
{
\msg_error:nnn { tabularray } { defined-content-command } { #1 }
\clist_log:N \g__tblr_content_commands_clist
}
{
\__tblr_make_xparse_arg_spec:nnN { #2 } { #3 } \l__tblr_a_tl
\exp_args:NcV \NewDocumentCommand
{ __tblr_content_command_ \cs_to_str:N #1 :w } \l__tblr_a_tl { #4 }
\clist_gput_right:Nn \g__tblr_content_commands_clist { #1 }
}
}
\cs_set_eq:NN \NewContentCommand \NewTblrContentCommand

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_enable_content_commands:
{
\clist_map_inline:Nn \g__tblr_content_commands_clist
{ \cs_set_eq:Nc ##1 { __tblr_content_command_ \cs_to_str:N ##1 :w } }
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 100

9.13 New dash styles

%% \NewTblrDashStyle commands

\dim_new:N \lTblrDefaultHruleWidthDim
\dim_new:N \lTblrDefaultVruleWidthDim
\dim_set:Nn \lTblrDefaultHruleWidthDim {0.4pt}
\dim_set:Nn \lTblrDefaultVruleWidthDim {0.4pt}

\prop_new:N \g__tblr_defined_hdash_styles_prop
\prop_new:N \g__tblr_defined_vdash_styles_prop

\prop_gset_from_keyval:Nn \g__tblr_defined_hdash_styles_prop
{ solid = \hrule height \lTblrDefaultHruleWidthDim }
\prop_gset_from_keyval:Nn \g__tblr_defined_vdash_styles_prop
{ solid = \vrule width \lTblrDefaultVruleWidthDim }

\NewDocumentCommand \NewTblrDashStyle { m m }
{
\seq_set_split:Nnn \l_tmpa_seq { ~ } {#2}
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_a_tl { \seq_item:Nn \l_tmpa_seq {1} }
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_b_tl { \seq_item:Nn \l_tmpa_seq {2} }
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_c_tl { \seq_item:Nn \l_tmpa_seq {3} }
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_d_tl { \seq_item:Nn \l_tmpa_seq {4} }
\tl_if_eq:NnT \l__tblr_a_tl { on }
{
\tl_if_eq:NnT \l__tblr_c_tl { off }
{
\__tblr_dash_style_make_boxes:nee {#1}
{ \dim_eval:n {\l__tblr_b_tl} } { \dim_eval:n {\l__tblr_d_tl} }
}
}
}
\cs_set_eq:NN \NewDashStyle \NewTblrDashStyle

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_dash_style_make_boxes:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\dim_set:Nn \l_tmpa_dim { #2 + #3 }
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_h_tl { \hbox_to_wd:nn }
\tl_put_right:Ne \l__tblr_h_tl { { \dim_use:N \l_tmpa_dim } }
\tl_put_right:Nn \l__tblr_h_tl
{
{
\hss
\vbox:n
{ \hbox_to_wd:nn {#2} {} \hrule height \lTblrDefaultHruleWidthDim }
\hss
}
}
\prop_gput:NnV \g__tblr_defined_hdash_styles_prop {#1} \l__tblr_h_tl
%\prop_log:N \g__tblr_defined_hdash_styles_prop
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_v_tl { \vbox_to_ht:nn }
\tl_put_right:Ne \l__tblr_v_tl { { \dim_use:N \l_tmpa_dim } }
\tl_put_right:Nn \l__tblr_v_tl
{
{
\vss
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 101

\hbox:n
{ \vbox_to_ht:nn {#2} {} \vrule width \lTblrDefaultVruleWidthDim }
\vss
}
}
\prop_gput:NnV \g__tblr_defined_vdash_styles_prop {#1} \l__tblr_v_tl
%\prop_log:N \g__tblr_defined_vdash_styles_prop
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_dash_style_make_boxes:nnn { nee }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_hline_dash_style:N #1
{
\tl_set:Ne \l_tmpa_tl
{ \prop_item:NV \g__tblr_defined_hdash_styles_prop #1 }
\tl_if_empty:NF \l_tmpa_tl { \tl_set_eq:NN #1 \l_tmpa_tl }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_vline_dash_style:N #1
{
\tl_set:Ne \l_tmpa_tl
{ \prop_item:NV \g__tblr_defined_vdash_styles_prop #1 }
\tl_if_empty:NF \l_tmpa_tl { \tl_set_eq:NN #1 \l_tmpa_tl }
}

\NewTblrDashStyle {dashed} {on ~ 2pt ~ off ~ 2pt}

\NewTblrDashStyle {dotted} {on ~ 0.4pt ~ off ~ 1pt}

9.14 Set hlines and vlines

\quark_new:N \q__tblr_dash
\quark_new:N \q__tblr_text

%% \SetHlines command for setting every hline in the table

\NewTblrTableCommand \SetHlines [3] [+]
{
\tblr_set_every_hline:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3}
}

%% We put all code inside a group to avoid affecting other table commands
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_every_hline:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\group_begin:
\int_step_inline:nn { \int_eval:n { \c@rowcount + 1 } }
{
\int_set:Nn \c@rownum {##1}
\tblr_set_hline:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3}
}
\group_end:
}

%% Check the number of arguments and call \tblr_set_every_hline in different ways

%% This function is called when parsing table specifications
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_every_hline_aux:n #1
{
\tl_if_head_is_group:nTF {#1}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 102

{
\int_compare:nNnTF { \tl_count:n {#1} } = {3}
{ \tblr_set_every_hline:nnn #1 }
{ \tblr_set_every_hline:nnn {1} #1 }
}
{ \tblr_set_every_hline:nnn {1} {-} {#1} }
}

%% Add \SetHline, \hline and \cline commands

\tl_new:N \l__tblr_hline_count_tl % the count of all hlines

\tl_new:N \l__tblr_hline_num_tl % the index of the hline
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_hline_cols_tl % the columns of the hline
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_hline_dash_tl % dash style
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_hline_fg_tl % dash foreground
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_hline_wd_tl % dash width
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_hline_leftpos_tl % left position
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_hline_rightpos_tl % right position
\bool_new:N \l__tblr_hline_endpos_bool % whether set positions only for both ends

\NewTblrTableCommand \cline [2] [] { \SetHline [=] {#2} {#1} }

\NewTblrTableCommand \hline [1] [] { \SetHline [+] {-} {#1} }

%% #1: the index of the hline (may be + or =)

%% #2: which columns of the hline, separate by commas
%% #3: key=value pairs
\NewTblrTableCommand \SetHline [3] [+]
{
\tblr_set_hline:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3}
}

%% We need to check "text" key first

%% If it does exist and has empty value, then do nothing
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_hline:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\group_begin:
\__tblr_keys_set_groups:nnn { hline/inner } { text } {#3}
% true if "text=" is set
\tl_if_eq:NNF \l__tblr_hline_dash_tl \q__tblr_text
{
\__tblr_set_hline_num:n {#1}
\tl_clear:N \l__tblr_hline_dash_tl
\__tblr_keys_set:nn { hline/inner } { dash = solid, #3 }
\__tblr_set_hline_cmd:n {#2}
}
\group_end:
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_hline:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\group_begin:
\__tblr_child_parse:ne {#1} { \int_eval:n { \c@rowcount + 1 } }
\__tblr_child_map_inline:n
{
\int_set:Nn \c@rownum {##1}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 103

\tblr_set_hline:nnn {#2} {#3} {#4}

}
\group_end:
}

%% Check the number of arguments and call \tblr_set_hline in different ways

%% Note that #1 always includes an outer pair of braces
%% This function is called when parsing table specifications
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_hline_aux:nn #1 #2
{
\tl_if_head_is_group:nTF {#2}
{
\int_compare:nNnTF { \tl_count:n {#2} } = {3}
{ \tblr_set_hline:nnnn #1 #2 }
{ \tblr_set_hline:nnnn #1 {1} #2 }
}
{ \tblr_set_hline:nnnn #1 {1} {-} {#2} }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_set_hline_aux:nn { Vn }

%% #1: the index of hline to set (may be + or =)

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_hline_num:n #1
{
\tl_clear:N \l__tblr_hline_num_tl
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_hline_count_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline } { [\int_use:N \c@rownum] / @hline-count } }
%% \l__tblr_hline_count_tl may be empty when rowspec has extra |'s
\int_compare:nNnTF { \l__tblr_hline_count_tl + 0 } = {0}
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_hline_num_tl { 1 }
\__tblr_spec_gput:nen { hline }
{ [\int_use:N \c@rownum] / @hline-count } { 1 }
}
{
\tl_if_eq:nnTF {#1} {+}
{ \__tblr_set_hline_num_incr: }
{
\tl_if_eq:nnTF {#1} {=}
{ \tl_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_hline_num_tl \l__tblr_hline_count_tl }
{
\int_compare:nNnTF {#1} > { \l__tblr_hline_count_tl }
{ \__tblr_set_hline_num_incr: }
{ \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_hline_num_tl {#1} }
}
}
}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_hline_num_incr:
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_hline_count_tl
{ \int_eval:n { \l__tblr_hline_count_tl + 1 } }
\__tblr_spec_gput:nee { hline }
{ [\int_use:N \c@rownum] / @hline-count } { \l__tblr_hline_count_tl }
\tl_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_hline_num_tl \l__tblr_hline_count_tl
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 104

\__tblr_keys_define:nn { hline/inner }
{
dash .code:n = \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_hline_dash_tl { \q__tblr_dash #1 },
text .code:n = \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_hline_dash_tl { \q__tblr_text #1 },
text .groups:n = { text },
wd .code:n = \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_hline_wd_tl { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
fg .code:n = \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_hline_fg_tl {#1},
leftpos .code:n = \tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_hline_leftpos_tl {#1},
rightpos .code:n = \tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_hline_rightpos_tl {#1},
l .meta:n = { leftpos = #1 },
l .default:n = { -0.8 },
r .meta:n = { rightpos = #1 },
r .default:n = { -0.8 },
lr .meta:n = { leftpos = #1, rightpos = #1 },
lr .default:n = { -0.8 },
endpos .bool_set:N = \l__tblr_hline_endpos_bool,
unknown .code:n = \__tblr_hline_unknown_key:V \l_keys_key_str,
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_hline_unknown_key:n #1
{
\prop_if_in:NnTF \g__tblr_defined_hdash_styles_prop {#1}
{ \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_hline_dash_tl { \q__tblr_dash #1 } }
{
\__tblr_if_color_value:nTF {#1}
{ \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_hline_fg_tl {#1} }
{
\tl_set_rescan:Nnn \l__tblr_v_tl {} {#1}
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_hline_wd_tl { \dim_eval:n {\l__tblr_v_tl} }
}
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_hline_unknown_key:n { V }

\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \__tblr_set_hline_cmd:n #1
{
\__tblr_child_parse:ne {#1} { \int_use:N \c@colcount }
\__tblr_child_map_inline:n
{
% prevent expansion of vline text (see issue #303)
\__tblr_set_hline_option:nnn { ##1 } { @dash }
{ \exp_not:V \l__tblr_hline_dash_tl }
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_hline_wd_tl
{
\__tblr_set_hline_option:nnn { ##1 } { wd } { \l__tblr_hline_wd_tl }
}
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_hline_fg_tl
{
\__tblr_set_hline_option:nnn { ##1 } { fg } { \l__tblr_hline_fg_tl }
}
}
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_hline_leftpos_tl
{
\bool_if:NTF \l__tblr_hline_endpos_bool
{
\__tblr_child_get_first:N \l_tmpa_tl
\__tblr_set_hline_option:nnn
{ \l_tmpa_tl } { leftpos } { \l__tblr_hline_leftpos_tl }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 105

}
{
\__tblr_child_map_inline:n
{
\__tblr_set_hline_option:nnn
{ ##1 } { leftpos } { \l__tblr_hline_leftpos_tl }
}
}
}
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_hline_rightpos_tl
{
\bool_if:NTF \l__tblr_hline_endpos_bool
{
\__tblr_child_get_last:N \l_tmpb_tl
\__tblr_set_hline_option:nnn
{ \l_tmpb_tl } { rightpos } { \l__tblr_hline_rightpos_tl }
}
{
\__tblr_child_map_inline:n
{
\__tblr_set_hline_option:nnn
{ ##1 } { rightpos } { \l__tblr_hline_rightpos_tl }
}
}
}
}

%% #1: column; #2: key; #3: value

\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \__tblr_set_hline_option:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nee { hline }
{ [\int_use:N \c@rownum][#1](\l__tblr_hline_num_tl) / #2 } { #3 }
}

\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { obsolete-firsthline }

{ \firsthline ~ is ~ obsolete; ~ use ~ 'baseline=T' ~ instead. }

\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { obsolete-lasthline }

{ \lasthline ~ is ~ obsolete; ~ use ~ 'baseline=B' ~ instead. }

\NewTblrTableCommand \firsthline [1] []

{
\msg_error:nn { tabularray } { obsolete-firsthline }
}

\NewTblrTableCommand \lasthline [1] []

{
\msg_error:nn { tabularray } { obsolete-lasthline }
}

%% \SetVlines command for setting every vline in the table

\NewTblrTableCommand \SetVlines [3] [+]
{
\tblr_set_every_vline:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3}
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 106

%% We put all code inside a group to avoid affecting other table commands
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_every_vline:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\group_begin:
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@colcount + 1 }
{
\int_set:Nn \c@colnum {##1}
\tblr_set_vline:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3}
}
\group_end:
}

%% Check the number of arguments and call \tblr_set_every_vline in different ways

%% This function is called when parsing table specifications
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_every_vline_aux:n #1
{
\tl_if_head_is_group:nTF {#1}
{
\int_compare:nNnTF { \tl_count:n {#1} } = {3}
{ \tblr_set_every_vline:nnn #1 }
{ \tblr_set_every_vline:nnn {1} #1 }
}
{ \tblr_set_every_vline:nnn {1} {-} {#1} }
}

%% Add \SetVline, \vline and \rline commands

\tl_new:N \l__tblr_vline_count_tl % the count of all vlines

\tl_new:N \l__tblr_vline_num_tl % the index of the vline
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_vline_rows_tl % the rows of the vline
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_vline_dash_tl % dash style
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_vline_fg_tl % dash foreground
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_vline_wd_tl % dash width
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_vline_abovepos_tl % above position
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_vline_belowpos_tl % below position

\NewTblrTableCommand \rline [2] [] { \SetVline [=] {#2} {#1} }

\NewTblrTableCommand \vline [1] [] { \SetVline [+] {-} {#1} }

%% #1: the index of the vline (may be + or =)

%% #2: which rows of the vline, separate by commas
%% #3: key=value pairs
\NewTblrTableCommand \SetVline [3] [+]
{
\tblr_set_vline:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3}
}

%% We need to check "text" key first

%% If it does exist and has empty value, then do nothing
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_vline:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\group_begin:
\__tblr_keys_set_groups:nnn { vline/inner } { text } {#3}
% true if "text=" is set
\tl_if_eq:NNF \l__tblr_vline_dash_tl \q__tblr_text
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 107

{
\__tblr_set_vline_num:n {#1}
\tl_clear:N \l__tblr_vline_dash_tl
\__tblr_keys_set:nn { vline/inner } { dash = solid, #3 }
\__tblr_set_vline_cmd:n {#2}
}
\group_end:
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_vline:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\group_begin:
\__tblr_child_parse:ne {#1} { \int_eval:n { \c@colcount + 1} }
\__tblr_child_map_inline:n
{
\int_set:Nn \c@colnum {##1}
\tblr_set_vline:nnn {#2} {#3} {#4}
}
\group_end:
}

%% Check the number of arguments and call \tblr_set_vline in different ways

%% Note that #1 always includes an outer pair of braces
%% This function is called when parsing table specifications
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_vline_aux:nn #1 #2
{
\tl_if_head_is_group:nTF {#2}
{
\int_compare:nNnTF { \tl_count:n {#2} } = {3}
{ \tblr_set_vline:nnnn #1 #2 }
{ \tblr_set_vline:nnnn #1 {1} #2 }
}
{ \tblr_set_vline:nnnn #1 {1} {-} {#2} }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_set_vline_aux:nn { Vn }

%% #1: the index of vline to set (may be + or =)

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_vline_num:n #1
{
\tl_clear:N \l__tblr_vline_num_tl
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_vline_count_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline } { [\int_use:N \c@colnum] / @vline-count } }
%% \l__tblr_vline_count_tl may be empty when colspec has extra |'s
\int_compare:nNnTF { \l__tblr_vline_count_tl + 0 } = {0}
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_vline_num_tl { 1 }
\__tblr_spec_gput:nen { vline }
{ [\int_use:N \c@colnum] / @vline-count } { 1 }
}
{
\tl_if_eq:nnTF {#1} {+}
{ \__tblr_set_vline_num_incr: }
{
\tl_if_eq:nnTF {#1} {=}
{ \tl_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_vline_num_tl \l__tblr_vline_count_tl }
{
\int_compare:nNnTF {#1} > { \l__tblr_vline_count_tl }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 108

{ \__tblr_set_vline_num_incr: }
{ \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_vline_num_tl {#1} }
}
}
}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_vline_num_incr:
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_vline_count_tl
{ \int_eval:n { \l__tblr_vline_count_tl + 1 } }
\__tblr_spec_gput:nee { vline }
{ [\int_use:N \c@colnum] / @vline-count } { \l__tblr_vline_count_tl }
\tl_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_vline_num_tl \l__tblr_vline_count_tl
}

\__tblr_keys_define:nn { vline/inner }
{
dash .code:n = \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_vline_dash_tl { \q__tblr_dash #1 },
text .code:n = \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_vline_dash_tl { \q__tblr_text #1 },
text .groups:n = { text },
wd .code:n = \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_vline_wd_tl { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
fg .code:n = \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_vline_fg_tl {#1},
abovepos .code:n = \tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_vline_abovepos_tl {#1},
belowpos .code:n = \tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_vline_belowpos_tl {#1},
unknown .code:n = \__tblr_vline_unknown_key:V \l_keys_key_str,
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_vline_unknown_key:n #1
{
\prop_if_in:NnTF \g__tblr_defined_vdash_styles_prop {#1}
{ \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_vline_dash_tl { \q__tblr_dash #1 } }
{
\__tblr_if_color_value:nTF {#1}
{ \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_vline_fg_tl {#1} }
{
\tl_set_rescan:Nnn \l__tblr_v_tl {} {#1}
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_vline_wd_tl { \dim_eval:n {\l__tblr_v_tl} }
}
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_vline_unknown_key:n { V }

\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \__tblr_set_vline_cmd:n #1
{
\__tblr_child_parse:ne {#1} { \int_use:N \c@rowcount }
\__tblr_child_map_inline:n
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nee { vline }
{ [##1][\int_use:N \c@colnum](\l__tblr_vline_num_tl) / @dash }
% prevent expansion of vline text (see issue #303)
{ \exp_not:V \l__tblr_vline_dash_tl }
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_vline_wd_tl
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nee { vline }
{ [##1][\int_use:N \c@colnum](\l__tblr_vline_num_tl) / wd }
{ \l__tblr_vline_wd_tl }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 109

}
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_vline_fg_tl
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nee { vline }
{ [##1][\int_use:N \c@colnum](\l__tblr_vline_num_tl) / fg }
{ \l__tblr_vline_fg_tl }
}
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_vline_abovepos_tl
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nee { vline }
{ [##1][\int_use:N \c@colnum](\l__tblr_vline_num_tl) / abovepos }
{ \l__tblr_vline_abovepos_tl }
}
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_vline_belowpos_tl
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nee { vline }
{ [##1][\int_use:N \c@colnum](\l__tblr_vline_num_tl) / belowpos }
{ \l__tblr_vline_belowpos_tl }
}
}
}

9.15 Set hborders and vborders

%% Hborder holds keys not related to a specified hline
\NewTblrTableCommand \hborder [1] { \tblr_set_hborder:n {#1} }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_hborder:n #1
{
\__tblr_keys_set:nn { hborder/inner } {#1}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_hborder:nn #1 #2
{
\group_begin:
\__tblr_child_parse:ne {#1} { \int_eval:n { \c@rowcount + 1 } }
\__tblr_child_map_inline:n
{
\int_set:Nn \c@rownum {##1}
\tblr_set_hborder:n {#2}
}
\group_end:
}

%% This function is called when parsing table specifications

%% Note that #1 always includes an outer pair of braces
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_hborder_aux:nn #1 #2
{
\tblr_set_hborder:nn #1 {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_set_hborder_aux:nn { Vn }

\__tblr_keys_define:nn { hborder/inner }
{
abovespace .code:n = \__tblr_row_gput_above:ne
{ belowsep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 110

belowspace .code:n = \__tblr_row_gput:ne { abovesep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },

abovespace+ .code:n = \__tblr_row_gadd_dimen_above:ne
{ belowsep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
belowspace+ .code:n = \__tblr_row_gadd_dimen:ne
{ abovesep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
pagebreak .code:n = \__tblr_hborder_gput_pagebreak:n {#1},
pagebreak .default:n = yes,
baseline .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:ne
{ baseline } { - \int_use:N \c@rownum },
}

\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_pagebreak_yes_tl { 1 }
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_pagebreak_auto_tl { 0 }
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_pagebreak_no_tl { -1 }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_hborder_gput_pagebreak:n #1
{
\tl_if_exist:cT { c__tblr_pagebreak_ #1 _tl }
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nee { hline }
{ [\int_use:N \c@rownum] / @pagebreak }
{ \tl_use:c { c__tblr_pagebreak_ #1 _tl } }
}
}

%% Vborder holds keys not related to a specified vline

\NewTblrTableCommand \vborder [1] { \tblr_set_vborder:n {#1} }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_vborder:n #1
{
\__tblr_keys_set:nn { vborder/inner } {#1}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_vborder:nn #1 #2
{
\group_begin:
\__tblr_child_parse:ne {#1} { \int_eval:n { \c@colcount + 1 } }
\__tblr_child_map_inline:n
{
\int_set:Nn \c@colnum {##1}
\tblr_set_vborder:n {#2}
}
\group_end:
}

%% This function is called when parsing table specifications

%% Note that #1 always includes an outer pair of braces
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_vborder_aux:nn #1 #2
{
\tblr_set_vborder:nn #1 {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_set_vborder_aux:nn { Vn }

\__tblr_keys_define:nn { vborder/inner }
{
leftspace .code:n = \__tblr_column_gput_left:ne
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 111

{ rightsep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },

rightspace .code:n = \__tblr_column_gput:ne { leftsep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
leftspace+ .code:n = \__tblr_column_gadd_dimen_left:ne
{ rightsep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
rightspace+ .code:n = \__tblr_column_gadd_dimen:ne
{ leftsep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
}

9.16 Set cells

%% \SetCells command for setting every cell in the table
\NewTblrTableCommand \SetCells [2] []
{
\tblr_set_every_cell:nn {#1} {#2}
}

%% We put all code inside a group to avoid affecting other table commands
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_every_cell:nn #1 #2
{
\group_begin:
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@rowcount }
{
\int_set:Nn \c@rownum {##1}
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@colcount }
{
\int_set:Nn \c@colnum {####1}
\tblr_set_cell:nn {#1} {#2}
}
}
\group_end:
}

%% Check the number of arguments and call \tblr_set_every_cell in different ways

%% This function is called when parsing table specifications
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_every_cell_aux:n #1
{
\tl_if_head_is_group:nTF {#1}
{ \tblr_set_every_cell:nn #1 }
{ \tblr_set_every_cell:nn {} {#1} }
}

%% \SetCell command for multirow and/or multicolumn cells

\NewTblrTableCommand \SetCell [2] []

{
\tblr_set_cell:nn { #1 } { #2 }
}

\tl_new:N \l__tblr_row_span_num_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_col_span_num_tl

\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_cell:nn #1 #2
{
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_row_span_num_tl { 1 }
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_col_span_num_tl { 1 }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 112

\__tblr_keys_set:nn { cell/outer } { #1 }
\__tblr_keys_set:nn { cell/inner } { #2 }
\__tblr_set_span_spec:VV \l__tblr_row_span_num_tl \l__tblr_col_span_num_tl
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tblr_set_cell:nn { nV }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_cell:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\group_begin:
\__tblr_child_parse:ne {#1} { \int_use:N \c@rowcount }
\__tblr_child_map_inline:n
{
\int_set:Nn \c@rownum {##1}
\__tblr_child_parse:ne {#2} { \int_use:N \c@colcount }
\__tblr_child_submap_inline:n
{
\int_set:Nn \c@colnum {####1}
\tblr_set_cell:nn {#3} {#4}
}
}
\group_end:
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_cell_tuple:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\group_begin:
\__tblr_child_parse_tuple:nee {#1}
{ \int_use:N \c@rowcount } { \int_use:N \c@colcount }
\clist_map_inline:Nn \l__tblr_child_tuple_whole_clist
{
\int_set:Nn \c@rownum { \use_i:nn ##1 }
\int_set:Nn \c@colnum { \use_ii:nn ##1 }
\tblr_set_cell:nn {#2} {#3}
}
\group_end:
}

%% Check the number of arguments and call \tblr_set_cell in different ways.

%% #1 consists of either two tl items {h_1,h_2,...,h_m}{v_1,v_2,...,v_n},
%% or one tl item {{h_1}{v_1},{h_2}{v_2},...,{h_k}{v_k}}.
%% This function is called when parsing table specifications.
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_cell_aux:nn #1 #2
{
\tl_if_single:nTF {#1}
{
\tl_if_head_is_group:nTF {#2}
{ \__tblr_set_cell_tuple:nnn #1 #2 }
{ \__tblr_set_cell_tuple:nnn #1 {} {#2} }
}
{
\tl_if_head_is_group:nTF {#2}
{ \tblr_set_cell:nnnn #1 #2 }
{ \tblr_set_cell:nnnn #1 {} {#2} }
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_set_cell_aux:nn { Vn }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 113

\__tblr_keys_define:nn { cell/outer }
{
r .tl_set:N = \l__tblr_row_span_num_tl,
c .tl_set:N = \l__tblr_col_span_num_tl,
}

\__tblr_keys_define:nn { cell/inner }
{
halign .code:n = \__tblr_cell_gput:nn { halign } {#1},
valign .code:n = \__tblr_cell_gput:nn { valign } {#1},
j .meta:n = { halign = j },
l .meta:n = { halign = l },
c .meta:n = { halign = c },
r .meta:n = { halign = r },
t .meta:n = { valign = t },
p .meta:n = { valign = t },
m .meta:n = { valign = m },
b .meta:n = { valign = b },
h .meta:n = { valign = h },
f .meta:n = { valign = f },
wd .code:n = \__tblr_cell_gput:ne { width } {#1},
bg .code:n = \__tblr_cell_gput:ne { background } {#1},
fg .code:n = \__tblr_cell_gput:ne { foreground } {#1},
font .code:n = \__tblr_cell_gput:nn { font } { #1 \selectfont },
mode .code:n = \__tblr_cell_gput:nn { mode } {#1},
$ .meta:n = { mode = math },
$$ .meta:n = { mode = dmath },
cmd .code:n = \__tblr_cell_gput:nn { cmd } {#1},
preto .code:n = \__tblr_cell_preto_text:n {#1},
appto .code:n = \__tblr_cell_appto_text:n {#1},
unknown .code:n = \__tblr_cell_unknown_key:V \l_keys_key_str,
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_cell_gput:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_data_gput:neenn { cell }
{ \int_use:N \c@rownum } { \int_use:N \c@colnum } {#1} {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_cell_gput:nn { ne }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_cell_gput:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nnnnn { cell } {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_cell_gput:nnnn
{ nenn, ennn, eenn, nene, enne, eene }

\tl_new:N \l__tblr_cell_text_tl

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_cell_preto_text:n #1
{
\__tblr_cell_preto_text:een
{ \int_use:N \c@rownum } { \int_use:N \c@colnum } {#1}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_cell_preto_text:nnn #1 #2 #3
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 114

{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_cell_text_tl { \__tblr_spec_item:nn { text } { [#1][#2] } }
\tl_put_left:Nn \l__tblr_cell_text_tl {#3}
\__tblr_spec_gput:nnV { text } { [#1][#2] } \l__tblr_cell_text_tl
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_cell_preto_text:nnn { nen, enn, een }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_cell_appto_text:n #1
{
\__tblr_cell_appto_text:een
{ \int_use:N \c@rownum } { \int_use:N \c@colnum } {#1}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_cell_appto_text:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_cell_text_tl { \__tblr_spec_item:ne { text } { [#1][#2] } }
\tl_put_right:Nn \l__tblr_cell_text_tl {#3}
\__tblr_spec_gput:neV { text } { [#1][#2] } \l__tblr_cell_text_tl
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_cell_appto_text:nnn { nen, enn, een }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_cell_unknown_key:n #1
{
\__tblr_if_color_value:nTF {#1}
{
\__tblr_data_gput:neene { cell }
{ \int_use:N \c@rownum } { \int_use:N \c@colnum } { background } {#1}
}
{
\tl_set_rescan:Nnn \l__tblr_v_tl {} {#1}
\__tblr_data_gput:neene { cell }
{ \int_use:N \c@rownum } { \int_use:N \c@colnum } { width }
{ \dim_eval:n { \l__tblr_v_tl } }
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_cell_unknown_key:n { V }

%% Whether to allow page breaks in the middle of multirow cells

\bool_new:N \lTblrCellBreakBool

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_span_spec:nn #1 #2
{
\int_compare:nNnT { #1 } > { 1 }
{
\__tblr_prop_gput:nnn { inner } { rowspan } { true }
\__tblr_data_gput:neenn { cell }
{ \int_use:N \c@rownum } { \int_use:N \c@colnum } { rowspan } {#1}
}
\int_compare:nNnT { #2 } > { 1 }
{
\__tblr_prop_gput:nnn { inner } { colspan } { true }
\__tblr_data_gput:neenn { cell }
{ \int_use:N \c@rownum } { \int_use:N \c@colnum } { colspan } {#2}
}
\int_step_variable:nnNn
{ \int_use:N \c@rownum } { \int_eval:n { \c@rownum + #1 - 1 } } \l__tblr_i_tl
{
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 115

\bool_lazy_and:nnT
{ ! \lTblrCellBreakBool }
{ \int_compare_p:nNn {\l__tblr_i_tl} > {\c@rownum} }
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nen {hline} { [\l__tblr_i_tl] / @pagebreak } {-1}
}
\int_step_variable:nnNn
{ \int_use:N \c@colnum } { \int_eval:n { \c@colnum + #2 - 1 } }
\l__tblr_j_tl
{
\bool_lazy_and:nnF
{ \int_compare_p:nNn { \l__tblr_i_tl } = { \c@rownum } }
{ \int_compare_p:nNn { \l__tblr_j_tl } = { \c@colnum } }
{
\__tblr_data_gput:neenn { cell }
{ \l__tblr_i_tl } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { omit } {1}
}
\int_compare:nNnF { \l__tblr_i_tl } = { \c@rownum }
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nen { hline }
{ [\l__tblr_i_tl][\l__tblr_j_tl] / omit } {true}
}
\int_compare:nNnF { \l__tblr_j_tl } = { \c@colnum }
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nee { vline }
{ [\l__tblr_i_tl][\l__tblr_j_tl] / omit } {true}
}
}
}
%% Make continuous borders for multirow cells
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_n_tl
{
\int_max:nn
{
\__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline } { [\int_use:N \c@colnum] / @vline-count }
}
{ 1 }
}
\int_step_variable:nnNn
{ \c@rownum } { \int_eval:n { \c@rownum + #1 - 2 } } \l__tblr_i_tl
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nee { vline }
{ [\l__tblr_i_tl][\int_use:N \c@colnum](\l__tblr_n_tl) / belowpos } {1}
\__tblr_spec_gput:nee { vline }
{ [\l__tblr_i_tl][\int_eval:n {\c@colnum + #2}](1) / belowpos } {1}
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_set_span_spec:nn { VV }

%% Obsolete \multicolumn and \multirow commands

\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { obsolete-multicolumn }

{ \multicolumn ~ is ~ obsolete; ~ use ~ \SetCell ~ instead. }

\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { obsolete-multirow }

{ \multirow ~ is ~ obsolete; ~ use ~ \SetCell ~ instead. }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 116

\NewTblrTableCommand \multicolumn [2]

{
\msg_error:nn { tabularray } { obsolete-multicolumn }
}

\NewTblrTableCommand \multirow [3] [m]

{
\msg_error:nn { tabularray } { obsolete-multirow }
}

9.17 Set columns and rows

%% \SetColumns command for setting every column in the table
\NewTblrTableCommand \SetColumns [2] []
{
\tblr_set_every_column:nn {#1} {#2}
}

%% We put all code inside a group to avoid affecting other table commands
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_every_column:nn #1 #2
{
\group_begin:
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@colcount }
{
\int_set:Nn \c@colnum {##1}
\tblr_set_column:nn {#1} {#2}
}
\group_end:
}

%% Check the number of arguments and call \tblr_set_every_column in different ways

%% This function is called when parsing table specifications
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_every_column_aux:n #1
{
\tl_if_head_is_group:nTF {#1}
{ \tblr_set_every_column:nn #1 }
{ \tblr_set_every_column:nn {} {#1} }
}

%% \SetColumn command for current column or each cells in the column

\NewTblrTableCommand \SetColumn [2] []

{
\tblr_set_column:nn {#1} {#2}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_column:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_keys_set:nn { column/inner } {#2}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_column:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\group_begin:
\__tblr_child_parse:ne {#1} { \int_use:N \c@colcount }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 117

\__tblr_child_map_inline:n
{
\int_set:Nn \c@colnum {##1}
\tblr_set_column:nn {#2} {#3}
}
\group_end:
}

%% Check the number of arguments and call \tblr_set_column in different ways

%% Note that #1 always includes an outer pair of braces
%% This function is called when parsing table specifications
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_column_aux:nn #1 #2
{
\tl_if_head_is_group:nTF {#2}
{ \tblr_set_column:nnn #1 #2 }
{ \tblr_set_column:nnn #1 {} {#2} }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_set_column_aux:nn { Vn }

\__tblr_keys_define:nn { column/inner }
{
halign .code:n = \__tblr_column_gput_cell:nn { halign } {#1},
valign .code:n = \__tblr_column_gput_cell:nn { valign } {#1},
j .meta:n = { halign = j },
l .meta:n = { halign = l },
c .meta:n = { halign = c },
r .meta:n = { halign = r },
t .meta:n = { valign = t },
p .meta:n = { valign = t },
m .meta:n = { valign = m },
b .meta:n = { valign = b },
h .meta:n = { valign = h },
f .meta:n = { valign = f },
bg .code:n = \__tblr_column_gput_cell:nn { background } {#1},
fg .code:n = \__tblr_column_gput_cell:nn { foreground } {#1},
font .code:n = \__tblr_column_gput_cell:nn { font } { #1 \selectfont },
mode .code:n = \__tblr_column_gput_cell:nn { mode } {#1},
$ .meta:n = { mode = math },
$$ .meta:n = { mode = dmath },
cmd .code:n = \__tblr_column_gput_cell:nn { cmd } {#1},
wd .code:n = \__tblr_column_gput:ne { width } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
co .code:n = \__tblr_column_gput:ne { coefficient } {#1},
preto .code:n = \__tblr_preto_text_for_every_column_cell:n {#1},
appto .code:n = \__tblr_appto_text_for_every_column_cell:n {#1},
leftsep .code:n = \__tblr_column_gput:ne { leftsep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
rightsep .code:n = \__tblr_column_gput:ne { rightsep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
colsep .meta:n = { leftsep = #1, rightsep = #1},
leftsep+ .code:n = \__tblr_column_gadd_dimen:ne
{ leftsep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
rightsep+ .code:n = \__tblr_column_gadd_dimen:ne
{ rightsep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
colsep+ .meta:n = { leftsep+ = #1, rightsep+ = #1},
unknown .code:n = \__tblr_column_unknown_key:V \l_keys_key_str,
}

%% #1: key; #2: value

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_column_gput:nn #1 #2
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 118

{
\__tblr_data_gput:nenn { column } { \int_use:N \c@colnum } {#1} {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_column_gput:nn { ne }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_column_gput_left:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nenn { column } { \int_eval:n { \c@colnum - 1 } } {#1} {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_column_gput_left:nn { ne }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_column_gadd_dimen:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_data_gadd_dimen_value:nenn { column }
{ \int_use:N \c@colnum } {#1} {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_column_gadd_dimen:nn { ne }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_column_gadd_dimen_left:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_data_gadd_dimen_value:nenn { column }
{ \int_eval:n { \c@colnum - 1 } } {#1} {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_column_gadd_dimen_left:nn { ne }

%% #1: key; #2: value

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_column_gput_cell:nn #1 #2
{
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@rowcount }
{
\__tblr_cell_gput:nenn {##1} { \int_use:N \c@colnum } {#1} {#2}
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_column_gput_cell:nn { ne }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_preto_text_for_every_column_cell:n #1
{
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@rowcount }
{
\__tblr_cell_preto_text:nen {##1} { \int_use:N \c@colnum } {#1}
}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_appto_text_for_every_column_cell:n #1
{
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@rowcount }
{
\__tblr_cell_appto_text:nen {##1} { \int_use:N \c@colnum } {#1}
}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_column_unknown_key:n #1
{
\__tblr_if_number_value:nTF {#1}
{ \__tblr_column_gput:ne { coefficient } {#1} }
{
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 119

\__tblr_if_color_value:nTF {#1}
{ \__tblr_column_gput_cell:nn { background } {#1} }
{
\tl_set_rescan:Nnn \l__tblr_v_tl {} {#1}
\__tblr_column_gput:ne { width } { \dim_eval:n { \l__tblr_v_tl } }
}
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_column_unknown_key:n { V }

%% \SetRows command for setting every row in the table

\NewTblrTableCommand \SetRows [2] []
{
\tblr_set_every_row:nn {#1} {#2}
}

%% We put all code inside a group to avoid affecting other table commands
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_every_row:nn #1 #2
{
\group_begin:
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@rowcount }
{
\int_set:Nn \c@rownum {##1}
\tblr_set_row:nn {#1} {#2}
}
\group_end:
}

%% Check the number of arguments and call \tblr_set_every_row in different ways

%% This function is called when parsing table specifications
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_every_row_aux:n #1
{
\tl_if_head_is_group:nTF {#1}
{ \tblr_set_every_row:nn #1 }
{ \tblr_set_every_row:nn {} {#1} }
}

%% \SetRow command for current row or each cells in the row

\NewTblrTableCommand \SetRow [2] []

{
\tblr_set_row:nn {#1} {#2}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_row:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_keys_set:nn { row/inner } {#2}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_row:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\group_begin:
\__tblr_child_parse:ne {#1} { \int_use:N \c@rowcount }
\__tblr_child_map_inline:n
{
\int_set:Nn \c@rownum {##1}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 120

\tblr_set_row:nn {#2} {#3}

}
\group_end:
}

%% Check the number of arguments and call \tblr_set_row in different ways

%% Note that #1 always includes an outer pair of braces
%% This function is called when parsing table specifications
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_row_aux:nn #1 #2
{
\tl_if_head_is_group:nTF {#2}
{ \tblr_set_row:nnn #1 #2 }
{ \tblr_set_row:nnn #1 {} {#2} }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_set_row_aux:nn { Vn }

\__tblr_keys_define:nn { row/inner }
{
halign .code:n = \__tblr_row_gput_cell:nn { halign } {#1},
valign .code:n = \__tblr_row_gput_cell:nn { valign } {#1},
j .meta:n = { halign = j },
l .meta:n = { halign = l },
c .meta:n = { halign = c },
r .meta:n = { halign = r },
t .meta:n = { valign = t },
p .meta:n = { valign = t },
m .meta:n = { valign = m },
b .meta:n = { valign = b },
h .meta:n = { valign = h },
f .meta:n = { valign = f },
bg .code:n = \__tblr_row_gput_cell:nn { background } {#1},
fg .code:n = \__tblr_row_gput_cell:nn { foreground } {#1},
font .code:n = \__tblr_row_gput_cell:nn { font } { #1 \selectfont },
mode .code:n = \__tblr_row_gput_cell:nn { mode } {#1},
$ .meta:n = { mode = math },
$$ .meta:n = { mode = dmath },
cmd .code:n = \__tblr_row_gput_cell:nn { cmd } {#1},
ht .code:n = \__tblr_row_gput:ne { height } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
co .code:n = \__tblr_row_gput:ne { coefficient } {#1},
preto .code:n = \__tblr_preto_text_for_every_row_cell:n {#1},
appto .code:n = \__tblr_appto_text_for_every_row_cell:n {#1},
abovesep .code:n = \__tblr_row_gput:ne { abovesep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
belowsep .code:n = \__tblr_row_gput:ne { belowsep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
rowsep .meta:n = { abovesep = #1, belowsep = #1},
abovesep+ .code:n = \__tblr_row_gadd_dimen:ne { abovesep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
belowsep+ .code:n = \__tblr_row_gadd_dimen:ne { belowsep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
rowsep+ .meta:n = { abovesep+ = #1, belowsep+ = #1},
baseline .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:ne
{ baseline } { \int_use:N \c@rownum },
unknown .code:n = \__tblr_row_unknown_key:V \l_keys_key_str,
}

%% #1: key; #2: value

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_row_gput:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nenn { row } { \int_use:N \c@rownum } {#1} {#2}
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 121

\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_row_gput:nn { ne }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_row_gput_above:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nenn { row } { \int_eval:n { \c@rownum - 1 } } {#1} {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_row_gput_above:nn { ne }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_row_gadd_dimen:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_data_gadd_dimen_value:nenn { row } { \int_use:N \c@rownum } {#1} {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_row_gadd_dimen:nn { ne }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_row_gadd_dimen_above:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_data_gadd_dimen_value:nenn { row }
{ \int_eval:n { \c@rownum - 1 } } {#1} {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_row_gadd_dimen_above:nn { ne }

%% #1: key; #2: value

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_row_gput_cell:nn #1 #2
{
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@colcount }
{
\__tblr_cell_gput:ennn { \int_use:N \c@rownum } {##1} {#1} {#2}
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_row_gput_cell:nn { ne }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_preto_text_for_every_row_cell:n #1
{
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@colcount }
{
\__tblr_cell_preto_text:enn { \int_use:N \c@rownum } {##1} {#1}
}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_appto_text_for_every_row_cell:n #1
{
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@colcount }
{
\__tblr_cell_appto_text:enn { \int_use:N \c@rownum } {##1} {#1}
}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_row_unknown_key:n #1
{
\__tblr_if_number_value:nTF {#1}
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nene { row } { \int_use:N \c@rownum }
{ coefficient } {#1}
}
{
\__tblr_if_color_value:nTF {#1}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 122

{ \__tblr_row_gput_cell:nn { background } {#1} }

{
\tl_set_rescan:Nnn \l__tblr_v_tl {} {#1}
\__tblr_row_gput:ne { height } { \dim_eval:n { \l__tblr_v_tl } }
}
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_row_unknown_key:n { V }

\NewTblrTableCommand \pagebreak [1] [4]

{
\hborder { pagebreak = yes }
}

\NewTblrTableCommand \nopagebreak [1] [4]

{
\hborder { pagebreak = no }
}

9.18 Column types and row types

%% Some primitive column/row types

\str_const:Nn \cTblrPrimitiveColrowTypeStr { Q | < > }

\tl_new:N \g__tblr_expanded_colrow_spec_tl

\exp_args:Nc \NewDocumentCommand { tblr_primitive_Column_type_ Q } { O{} }

{
\__tblr_keys_set:nn { column/inner } { #1 }
\int_incr:N \c@colnum
\__tblr_execute_colrow_spec_next:N
}
\exp_args:Nc \NewDocumentCommand { tblr_Column_type_ Q } { O{} }
{
\tl_gput_right:Nn \g__tblr_expanded_colrow_spec_tl { Q[#1] }
\__tblr_expand_colrow_spec_next:N
}

\exp_args:Nc \NewDocumentCommand { tblr_primitive_Row_type_ Q } { O{} }

{
\__tblr_keys_set:nn { row/inner } { #1 }
\int_incr:N \c@rownum
\__tblr_execute_colrow_spec_next:N
}
\exp_args:Nc \NewDocumentCommand { tblr_Row_type_ Q } { O{} }
{
\tl_gput_right:Nn \g__tblr_expanded_colrow_spec_tl { Q[#1] }
\__tblr_expand_colrow_spec_next:N
}

\exp_args:Nc \NewDocumentCommand { tblr_primitive_Column_type_ | } { O{} }

{
\vline [#1]
\__tblr_execute_colrow_spec_next:N
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 123

\exp_args:Nc \NewDocumentCommand { tblr_Column_type_ | } { O{} }

{
\tl_gput_right:Nn \g__tblr_expanded_colrow_spec_tl { |[#1] }
\__tblr_expand_colrow_spec_next:N
}

\exp_args:Nc \NewDocumentCommand { tblr_primitive_Row_type_ | } { O{} }

{
\hline [#1]
\__tblr_execute_colrow_spec_next:N
}
\exp_args:Nc \NewDocumentCommand { tblr_Row_type_ | } { O{} }
{
\tl_gput_right:Nn \g__tblr_expanded_colrow_spec_tl { |[#1] }
\__tblr_expand_colrow_spec_next:N
}

\exp_args:Nc \NewDocumentCommand { tblr_primitive_Column_type_ > } { O{} m }

{
\tl_if_blank:nF {#1}
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nene
{ column }
{ \int_use:N \c@colnum } { leftsep }
{ \dim_eval:n {#1} }
}
\tl_if_blank:nF {#2}
{
\__tblr_preto_text_for_every_column_cell:n {#2}
}
\__tblr_execute_colrow_spec_next:N
}
\exp_args:Nc \NewDocumentCommand { tblr_Column_type_ > } { O{} m }
{
\tl_gput_right:Nn \g__tblr_expanded_colrow_spec_tl { >[#1]{#2} }
\__tblr_expand_colrow_spec_next:N
}

\exp_args:Nc \NewDocumentCommand { tblr_primitive_Row_type_ > } { O{} m }

{
\tl_if_blank:nF {#1}
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nene { row } { \int_use:N \c@rownum }
{ abovesep } { \dim_eval:n { #1 } }
}
\tl_if_blank:nF {#2}
{
\__tblr_preto_text_for_every_row_cell:n {#2}
}
\__tblr_execute_colrow_spec_next:N
}
\exp_args:Nc \NewDocumentCommand { tblr_Row_type_ > } { O{} m }
{
\tl_gput_right:Nn \g__tblr_expanded_colrow_spec_tl { >[#1]{#2} }
\__tblr_expand_colrow_spec_next:N
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 124

\exp_args:Nc \NewDocumentCommand { tblr_primitive_Column_type_ < } { O{} m }

{
\tl_if_blank:nF {#1}
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nene { column }
{ \int_eval:n {\c@colnum - 1} } { rightsep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} }
}
\tl_if_blank:nF {#2}
{
\group_begin:
\int_decr:N \c@colnum
\__tblr_appto_text_for_every_column_cell:n {#2}
\group_end:
}
\__tblr_execute_colrow_spec_next:N
}
\exp_args:Nc \NewDocumentCommand { tblr_Column_type_ < } { O{} m }
{
\tl_gput_right:Nn \g__tblr_expanded_colrow_spec_tl { <[#1]{#2} }
\__tblr_expand_colrow_spec_next:N
}

\exp_args:Nc \NewDocumentCommand { tblr_primitive_Row_type_ < } { O{} m }

{
\tl_if_blank:nF {#1}
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nene { row } { \int_eval:n {\c@rownum - 1} }
{ belowsep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} }
}
\tl_if_blank:nF {#2}
{
\group_begin:
\int_decr:N \c@rownum
\__tblr_appto_text_for_every_row_cell:n {#2}
\group_end:
}
\__tblr_execute_colrow_spec_next:N
}
\exp_args:Nc \NewDocumentCommand { tblr_Row_type_ < } { O{} m }
{
\tl_gput_right:Nn \g__tblr_expanded_colrow_spec_tl { <[#1]{#2} }
\__tblr_expand_colrow_spec_next:N
}

%% \NewColumnType/\NewRowType command and predefined column/row types

\str_new:N \gTblrUsedColumnTypeStr
\str_gset_eq:NN \gTblrUsedColumnTypeStr \cTblrPrimitiveColrowTypeStr

\str_new:N \gTblrUsedRowTypeStr
\str_gset_eq:NN \gTblrUsedRowTypeStr \cTblrPrimitiveColrowTypeStr

\bool_new:N \g__tblr_colrow_spec_expand_stop_bool
\tl_new:N \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl

\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { used-colrow-type }

CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 125

{ #1 ~ type ~ name ~ #2 ~ has ~ been ~ used! }

\NewDocumentCommand \NewTblrColumnType { m O{0} o m }

{
\tl_gset:Nn \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl { Column }
\__tblr_new_column_or_row_type:nnnn {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4}
}
\cs_set_eq:NN \NewColumnType \NewTblrColumnType

\NewDocumentCommand \NewTblrRowType { m O{0} o m }

{
\tl_gset:Nn \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl { Row }
\__tblr_new_column_or_row_type:nnnn {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4}
}
\cs_set_eq:NN \NewRowType \NewTblrRowType

\NewDocumentCommand \NewTblrColumnRowType { m O{0} o m }

{
\tl_gset:Nn \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl { Column }
\__tblr_new_column_or_row_type:nnnn {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4}
\tl_gset:Nn \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl { Row }
\__tblr_new_column_or_row_type:nnnn {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4}
}
\cs_set_eq:NN \NewColumnRowType \NewTblrColumnRowType

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_new_column_or_row_type:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\str_if_in:cnTF { gTblrUsed \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl TypeStr } {#1}
{
\tl_if_eq:NnTF \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl { Row }
{ \msg_error:nnnn { tabularray } { used-colrow-type } { Row } {#1} }
{ \msg_error:nnnn { tabularray } { used-colrow-type } { Column } {#1} }
\str_log:c { gTblrUsed \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl TypeStr }
}
{
\__tblr_make_xparse_arg_spec:nnN {#2} {#3} \l__tblr_a_tl
\exp_args:NcV \NewDocumentCommand
{ tblr_ \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl _type_ #1 } \l__tblr_a_tl
{
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_colrow_spec_expand_stop_bool
\tl_gput_right:Nf \g__tblr_expanded_colrow_spec_tl {#4}
\__tblr_expand_colrow_spec_next:N
}
\str_gput_right:cn
{ gTblrUsed \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl TypeStr } {#1}
}
}

\NewTblrColumnRowType { l } { Q[l] }
\NewTblrColumnRowType { c } { Q[c] }
\NewTblrColumnRowType { r } { Q[r] }
\NewTblrColumnRowType { j } { Q[j] }

\NewTblrColumnType { t } [1] { Q[t,wd=#1] }

\NewTblrColumnType { p } [1] { Q[p,wd=#1] }
\NewTblrColumnType { m } [1] { Q[m,wd=#1] }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 126

\NewTblrColumnType { b } [1] { Q[b,wd=#1] }

\NewTblrColumnType { h } [1] { Q[h,wd=#1] }
\NewTblrColumnType { f } [1] { Q[f,wd=#1] }

\NewTblrRowType { t } [1] { Q[t,ht=#1] }

\NewTblrRowType { p } [1] { Q[p,ht=#1] }
\NewTblrRowType { m } [1] { Q[m,ht=#1] }
\NewTblrRowType { b } [1] { Q[b,ht=#1] }
\NewTblrRowType { h } [1] { Q[h,ht=#1] }
\NewTblrRowType { f } [1] { Q[f,ht=#1] }

\NewTblrColumnRowType { X } [1][] { Q[co=1,#1] }

\NewTblrColumnRowType { ! } [1] { |[text={#1}] }

\NewTblrColumnRowType { @ } [1] { <[0pt]{} |[text={#1}] >[0pt]{} }
\NewTblrColumnRowType { * } [2] { \prg_replicate:nn {#1} {#2} }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_parse_colrow_spec:nn #1 #2
{
\tl_gset:Nn \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl {#1}
\tl_gset:Nn \g__tblr_expanded_colrow_spec_tl {#2}
\__tblr_expand_colrow_spec:N \g__tblr_expanded_colrow_spec_tl
\__tblr_execute_colrow_spec:N \g__tblr_expanded_colrow_spec_tl
}

%% Expand defined column/row types

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_expand_colrow_spec:N #1
{
\bool_do_until:Nn \g__tblr_colrow_spec_expand_stop_bool
{
\LogTblrTracing { colspec, rowspec }
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_colrow_spec_expand_stop_bool
\tl_set_eq:NN \l_tmpa_tl #1
\tl_gclear:N #1
\exp_last_unbraced:NV
\__tblr_expand_colrow_spec_next:N \l_tmpa_tl \scan_stop:
}
}

\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { unexpandable-colrow-type }

{ Unexpandable ~ command ~ #2 inside ~ #1 ~ type! }

\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { unknown-colrow-type }

{ Unknown ~ #1 ~ type ~ #2! }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_expand_colrow_spec_next:N #1
{
\token_if_eq_catcode:NNTF #1 \scan_stop:
{
\token_if_eq_meaning:NNF #1 \scan_stop:
{
\msg_error:nnVn { tabularray } { unexpandable-colrow-type }
\g__tblr_column_or_row_tl {#1}
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 127

}
{
\str_if_in:cnTF { gTblrUsed \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl TypeStr } {#1}
{
%% Note that #1 may be an active character (see issue #58)
\cs:w tblr_ \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl _type_ \token_to_str:N #1 \cs_end:
}
{
\msg_error:nnVn { tabularray } { unknown-colrow-type }
\g__tblr_column_or_row_tl {#1}
\str_log:c { gTblrUsed \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl TypeStr }
}
}
}

%% Execute primitive column/row types

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_execute_colrow_spec:N #1
{
\tl_if_eq:NnTF \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl { Row }
{ \int_set:Nn \c@rownum {1} }
{ \int_set:Nn \c@colnum {1} }
\exp_last_unbraced:NV \__tblr_execute_colrow_spec_next:N #1 \scan_stop:
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_execute_colrow_spec_next:N #1
{
\token_if_eq_meaning:NNF #1 \scan_stop:
{ \cs:w tblr_primitive_ \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl _type_ #1 \cs_end: }
}

9.19 Set environments and new environments

\tl_new:N \l__tblr_initial_tblr_outer_tl
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_initial_tblr_outer_tl
{
halign = c, baseline = m, headsep = 6pt, footsep = 6pt,
presep = 1.5\bigskipamount, postsep = 1.5\bigskipamount,
}

%% #1: env name; #2: specifications

\NewDocumentCommand \SetTblrInner { O{tblr} m }
{
\clist_map_inline:nn {#1}
{ \tl_put_right:cn { l__tblr_default_ ##1 _inner_tl } { , #2 } }
\ignorespaces
}
\cs_new_eq:NN \SetTblrDefault \SetTblrInner

%% #1: env name; #2: specifications

\NewDocumentCommand \SetTblrOuter { O{tblr} m }
{
\clist_map_inline:nn {#1}
{ \tl_put_right:cn { l__tblr_default_ ##1 _outer_tl } { , #2 } }
\ignorespaces
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 128

%% #1: env name

\NewDocumentCommand \NewTblrEnviron { m }
{
\NewDocumentEnvironment {#1} { O{c} m +b }
{
\__tblr_environ_code:nnnn {#1} {##1} {##2} {##3}
} { }
\tl_new:c { l__tblr_default_ #1 _inner_tl }
\tl_new:c { l__tblr_default_ #1 _outer_tl }
\tl_set_eq:cN { l__tblr_default_ #1 _outer_tl } \l__tblr_initial_tblr_outer_tl
}

%% Create tblr and longtblr environments

\NewTblrEnviron { tblr }
\NewTblrEnviron { longtblr }
\SetTblrOuter [ longtblr ] { long }
\NewTblrEnviron { talltblr }
\SetTblrOuter [ talltblr ] { tall }

\tl_new:N \l__tblr_env_name_tl
\bool_new:N \l__tblr_math_mode_bool

%% Main environment code

%% We need to add \group_align_safe_begin: and \group_align_safe_end:
%% to make tabularray correctly nest in align environment (see issue #143)
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_environ_code:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\group_align_safe_begin:
\int_gincr:N \c@tblrcount
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_env_name_tl {#1}
\mode_if_math:TF
{ \bool_set_true:N \l__tblr_math_mode_bool }
{ \bool_set_false:N \l__tblr_math_mode_bool }
\__tblr_builder:nnn {#2} {#3} {#4}
\group_align_safe_end:
}

\bool_new:N \lTblrMeasuringBool

\tl_new:N \l__tblr_inner_spec_tl
\cs_set_eq:NN \__tblr_hook_parse_inner_spec_before: \prg_do_nothing:

%% Read, split and build the table

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_builder:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\int_gincr:N \gTblrLevelInt
\__tblr_hook_use:n { trial/before }
\bool_set_true:N \lTblrMeasuringBool
\__tblr_clear_prop_lists:
\__tblr_clear_spec_lists:
\LogTblrTracing { step = init ~ table ~ outer ~ spec}
\__tblr_init_table_outer_spec:
\LogTblrTracing { step = parse ~ table ~ options }
\__tblr_parse_table_option:n {#1}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 129

\LogTblrTracing { outer }
\LogTblrTracing { option }
\__tblr_enable_table_commands:
\LogTblrTracing { step = split ~ table}
\__tblr_split_table:n {#3}
\LogTblrTracing { command }
\bool_if:NT \g__tblr_use_intarray_bool { \__tblr_init_table_data: }
\LogTblrTracing { step = init ~ table ~ inner ~ spec}
\__tblr_init_table_inner_spec:
\LogTblrTracing { inner }
\LogTblrTracing { step = parse ~ table ~ inner ~ spec}
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_inner_spec_tl {#2}
\__tblr_hook_parse_inner_spec_before:
\exp_args:NV \__tblr_parse_table_spec:n \l__tblr_inner_spec_tl
\LogTblrTracing { step = execute ~ table ~ commands}
\__tblr_execute_table_commands:
\__tblr_disable_table_commands:
\__tblr_functional_calculation:
\LogTblrTracing { step = calculate ~ cell ~ and ~ line ~ sizes}
\__tblr_enable_content_commands:
\__tblr_calc_cell_and_line_sizes:
\bool_set_false:N \lTblrMeasuringBool
\__tblr_hook_use:n { trial/after }
\LogTblrTracing { step = build ~ the ~ whole ~ table}
\__tblr_build_whole:
\int_gdecr:N \gTblrLevelInt
}

9.20 Split table contents

\tl_new:N \l__tblr_body_tl
\seq_new:N \l__tblr_lines_seq

%% Split table content to cells and store them

%% #1: table content
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_split_table:n #1
{
\__tblr_child_split_table_before:
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_body_tl {#1}
\__tblr_modify_table_body:
\int_zero:N \c@rowcount
\int_zero:N \c@colcount
\__tblr_split_table_to_lines:NN \l__tblr_body_tl \l__tblr_lines_seq
\__tblr_split_lines_to_cells:N \l__tblr_lines_seq
\__tblr_child_split_table_after:
}

\tl_new:N \l__tblr_expand_tl

\cs_set_eq:NN \__tblr_hook_split_before: \prg_do_nothing:

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_modify_table_body:
{
\__tblr_hook_split_before:
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_expand_tl { \__tblr_spec_item:nn { outer } { expand } }
\tl_map_inline:Nn \l__tblr_expand_tl
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 130

{
\__tblr_expand_table_body:NN \l__tblr_body_tl ##1
}
}

%% Expand every occurrence of the specified macro once

%% #1: tl with table content; #2: macro to be expanded
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_expand_table_body:NN #1 #2
{
\tl_set_eq:NN \l_tmpa_tl #1
\tl_clear:N #1
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_expand_table_body_aux:w ##1 #2
{
\tl_put_right:Nn #1 {##1}
\peek_meaning:NTF \q_stop
{ \use_none:n }
{ \exp_last_unbraced:NV \__tblr_expand_table_body_aux:w #2 }
}
\exp_last_unbraced:NV \__tblr_expand_table_body_aux:w \l_tmpa_tl #2 \q_stop
}

%% Split tl #3 into items separated by tl #2, and store the result in seq #1.
%% Spaces on both side of each item and outer braces around each item are kept.
%% We insert \prg_do_nothing: before each item to avoid losing outermost braces.
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_seq_set_split:Nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\seq_clear:N #1
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_seq_set_split_aux:Nw ##1 ##2 #2
{
\tl_if_eq:nnF { \prg_do_nothing: \c_novalue_tl } { ##2 }
{
\seq_put_right:No ##1 { ##2 }
\__tblr_seq_set_split_aux:Nw ##1 \prg_do_nothing:
}
}
\__tblr_seq_set_split_aux:Nw #1 \prg_do_nothing: #3 #2 \c_novalue_tl #2
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_seq_set_split:Nnn { NnV }

%% Split tl #3 into items separated by tl #2, and store the result in seq #1.
%% Spaces on both side of items and outer braces around items are kept.
%% And we prevent splitting inside the body of an environment.
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_seq_set_split_keep_braces_envs:Nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\__tblr_seq_set_split_keep_envs_aux:NnnN
#1 { #2 } { #3 } \__tblr_seq_set_split:Nnn
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_seq_set_split_keep_braces_envs:Nnn { NnV }

%% Split tl #3 into items separated by tl #2, and store the result in seq #1.
%% Spaces on both side of items and outer braces around items are removed.
%% And we prevent splitting inside the body of an environment.
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_seq_set_split_keep_envs:Nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\__tblr_seq_set_split_keep_envs_aux:NnnN
#1 { #2 } { #3 } \seq_set_split:Nnn
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 131

\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_seq_set_split_keep_envs:Nnn { NnV }

\seq_new:N \l__tblr_split_raw_seq
\seq_new:N \l__tblr_split_temp_seq
\seq_new:N \l__tblr_split_item_seq
\int_new:N \l__tblr_split_balance_int

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_seq_set_split_keep_envs_aux:NnnN #1 #2 #3 #4
{
#4 \l__tblr_split_raw_seq { #2 } { #3 }
\seq_clear:N #1
\seq_clear:N \l__tblr_split_item_seq
\seq_map_inline:Nn \l__tblr_split_raw_seq
{
\seq_put_right:Nn \l__tblr_split_item_seq { ##1 }
\seq_set_split:Nnn \l__tblr_split_temp_seq { \begin } { ##1 }
\int_add:Nn \l__tblr_split_balance_int
{ \seq_count:N \l__tblr_split_temp_seq }
\seq_set_split:Nnn \l__tblr_split_temp_seq { \end } { ##1 }
\int_sub:Nn \l__tblr_split_balance_int
{ \seq_count:N \l__tblr_split_temp_seq }
\int_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_split_balance_int } = { 0 }
{
\seq_put_right:Ne #1 { \seq_use:Nn \l__tblr_split_item_seq { #2 } }
\seq_clear:N \l__tblr_split_item_seq
}
}
}

%% Split table content to a sequence of lines

%% #1: tl with table contents, #2: resulting sequence of lines
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_split_table_to_lines:NN #1 #2
{
\__tblr_seq_set_split_keep_braces_envs:NnV \l_tmpa_seq { \\ } #1
\seq_clear:N #2
\seq_map_inline:Nn \l_tmpa_seq
{
\tl_if_head_eq_meaning:nNTF {##1} *
{
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_b_tl { \hborder { pagebreak = no } }
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_c_tl { \tl_tail:n {##1} }
\tl_trim_spaces:N \l__tblr_c_tl %% Ignore spaces between * and [dimen]
\tl_if_head_eq_meaning:VNT \l__tblr_c_tl [
{
\tl_put_right:Nn \l__tblr_b_tl { \RowBefore@AddBelowSep }
}
\tl_put_right:NV \l__tblr_b_tl \l__tblr_c_tl
\seq_put_right:NV #2 \l__tblr_b_tl
}
{
\tl_if_head_eq_meaning:nNTF { ##1 } [
{ \seq_put_right:Nn #2 { \RowBefore@AddBelowSep ##1 } }
{ \seq_put_right:Nn #2 { ##1 } }
}
}
\int_set:Nn \c@rowcount { \seq_count:N #2 }
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 132

%% Treat \\[dimen] command

\NewTblrTableCommand \RowBefore@AddBelowSep [1] []
{
\IfValueT { #1 }
{
\__tblr_data_gadd_dimen_value:nene { row }
{ \int_eval:n {\c@rownum - 1} } { belowsep } {#1}
}
}

%% Split table lines to cells and store them

%% #1: sequence of lines
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_split_lines_to_cells:N #1
{
\seq_map_indexed_function:NN #1 \__tblr_split_one_line:nn
\LogTblrTracing { text }
}

%% Split one line into cells and store them

%% #1: row number, #2 the line text
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_split_one_line:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_seq_set_split_keep_braces_envs:Nnn \l_tmpa_seq { & } { #2 }
\int_set:Nn \c@rownum {#1}
\int_zero:N \c@colnum
\seq_map_inline:Nn \l_tmpa_seq
{
\tl_set:Nn \l_tmpa_tl { ##1 }
\__tblr_trim_par_space_tokens_left:N \l_tmpa_tl
\int_incr:N \c@colnum
\__tblr_extract_table_commands:N \l_tmpa_tl
\__tblr_trim_par_space_tokens:N \l_tmpa_tl
\__tblr_spec_gput:neV { text } { [#1][\int_use:N \c@colnum] } \l_tmpa_tl
}
%% Decrease row count by 1 if the last row has only one empty cell text
%% We need to do it here since the > or < column type may add text to cells
\bool_lazy_all:nTF
{
{ \int_compare_p:nNn {#1} = {\c@rowcount} }
{ \int_compare_p:nNn {\c@colnum} = {1} }
{ \tl_if_empty_p:N \l_tmpa_tl }
}
{ \int_decr:N \c@rowcount }
{
\__tblr_prop_gput:nne
{row} { [#1] / cell-number } { \int_use:N \c@colnum }
\int_compare:nT { \c@colnum > \c@colcount }
{
\int_set_eq:NN \c@colcount \c@colnum
}
}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_trim_par_space_tokens_left:N #1
{
\tl_trim_spaces:N #1
\__tblr_remove_head_par:N #1
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 133

\tl_trim_spaces:N #1
}

\tl_new:N \l__tblr_trim_temp_tl

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_trim_par_space_tokens:N #1
{
\tl_trim_spaces:N #1
\__tblr_remove_head_par:N #1
\tl_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_trim_temp_tl #1
\tl_reverse:N \l__tblr_trim_temp_tl
\__tblr_remove_head_par:N \l__tblr_trim_temp_tl
\tl_reverse:N \l__tblr_trim_temp_tl
\tl_set_eq:NN #1 \l__tblr_trim_temp_tl
\tl_trim_spaces:N #1
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_remove_head_par:N #1
{
\tl_if_head_eq_meaning:VNT #1 \par { \tl_set:Ne #1 { \tl_tail:N #1 } }
}

9.21 Extract table commands from cell text

%% Extract table commands defined with \NewTblrTableCommand from cell text

\tl_new:N \l__tblr_saved_table_commands_before_cell_text_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_saved_cell_text_after_table_commands_tl

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_extract_table_commands:N #1
{
% We need to execute \SetChild commands before parsing inner specs,
% but execute other table commands after parsing inner specs.
\__tblr_child_extract_index_command:N #1
\tl_clear:N \l__tblr_saved_table_commands_before_cell_text_tl
\tl_clear:N \l__tblr_saved_cell_text_after_table_commands_tl
\exp_last_unbraced:NV \__tblr_extract_table_commands_next: #1 \q_stop
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_saved_table_commands_before_cell_text_tl
{
\__tblr_prop_gput:neV { command }
{[\int_use:N \c@rownum][\int_use:N \c@colnum]}
\l__tblr_saved_table_commands_before_cell_text_tl
}
\tl_set_eq:NN #1 \l__tblr_saved_cell_text_after_table_commands_tl
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_extract_table_commands_next:
{
\peek_after:Nw \__tblr_extract_table_commands_next_peek:
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_extract_table_commands_next_peek:
{
\token_if_group_begin:NTF \l_peek_token
{
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 134

\__tblr_save_real_cell_text:
}
{
\__tblr_extract_table_commands_next_real:n
}
}

%% #1 maybe a single token or multiple tokens from a pair of braces

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_extract_table_commands_next_real:n #1
{
\tl_if_single_token:nTF {#1}
{
\clist_if_in:NnTF \g__tblr_table_commands_clist { #1 }
{ \__tblr_extract_one_table_command:N #1 }
{
\token_if_eq_meaning:NNF #1 \q_stop
{ \__tblr_save_real_cell_text: #1 }
}
}
{ \__tblr_save_real_cell_text: {#1} }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_extract_one_table_command:N #1
{
\int_set:Nn \l__tblr_a_int
{ \tl_use:c { g__tblr_table_cmd_ \cs_to_str:N #1 _arg_numb_tl } }
\tl_put_right:Nn \l__tblr_saved_table_commands_before_cell_text_tl {#1}
\int_compare:nNnTF {\l__tblr_a_int} < {0}
{
\int_set:Nn \l__tblr_a_int { \int_abs:n {\l__tblr_a_int} - 1 }
\peek_charcode:NTF [
{ \__tblr_extract_table_command_arg_o:w }
{ \__tblr_extract_table_command_arg_next: }
}
{ \__tblr_extract_table_command_arg_next: }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_extract_table_command_arg_o:w [#1]

{
\tl_put_right:Nn \l__tblr_saved_table_commands_before_cell_text_tl { [#1] }
\__tblr_extract_table_command_arg_next:
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_extract_table_command_arg_m:n #1
{
\tl_put_right:Nn \l__tblr_saved_table_commands_before_cell_text_tl { {#1} }
\__tblr_extract_table_command_arg_next:
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_extract_table_command_arg_next:
{
\int_compare:nNnTF {\l__tblr_a_int} > {0}
{
\int_decr:N \l__tblr_a_int
\__tblr_extract_table_command_arg_m:n
}
{ \__tblr_extract_table_commands_next: }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 135

%% We prepend \prg_do_nothing: to avoid losing outermost braces.

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_save_real_cell_text:
{
\__tblr_save_real_cell_text_aux:w \prg_do_nothing:
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_save_real_cell_text_aux:w #1 \q_stop

{
\tl_set:No \l__tblr_saved_cell_text_after_table_commands_tl {#1}
}

9.22 Initialize table inner specifications

\prop_new:N \g__tblr_initial_table_prop
\prop_new:N \g__tblr_initial_rows_prop
\prop_new:N \g__tblr_initial_columns_prop
\prop_new:N \g__tblr_initial_cells_prop
\prop_new:N \g__tblr_initial_hlines_prop
\prop_new:N \g__tblr_initial_vlines_prop

\prop_gset_from_keyval:Nn \g__tblr_initial_table_prop
{
stretch = 1,
rulesep = 2pt,
}

\prop_gset_from_keyval:Nn \g__tblr_initial_rows_prop
{
abovesep = 2pt,
belowsep = 2pt,
@row-height = 0pt,
@row-head = 0pt,
@row-foot = 0pt,
@row-upper = 0pt,
@row-lower = 0pt,
}

\prop_gset_from_keyval:Nn \g__tblr_initial_columns_prop
{
leftsep = 6pt,
rightsep = 6pt,
width = -1pt, % column width unset
coefficient = 0, % column coefficient unset
@col-width = 0pt,
}

\prop_gset_from_keyval:Nn \g__tblr_initial_cells_prop
{
halign = j,
valign = t,
width = -1pt, % cell width unset
rowspan = 1,
colspan = 1,
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 136

omit = 0,
}

\prop_gset_from_keyval:Nn \g__tblr_initial_hlines_prop
{
@hline-count = 0,
}

\prop_gset_from_keyval:Nn \g__tblr_initial_vlines_prop
{
@vline-count = 0,
}

\tl_new:N \l__tblr_inner_spec_measure_tl
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_inner_spec_measure_tl { hbox }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_init_table_inner_spec:
{
\prop_map_inline:Nn \g__tblr_initial_table_prop
{
\__tblr_prop_gput:nen { inner } { ##1 } {##2}
}
\int_step_variable:nNn { \c@rowcount } \l__tblr_i_tl
{
\prop_map_inline:Nn \g__tblr_initial_rows_prop
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nVnn { row } \l__tblr_i_tl {##1} {##2}
}
\prop_map_inline:Nn \g__tblr_initial_hlines_prop
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nen { hline } { [\l__tblr_i_tl] / ##1 } {##2}
}
\int_step_variable:nNn { \c@colcount } \l__tblr_j_tl
{
\prop_map_inline:Nn \g__tblr_initial_cells_prop
{
\__tblr_data_gput:neeen { cell }
{ \l__tblr_i_tl } { \l__tblr_j_tl } {##1} {##2}
}
}
}
\prop_map_inline:Nn \g__tblr_initial_hlines_prop
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nen { hline }
{ [\int_eval:n { \c@rowcount + 1}] / ##1 } {##2}
}
\int_step_variable:nNn { \c@colcount } \l__tblr_j_tl
{
\prop_map_inline:Nn \g__tblr_initial_columns_prop
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nenn { column } { \l__tblr_j_tl } {##1} {##2}
}
\prop_map_inline:Nn \g__tblr_initial_vlines_prop
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nen { vline } { [\l__tblr_j_tl] / ##1 } {##2}
}
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 137

\prop_map_inline:Nn \g__tblr_initial_vlines_prop
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nen { vline }
{ [\int_eval:n { \c@colcount + 1}] / ##1 } {##2}
}
\__tblr_keys_set:nv { table/inner }
{ l__tblr_default_ \l__tblr_env_name_tl _inner_tl }
}

9.23 Parse table inner specifications

%% We must define these keys to make \__tblr_keys_if_exist work
\__tblr_keys_define:nn { table/inner }
{
column .code:n = ,
row .code:n = ,
cell .code:n = ,
hline .code:n = ,
vline .code:n = ,
hborder .code:n = ,
vborder .code:n =
}

\str_new:N \g__tblr_name_str

\__tblr_keys_define:nn { table/inner }
{
name .code:n = \__tblr_keys_gput:nn { name } {#1},
colspec .code:n = \__tblr_parse_colrow_spec:nn { Column } {#1},
rowspec .code:n = \__tblr_parse_colrow_spec:nn { Row } {#1},
width .code:n = \__tblr_keys_gput:ne { width } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
hspan .code:n = \__tblr_keys_gput:nn { hspan } {#1},
vspan .code:n = \__tblr_keys_gput:nn { vspan } {#1},
stretch .code:n = \__tblr_keys_gput:nn { stretch } {#1},
columns .code:n = \__tblr_set_every_column_aux:n {#1},
rows .code:n = \__tblr_set_every_row_aux:n {#1},
cells .code:n = \__tblr_set_every_cell_aux:n {#1},
hlines .code:n = \__tblr_set_every_hline_aux:n {#1},
vlines .code:n = \__tblr_set_every_vline_aux:n {#1},
leftsep .code:n = \tblr_set_every_column:nn { } { leftsep = #1 },
rightsep .code:n = \tblr_set_every_column:nn { } { rightsep = #1 },
colsep .meta:n = { leftsep = #1, rightsep = #1 },
abovesep .code:n = \tblr_set_every_row:nn { } { abovesep = #1 },
belowsep .code:n = \tblr_set_every_row:nn { } { belowsep = #1 },
rowsep .meta:n = { abovesep = #1, belowsep = #1 },
rulesep .code:n = \__tblr_keys_gput:nn { rulesep } {#1},
rowhead .code:n = \__tblr_keys_gput:nn { rowhead } {#1},
rowfoot .code:n = \__tblr_keys_gput:nn { rowfoot } {#1},
delimiter .code:n = \__tblr_set_delimiter:n {#1},
baseline .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:nn { baseline } {#1},
unknown .code:n = \__tblr_table_special_key:Vn \l_keys_key_str {#1},
}

\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { unknown-inner-key }

{ Unknown ~ inner ~ key ~ name ~ '#1'. }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 138

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_table_special_key:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_key_split_name_args:n {#1}
\__tblr_keys_if_exist:nVTF { table/inner } \l__tblr_key_split_name_str
{
\use:c { __tblr_set_ \l__tblr_key_split_name_str _aux:Vn }
\l__tblr_key_split_args_tl {#2}
}
{
\msg_error:nnV { tabularray } { unknown-inner-key }
\l__tblr_key_split_name_str
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_table_special_key:nn { Vn }

%% If the first key name is known, treat #1 as table spec;

%% otherwise, treat #1 as colspec.

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_parse_table_spec:n #1
{
\__tblr_keyval_extract_first_name:n {#1}
\__tblr_keys_if_exist:nVTF { table/inner } \l__tblr_key_split_name_str
{ \__tblr_keys_set:nn { table/inner } {#1} }
{ \__tblr_parse_colrow_spec:nn { Column } {#1} }
\str_gset:Ne \g__tblr_name_str { \__tblr_prop_item:ne { inner } { name } }
\str_if_empty:NT \g__tblr_name_str
{ \str_gset:Ne \g__tblr_name_str { @ \int_use:N \c@tblrcount } }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_keys_gput:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_prop_gput:nnn { inner } {#1} {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_keys_gput:nn { ne }

\__tblr_keys_define:nn { table/delimiter }
{
left .code:n = \__tblr_keys_gput:nn { delim-left } { \left #1 },
right .code:n = \__tblr_keys_gput:nn { delim-right } { \right #1 }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_delimiter:n #1
{
\__tblr_keys_set:nn { table/delimiter } {#1}
}

9.24 Initialize and parse table outer specifications

\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { used-theme-name }
{ theme ~ name ~ #1 ~ has ~ been ~ used! }

%% #1: theme names; #2: template and style commands

\NewDocumentCommand \NewTblrTheme { m +m }
{
\tl_if_exist:cTF { g__tblr_theme_ #1 _code_tl }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 139

{ \msg_error:nnn { tabularray } { used-theme-name } { #1 } }

{
\tl_set:cn { g__tblr_theme_ #1 _code_tl } {#2}
\ignorespaces
}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_use_theme:n #1
{
\ignorespaces
\tl_use:c { g__tblr_theme_ #1 _code_tl }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_init_table_outer_spec:
{
\__tblr_keys_set:nv { table/outer }
{ l__tblr_default_ \l__tblr_env_name_tl _outer_tl }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_parse_table_option:n #1
{
\__tblr_keys_set:nn { table/outer } {#1}
}

%% We must define these keys to make \__tblr_keys_if_exist work

\__tblr_keys_define:nn { table/outer }
{
note .code:n = ,
remark .code:n = ,
more .code:n =
}

\__tblr_keys_define:nn { table/outer }
{
long .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:nn { portrait } { long },
tall .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:nn { portrait } { tall },
halign .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:nn { halign } {#1},
baseline .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:nn { baseline } {#1},
l .meta:n = { halign = l },
c .meta:n = { halign = c },
r .meta:n = { halign = r },
t .meta:n = { baseline = t },
T .meta:n = { baseline = T },
m .meta:n = { baseline = m },
M .meta:n = { baseline = M },
b .meta:n = { baseline = b },
B .meta:n = { baseline = B },
valign .meta:n = { baseline = #1 }, % obsolete, will be removed some day
expand .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:nn { expand } {#1},
expand+ .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gconcat_spec:nn { expand } {#1},
headsep .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:nn { headsep } {#1},
footsep .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:nn { footsep } {#1},
presep .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:nn { presep } {#1},
postsep .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:nn { postsep } {#1},
theme .code:n = \__tblr_use_theme:n {#1},
caption .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:nn { caption } {#1},
entry .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:nn { entry } {#1},
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 140

label .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:nn { label } {#1},

unknown .code:n = \__tblr_table_option_key:Vn \l_keys_key_str {#1},
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nen { outer } {#1} {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:nn { ne }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_outer_gconcat_spec:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_outer_gput_spec:ne
{#1} { \__tblr_spec_item:nn { outer } { #1 } \exp_not:n { #2 } }
}

\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { unknown-outer-key }

{ Unknown ~ outer ~ key ~ name ~ '#1'. }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_table_option_key:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_key_split_name_args:n {#1}
\__tblr_keys_if_exist:nVTF { table/outer } \l__tblr_key_split_name_str
{
% remove a pair of outer braces
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_key_split_args_tl
{ \tl_head:N \l__tblr_key_split_args_tl }
\use:c { __tblr_outer_gput_ \l__tblr_key_split_name_str :Vn }
\l__tblr_key_split_args_tl {#2}
}
{
\msg_error:nnV { tabularray } { unknown-outer-key }
\l__tblr_key_split_name_str
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_table_option_key:nn { Vn }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_outer_gput_note:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_prop_gput:nnn { note } {#1} {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_outer_gput_note:nn { Vn }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_outer_gput_remark:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_prop_gput:nnn { remark } {#1} {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_outer_gput_remark:nn { Vn }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_outer_gput_more:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_prop_gput:nnn { more } {#1} {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_outer_gput_more:nn { Vn }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 141

9.25 Typeset and calculate sizes

%% Calculate the width and height for every cell and border

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_calc_cell_and_line_sizes:
{
\__tblr_prepare_stretch:
\__tblr_calculate_line_sizes:
\__tblr_calculate_cell_sizes:
\LogTblrTracing { cell, row, column, hline, vline }
\__tblr_compute_extendable_column_width:
\__tblr_adjust_sizes_for_span_cells:
}

%% prepare stretch option of the table

\fp_new:N \l__tblr_stretch_fp
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_strut_dp_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_strut_ht_dim
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_prepare_stretch:
{
\fp_set:Nn \l__tblr_stretch_fp
{ \__tblr_prop_item:nn { inner } { stretch } }
\fp_compare:nNnTF \l__tblr_stretch_fp > \c_zero_fp
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_strut_dp_dim
{ \fp_use:N \l__tblr_stretch_fp \box_dp:N \strutbox }
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_strut_ht_dim
{ \fp_use:N \l__tblr_stretch_fp \box_ht:N \strutbox }
\cs_set_eq:NN \__tblr_leave_vmode: \mode_leave_vertical:
\cs_set_eq:NN \__tblr_process_stretch: \__tblr_process_stretch_real:
}
{
\cs_set_eq:NN \__tblr_process_stretch: \prg_do_nothing:
\fp_compare:nNnTF \l__tblr_stretch_fp < \c_zero_fp
{
% for lists (see issue #99)
\cs_set_eq:NN \__tblr_leave_vmode: \@setminipage
}
{ \cs_set_eq:NN \__tblr_leave_vmode: \mode_leave_vertical: }
}
}
\cs_new_eq:NN \__tblr_leave_vmode: \mode_leave_vertical:
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_process_stretch_real:
{
\dim_compare:nNnT \l__tblr_strut_dp_dim > { \box_dp:N \l_tmpb_box }
{
\box_set_dp:Nn \l_tmpa_box
{
\box_dp:N \l_tmpa_box
- \box_dp:N \l_tmpb_box
+ \l__tblr_strut_dp_dim
}
\box_set_dp:Nn \l_tmpb_box { \l__tblr_strut_dp_dim }
}
\dim_compare:nNnT \l__tblr_strut_ht_dim > { \box_ht:N \l_tmpa_box }
{
\hbox_set:Nn \l_tmpa_box { \box_use:N \l_tmpa_box }
\hbox_set:Nn \l_tmpb_box { \box_use:N \l_tmpb_box }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 142

\box_set_ht:Nn \l_tmpb_box
{
\box_ht:N \l_tmpb_box
- \box_ht:N \l_tmpa_box
+ \l__tblr_strut_ht_dim
}
\box_set_ht:Nn \l_tmpa_box { \l__tblr_strut_ht_dim }
%% return vbox for vertical-align: \c__tblr_middle_m_tl
\vbox_set_top:Nn \l_tmpa_box { \box_use:N \l_tmpa_box }
\vbox_set:Nn \l_tmpb_box { \box_use:N \l_tmpb_box }
}
}
\cs_new_eq:NN \__tblr_process_stretch: \__tblr_process_stretch_real:

%% Calculate the thickness for every hline and vline

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_calculate_line_sizes:
{
%% We need these two counters in executing hline and vline commands
\int_zero:N \c@rownum
\int_zero:N \c@colnum
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@rowcount + 1 }
{
\int_incr:N \c@rownum
\int_zero:N \c@colnum
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@colcount + 1 }
{
\int_incr:N \c@colnum
\int_compare:nNnT { ##1 } < { \c@rowcount + 1 }
{
\__tblr_measure_and_update_vline_size:nn { ##1 } { ####1 }
}
\int_compare:nNnT { ####1 } < { \c@colcount + 1 }
{
\__tblr_measure_and_update_hline_size:nn { ##1 } { ####1 }
}
}
}
}

%% Measure and update thickness of the vline

%% #1: row number, #2 column number
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_measure_and_update_vline_size:nn #1 #2
{
\dim_zero:N \l__tblr_w_dim
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_n_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline } { [#2] / @vline-count } }
\int_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_n_tl } > {0}
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_s_tl
{ \__tblr_prop_item:ne { inner } { rulesep } }
\int_step_inline:nn { \l__tblr_n_tl }
{
\vbox_set_to_ht:Nnn \l__tblr_b_box {1pt}
{
\__tblr_get_vline_segment_child:nnnnn
{#1} {#2} {##1} {1pt} {1pt}
}
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_w_tl { \dim_eval:n { \box_wd:N \l__tblr_b_box } }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 143

\__tblr_spec_gput_if_larger:nee { vline }
{ [#2](##1) / @vline-width } { \l__tblr_w_tl }
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_w_dim
{
\__tblr_spec_item:nn { vline } { [#2](##1) / @vline-width }
}
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_w_dim { \l__tblr_s_tl }
}
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_w_dim { - \l__tblr_s_tl }
}
\__tblr_spec_gput_if_larger:nee { vline }
{ [#2]/ @vline-width } { \dim_use:N \l__tblr_w_dim }
}

%% Get text of a vline segment

%% #1: row number, #2: column number; #3: index number; #4: height; #5: depth
%% We put all code inside a group to avoid conflicts of local variables
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_vline_segment_child:nnnnn #1 #2 #3 #4 #5
{
\group_begin:
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_w_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline } { [#1][#2](#3) / wd } }
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_w_tl
{ \dim_set:Nn \lTblrDefaultVruleWidthDim { \l__tblr_w_tl } }
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_d_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline } { [#1][#2](#3) / @dash } }
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_b_tl { \tl_tail:N \l__tblr_d_tl }
\tl_if_head_eq_meaning:VNTF \l__tblr_d_tl \q__tblr_dash
{
\__tblr_get_vline_dash_style:N \l__tblr_b_tl
\xleaders \l__tblr_b_tl \vfil
}
{
%% When using text as vline, we need to omit abovepos and belowpos.
\unskip
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_d_box
{
\bool_if:NTF \l__tblr_math_mode_bool
{ $ \l__tblr_b_tl $ } { \l__tblr_b_tl }
}
\box_set_ht:Nn \l__tblr_d_box {#4}
\box_set_dp:Nn \l__tblr_d_box {#5}
\box_use:N \l__tblr_d_box
\vss
}
\group_end:
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_get_vline_segment_child:nnnnn { nnnee }

%% Measure and update thickness of the hline

%% #1: row number, #2 column number
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_measure_and_update_hline_size:nn #1 #2
{
\dim_zero:N \l__tblr_h_dim
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_n_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline } { [#1] / @hline-count } }
\int_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_n_tl } > {0}
{
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 144

\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_s_tl
{ \__tblr_prop_item:ne { inner } { rulesep } }
\int_step_inline:nn { \l__tblr_n_tl }
{
\hbox_set_to_wd:Nnn \l__tblr_b_box {1pt}
{ \__tblr_get_hline_segment_child:nnn {#1} {#2} {##1} }
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_h_tl
{
\dim_eval:n
{ \box_ht:N \l__tblr_b_box + \box_dp:N \l__tblr_b_box }
}
\__tblr_spec_gput_if_larger:nee { hline }
{ [#1](##1) / @hline-height } { \l__tblr_h_tl }
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_h_dim
{
\__tblr_spec_item:nn { hline } { [#1](##1) / @hline-height }
}
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_h_dim { \l__tblr_s_tl }
}
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_h_dim { - \l__tblr_s_tl }
}
\__tblr_spec_gput_if_larger:nee { hline }
{ [#1] / @hline-height } { \dim_use:N \l__tblr_h_dim }
}

%% Get text of a hline segment

%% #1: row number, #2: column number; #3: index number
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_hline_segment_child:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\group_begin:
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_w_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline } { [#1][#2](#3) / wd } }
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_w_tl
{ \dim_set:Nn \lTblrDefaultHruleWidthDim { \l__tblr_w_tl } }
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_d_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline } { [#1][#2](#3) / @dash } }
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_a_tl { \tl_head:N \l__tblr_d_tl }
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_b_tl { \tl_tail:N \l__tblr_d_tl }
\tl_if_head_eq_meaning:VNTF \l__tblr_d_tl \q__tblr_dash
{
\__tblr_get_hline_dash_style:N \l__tblr_b_tl
\xleaders \l__tblr_b_tl \hfil
}
{
\bool_if:NTF \l__tblr_math_mode_bool
{ $ \l__tblr_b_tl $ } { \l__tblr_b_tl }
\hfil
}
\group_end:
}

%% current cell alignments

\tl_new:N \g__tblr_cell_halign_tl
\tl_new:N \g__tblr_cell_valign_tl
\tl_new:N \g__tblr_cell_middle_tl

\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_valign_h_tl { h }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 145

\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_valign_m_tl { m }
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_valign_f_tl { f }
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_valign_t_tl { t }
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_valign_b_tl { b }

\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_middle_t_tl { t }
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_middle_m_tl { m }
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_middle_b_tl { b }

%% #1: row number; #2: column number

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_cell_alignments:nn #1 #2
{
\group_begin:
\tl_gset:Ne \g__tblr_cell_halign_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:neen { cell } {#1} {#2} { halign } }
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_v_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:neen { cell } {#1} {#2} { valign } }
\tl_case:NnF \l__tblr_v_tl
{
\c__tblr_valign_t_tl
{
\tl_gset:Nn \g__tblr_cell_valign_tl {m}
\tl_gset:Nn \g__tblr_cell_middle_tl {t}
}
\c__tblr_valign_m_tl
{
\tl_gset:Nn \g__tblr_cell_valign_tl {m}
\tl_gset:Nn \g__tblr_cell_middle_tl {m}
}
\c__tblr_valign_b_tl
{
\tl_gset:Nn \g__tblr_cell_valign_tl {m}
\tl_gset:Nn \g__tblr_cell_middle_tl {b}
}
}
{
\tl_gset_eq:NN \g__tblr_cell_valign_tl \l__tblr_v_tl
\tl_gclear:N \g__tblr_cell_middle_tl
}
\group_end:
}

%% current cell dimensions

\dim_new:N \g__tblr_cell_wd_dim
\dim_new:N \g__tblr_cell_ht_dim
\dim_new:N \g__tblr_cell_head_dim
\dim_new:N \g__tblr_cell_foot_dim

%% Calculate the width and height for every cell

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_calculate_cell_sizes:
{
%% You can use these two counters in cell text
\int_zero:N \c@rownum
\int_zero:N \c@colnum
\__tblr_save_counters:n { table }
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@rowcount }
{
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 146

\int_incr:N \c@rownum
\int_zero:N \c@colnum
\__tblr_update_rowsep_registers:
%% Note that \__tblr_data_item always returns nonempty value,
%% but \__tblr_prop_item may return empty value.
%% To make \__tblr_map_data_to_prop: work, we need to add + 0pt.
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_h_tl
{
\__tblr_data_item:nen { row } { \int_use:N \c@rownum } { height }
+ 0pt
}
%% We didn't initialize row heights with -1pt
\dim_compare:nNnF { \l__tblr_h_tl } = { 0pt }
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nenV { row } { \int_use:N \c@rownum }
{ @row-height } \l__tblr_h_tl
}
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@colcount }
{
\int_incr:N \c@colnum
\__tblr_update_colsep_registers:
\__tblr_measure_cell_update_sizes:nnNNNN
{ \int_use:N \c@rownum }
{ \int_use:N \c@colnum }
\g__tblr_cell_wd_dim
\g__tblr_cell_ht_dim
\g__tblr_cell_head_dim
\g__tblr_cell_foot_dim
}
}
\__tblr_restore_counters:n { table }
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@colcount }
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_w_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } {##1} { width } }
\dim_compare:nNnF { \l__tblr_w_tl } < { 0pt }
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nenV { column } {##1} { @col-width } \l__tblr_w_tl
}
}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_update_rowsep_registers:
{
\dim_set:Nn \abovesep
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } { \int_use:N \c@rownum } { abovesep } }
\dim_set:Nn \belowsep
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } { \int_use:N \c@rownum } { belowsep } }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_update_colsep_registers:
{
\dim_set:Nn \leftsep
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } { \int_use:N \c@colnum } { leftsep } }
\dim_set:Nn \rightsep
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } { \int_use:N \c@colnum } { rightsep } }
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 147

%% Measure and update natural dimensions of the row/column/cell

%% #1: row number; #2 column number; #3: width dimension;
%% #4: total height dimension; #5: head dimension; #6: foot dimension
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_measure_cell_update_sizes:nnNNNN #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6
{
\__tblr_get_cell_alignments:nn {#1} {#2}
\hbox_set:Nn \l_tmpa_box { \__tblr_get_cell_text:nn {#1} {#2} }
\__tblr_update_cell_size:nnNNNN {#1} {#2} #3 #4 #5 #6
\__tblr_update_row_size:nnNNN {#1} {#2} #4 #5 #6
\__tblr_update_col_size:nN {#2} #3
}

%% #1: row number, #2: column number

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_cell_text:nn #1 #2
{
\int_compare:nNnTF { \__tblr_data_item:neen { cell } {#1} {#2} { omit } } > {0}
{
\dim_gzero:N \g__tblr_cell_wd_dim
\dim_gzero:N \g__tblr_cell_ht_dim
\dim_gzero:N \g__tblr_cell_head_dim
\dim_gzero:N \g__tblr_cell_foot_dim
}
{ \__tblr_get_cell_text_real:nn { #1 } { #2 } }
}

\tl_new:N \l__tblr_cell_fg_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_cell_cmd_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_cell_mode_tl
\bool_new:N \l__tblr_cell_math_mode_bool
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_cell_math_style_tl { \relax }
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_cell_imath_style_tl { \textstyle }
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_cell_dmath_style_tl { \displaystyle }
\box_new:N \l__tblr_measured_cell_box

%% Get cell text, #1: row number, #2: column number

%% If the width of the cell is not set, split it with \\ and compute the width
%% Therefore we always get a vbox for any cell
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_cell_text_real:nn #1 #2
{
\group_begin:
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_c_tl { \__tblr_spec_item:ne { text } {[#1][#2]} }
%% when the cell text is guarded by a pair of curly braces,
%% we unbrace it and ignore cmd option of the cell, see issue #90.
\bool_lazy_and:nnTF
{ \tl_if_single_p:N \l__tblr_c_tl }
{ \exp_args:NV \tl_if_head_is_group_p:n \l__tblr_c_tl }
{ \exp_last_unbraced:NNV \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_c_tl \l__tblr_c_tl }
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_cell_cmd_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:neen { cell } {#1} {#2} { cmd } }
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_cell_cmd_tl
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_c_tl
{ \exp_not:V \l__tblr_cell_cmd_tl { \exp_not:V \l__tblr_c_tl } }
}
}
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_cell_mode_tl
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 148

{ \__tblr_data_item:neen { cell } {#1} {#2} { mode } }

\tl_if_empty:NT \l__tblr_cell_mode_tl
{
\bool_if:NTF \l__tblr_math_mode_bool
{ \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_cell_mode_tl { math } }
{ \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_cell_mode_tl { text } }
}
\tl_if_eq:NnTF \l__tblr_cell_mode_tl { text }
{ \bool_set_false:N \l__tblr_cell_math_mode_bool }
{
\bool_set_true:N \l__tblr_cell_math_mode_bool
\tl_put_left:Nv \l__tblr_c_tl
{ c__tblr_cell_ \l__tblr_cell_mode_tl _style_tl }
\tl_put_left:Nn \l__tblr_c_tl { $ }
\tl_put_right:Nn \l__tblr_c_tl { $ }
}
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_f_tl { \__tblr_data_item:neen { cell } {#1} {#2} { font } }
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_w_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:neen { cell } {#1} {#2} { width } }
\dim_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_w_tl } < { 0pt } % cell width unset
{
\int_compare:nNnT
{ \__tblr_data_item:neen { cell } {#1} {#2} { colspan } } < {2}
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_w_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } {#2} { width } }
}
}
\box_clear:N \l__tblr_measured_cell_box
\dim_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_w_tl } < { 0pt } % column width unset
{
%% To keep \lTblrMeasuringBool correct we need measure=vstore from varwidth.
%% A temporary private hook for testfiles/supporthook/[Link].
\use:c { __tblr_temp_hook_for_measure_vstore_testing: }
\tl_if_eq:NnTF \l__tblr_inner_spec_measure_tl { vstore }
{
\__tblr_build_vcell_with_vstore:
}
{
\__tblr_save_counters:n { cell }
\bool_if:NTF \l__tblr_cell_math_mode_bool
{
%% Note that font = \boldmath will increase cell width (issue #137)
\hbox_set:Nn \l_tmpa_box { \l__tblr_f_tl \l__tblr_c_tl }
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_w_tl { \dim_eval:n { \box_wd:N \l_tmpa_box } }
}
{
\__tblr_get_cell_size_with_box:
}
\__tblr_restore_counters:n { cell }
}
}
\tl_put_left:NV \l__tblr_c_tl \l__tblr_f_tl
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_cell_fg_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:neen { cell } {#1} {#2} { foreground } }
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_cell_fg_tl
{ \exp_args:NV \color \l__tblr_cell_fg_tl }
\__tblr_get_vcell_and_sizes:NN \l__tblr_c_tl \l__tblr_w_tl
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 149

\group_end:
}

\box_new:N \g__tblr_last_box
\box_new:N \l__tblr_temp_box

%% Build cell vbox with varwidth and use it later when hook library is loaded
%% We apply \lastbox trick to get the cell vbox with correct width
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_vcell_with_vstore:
{
\vbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_temp_box % we don't use it since its width is too large
{
\begin{varwidth}[t]{\paperwidth}
\TblrParboxRestore
\cs:w __tblr_halign_command_ \g__tblr_cell_halign_tl : \cs_end:
\__tblr_leave_vmode:
\l__tblr_f_tl
\l__tblr_c_tl
\end{varwidth}
\box_gset_to_last:N \g__tblr_last_box
}
\box_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_measured_cell_box \g__tblr_last_box
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_w_tl
{ \dim_eval:n { \box_wd:N \l__tblr_measured_cell_box } }
}

%% Measure cell width only and build it later when hook library is not loaded
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_cell_size_with_box:
{
\tl_if_eq:NnTF \l__tblr_inner_spec_measure_tl { vbox }
{ \__tblr_get_cell_size_with_vbox: }
{ \__tblr_get_cell_size_with_hbox: }
}

%% Varwidth won't work as expected when \color command occurs in it,

%% and we can not fix this problem with \leavevmode command.
%% See [Link]
%% But we need to use \color command for fg option,
%% or users may use it in the middle of the cell text,
%% so we have redefine \color command and disable it before measuring cell.

%% In order to correctly measure an enumerate environment,

%% we need to enclose varwidth with NoHyper environment (see issue #196).

\NewDocumentCommand \__tblr_fake_color_command:w { o m } { }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_cell_size_with_vbox:
{
\hbox_set:Nn \l_tmpa_box
{
\cs_set_eq:NN \color \__tblr_fake_color_command:w
\begin{tblrNoHyper}
\begin{varwidth}{\paperwidth}
\l__tblr_f_tl
\l__tblr_c_tl
\end{varwidth}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 150

\end{tblrNoHyper}
}
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_w_tl { \dim_eval:n { \box_wd:N \l_tmpa_box } }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_cell_size_with_hbox:
{
\tl_set_eq:NN \l_tmpb_tl \l__tblr_c_tl
\__tblr_seq_set_split_keep_envs:NnV \l_tmpa_seq { \\ } \l_tmpb_tl
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_w_tl { 0pt }
\seq_map_variable:NNn \l_tmpa_seq \l_tmpa_tl
{
\hbox_set:Nn \l_tmpa_box
{
\l__tblr_f_tl
\l_tmpa_tl
}
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_w_tl
{ \dim_max:nn { \l__tblr_w_tl } { \box_wd:N \l_tmpa_box } }
}
}

%% #1: cell text; #2: box width

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_vcell_and_sizes:NN #1 #2
{
\group_begin:
\box_if_empty:NTF \l__tblr_measured_cell_box
{ \vbox_set_top:Nn \l_tmpa_box { \__tblr_make_vcell_text:NN #1 #2 } }
{ \box_set_eq:NN \l_tmpa_box \l__tblr_measured_cell_box }
\vbox_set:Nn \l_tmpb_box { \vbox_unpack:N \l_tmpa_box }
\__tblr_process_stretch:
\dim_gset:Nn \g__tblr_cell_wd_dim { \box_wd:N \l_tmpb_box }
\dim_gset:Nn \g__tblr_cell_ht_dim
{ \box_ht:N \l_tmpb_box + \box_dp:N \l_tmpb_box }
\dim_gset:Nn \g__tblr_cell_head_dim { \box_ht:N \l_tmpa_box }
\dim_gset:Nn \g__tblr_cell_foot_dim { \box_dp:N \l_tmpb_box }
\tl_case:Nn \g__tblr_cell_valign_tl
{
\c__tblr_valign_h_tl
{ \box_use:N \l_tmpa_box }
\c__tblr_valign_m_tl
{
\tl_case:Nn \g__tblr_cell_middle_tl
{
\c__tblr_middle_t_tl
{ \box_use:N \l_tmpa_box }
\c__tblr_middle_m_tl
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_b_tl
{
\dim_eval:n
{
( \g__tblr_cell_ht_dim - \g__tblr_cell_head_dim
- \g__tblr_cell_foot_dim ) / 2
}
}
\box_set_ht:Nn \l_tmpb_box
{ \g__tblr_cell_head_dim + \l__tblr_b_tl }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 151

\box_set_dp:Nn \l_tmpb_box
{ \g__tblr_cell_foot_dim + \l__tblr_b_tl }
\box_use:N \l_tmpb_box
}
\c__tblr_middle_b_tl
{ \box_use:N \l_tmpb_box }
}
}
\c__tblr_valign_f_tl
{ \box_use:N \l_tmpb_box }
}
\group_end:
}

%% #1: cell text; #2: box width

%% All halign commands are defined at the beginning of the file
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_make_vcell_text:NN #1 #2
{
\dim_set:Nn \tex_hsize:D { #2 }
\TblrParboxRestore
\cs:w __tblr_halign_command_ \g__tblr_cell_halign_tl : \cs_end:
\__tblr_leave_vmode:
#1
}

%% #1: total height dimension; #2: head dimension; #3: foot dimension;
%% #4: tl for resulting upper size; #5: tl for resulting lower size

\tl_new:N \l__tblr_middle_body_tl

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_middle_cell_upper_lower:NNNNN #1 #2 #3 #4 #5
{
\tl_case:Nn \g__tblr_cell_middle_tl
{
\c__tblr_middle_t_tl
{
\tl_set:Ne #4 { \dim_use:N #2 }
\tl_set:Ne #5 { \dim_eval:n { #1 - #2 } }
}
\c__tblr_middle_m_tl
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_middle_body_tl { \dim_eval:n { #1 - #2 - #3 } }
\tl_set:Ne #4 { \dim_eval:n { #2 + \l__tblr_middle_body_tl / 2 } }
\tl_set:Ne #5 { \dim_eval:n { #3 + \l__tblr_middle_body_tl / 2 } }
}
\c__tblr_middle_b_tl
{
\tl_set:Ne #4 { \dim_eval:n { #1 - #3 } }
\tl_set:Ne #5 { \dim_use:N #3 }
}
}
}

%% Update natural dimensions of the cell

%% #1: row number; #2 column number; #3: width dimension;
%% #4: total height dimension; #5: head dimension; #6: foot dimension
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_update_cell_size:nnNNNN #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 152

{
\group_begin:
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_c_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:neen { cell } {#1} {#2} { colspan } }
\int_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_c_tl } > {1}
{
\__tblr_data_gput:neene { cell } {#1} {#2} { @cell-width } {\dim_use:N #3}
\dim_gzero:N #3 % don't affect column width
}
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_r_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:neen { cell } {#1} {#2} { rowspan } }
\int_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_r_tl } > {1}
{
\tl_case:Nn \g__tblr_cell_valign_tl
{
\c__tblr_valign_h_tl
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_u_tl { \dim_use:N #5 }
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_v_tl { \dim_eval:n { #4 - #5 } }
%% Update the head size of the first span row here
\__tblr_data_gput_if_larger:nene
{ row } {#1} { @row-head } { \dim_use:N #5 }
}
\c__tblr_valign_f_tl
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_u_tl { \dim_eval:n { #4 - #6 } }
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_v_tl { \dim_use:N #6 }
%% Update the foot size of the last span row here
\__tblr_data_gput_if_larger:nene
{ row }
{ \int_eval:n { #1 + \l__tblr_r_tl - 1 } }
{ @row-foot }
{ \dim_use:N #6 }
}
\c__tblr_valign_m_tl
{
\__tblr_get_middle_cell_upper_lower:NNNNN
#4 #5 #6 \l__tblr_u_tl \l__tblr_v_tl
}
}
\__tblr_data_gput:neenV { cell } {#1} {#2} { @cell-height } \l__tblr_u_tl
\__tblr_data_gput:neenV { cell } {#1} {#2} { @cell-depth } \l__tblr_v_tl
%% Don't affect row sizes
\dim_gzero:N #4
\dim_gzero:N #5
\dim_gzero:N #6
}
\group_end:
}

%% Update size of the row. #1: row number; #2: column number;
%% #3: total height dimension; #4: head dimension; #5: foot dimension
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_update_row_size:nnNNN #1 #2 #3 #4 #5
{
\group_begin:
%% Note that \l__tblr_h_tl may be empty
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_h_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-height } }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 153

\tl_if_eq:NNTF \g__tblr_cell_valign_tl \c__tblr_valign_m_tl

{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_a_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-upper } }
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_b_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-lower } }
\__tblr_get_middle_cell_upper_lower:NNNNN
#3 #4 #5 \l__tblr_u_tl \l__tblr_v_tl
\dim_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_u_tl } > { \l__tblr_a_tl }
{
\tl_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_a_tl \l__tblr_u_tl
\__tblr_data_gput:nenV { row } {#1} { @row-upper } \l__tblr_a_tl
}
\dim_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_v_tl } > { \l__tblr_b_tl }
{
\tl_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_b_tl \l__tblr_v_tl
\__tblr_data_gput:nenV { row } {#1} { @row-lower } \l__tblr_b_tl
}
\dim_compare:nNnT
{ \l__tblr_a_tl + \l__tblr_b_tl } > { \l__tblr_h_tl + 0pt }
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nene { row } {#1} { @row-height }
{ \dim_eval:n { \l__tblr_a_tl + \l__tblr_b_tl } }
}
}
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_e_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-head } }
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_f_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-foot } }
\dim_compare:nNnT {#4} > {\l__tblr_e_tl}
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nene { row } {#1} { @row-head } { \dim_use:N #4 }
}
\dim_compare:nNnT {#5} > {\l__tblr_f_tl}
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nene { row } {#1} { @row-foot } { \dim_use:N #5 }
}
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_x_tl { \dim_max:nn {#4} { \l__tblr_e_tl } }
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_y_tl { \dim_max:nn {#5} { \l__tblr_f_tl } }
\dim_compare:nNnT
{ #3 - #4 - #5 } > { \l__tblr_h_tl - \l__tblr_x_tl - \l__tblr_y_tl }
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nene { row } {#1} { @row-height }
{
\dim_eval:n
{
\l__tblr_x_tl
+ \dim_use:N #3 - \dim_use:N #4 - \dim_use:N #5
+ \l__tblr_y_tl
}
}
}
}
\group_end:
}

%% Update size of the column. #1: column number; #2: width dimension
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 154

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_update_col_size:nN #1 #2
{
\tl_set:Ne \l_tmpb_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } {#1} { @col-width } }
\bool_lazy_or:nnT
{ \tl_if_empty_p:N \l_tmpb_tl }
{ \dim_compare_p:nNn { \dim_use:N #2 } > { \l_tmpb_tl } }
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nene { column } {#1} { @col-width } { \dim_use:N #2 }
}
}

9.26 Calculate and adjust extendable columns

%% Compute column widths when there are some extendable columns

\dim_new:N \l__tblr_column_target_dim
\prop_new:N \l__tblr_column_coefficient_prop
\prop_new:N \l__tblr_column_natural_width_prop
\prop_new:N \l__tblr_column_computed_width_prop

\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { table-width-too-small }

{ Table ~ width ~ is ~ too ~ small, ~ need ~ #1 ~ more! }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_compute_extendable_column_width:
{
\__tblr_collect_extendable_column_width:
\dim_compare:nNnTF { \l__tblr_column_target_dim } < { 0pt }
{
\tl_if_empty:eF { \__tblr_prop_item:nn { inner } { width } }
{
\msg_warning:nne { tabularray } { table-width-too-small }
{ \dim_abs:n { \l__tblr_column_target_dim } }
}
}
{
\prop_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_column_coefficient_prop
{ \__tblr_adjust_extendable_column_width: }
}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_collect_extendable_column_width:
{
\tl_set:Ne \l_tmpa_tl { \__tblr_prop_item:nn { inner } { width } }
\tl_if_empty:NTF \l_tmpa_tl
{ \dim_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_column_target_dim \linewidth }
{ \dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_column_target_dim { \l_tmpa_tl } }
\prop_clear:N \l__tblr_column_coefficient_prop
\prop_clear:N \l__tblr_column_natural_width_prop
\prop_clear:N \l__tblr_column_computed_width_prop
\int_step_variable:nNn { \c@colcount } \l__tblr_j_tl
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_a_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { width } }
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_b_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { coefficient } }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 155

\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_c_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { @col-width } }
\dim_compare:nNnTF { \l__tblr_a_tl } < { 0pt } % column width unset
{
\dim_compare:nNnTF { \l__tblr_b_tl pt } = { 0pt }
{ \dim_sub:Nn \l__tblr_column_target_dim { \l__tblr_c_tl } }
{
\prop_put:Nee \l__tblr_column_coefficient_prop
{ \l__tblr_j_tl } { \l__tblr_b_tl }
\prop_put:Nen \l__tblr_column_computed_width_prop
{ \l__tblr_j_tl } { 0pt }
\dim_compare:nNnF { \l__tblr_b_tl pt } > { 0pt }
{
\prop_put:Nee \l__tblr_column_natural_width_prop
{ \l__tblr_j_tl } { \l__tblr_c_tl }
}
}
}
{ \dim_sub:Nn \l__tblr_column_target_dim { \l__tblr_a_tl } }
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_a_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline } { [\l__tblr_j_tl] / @vline-width } }
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_b_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { leftsep } }
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_c_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { rightsep } }
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_column_target_dim
{
\l__tblr_column_target_dim
- \l__tblr_a_tl - \l__tblr_b_tl - \l__tblr_c_tl
}
}
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_a_tl
{
\__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline }
{ [\int_eval:n {\c@colcount + 1}] / @vline-width }
}
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_a_tl
{ \dim_sub:Nn \l__tblr_column_target_dim { \l__tblr_a_tl } }
\LogTblrTracing { target }
}

%% Users may modify \hfuzz, so we use our hfuzz dim variable (see issue #445)
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_hfuzz_dim
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_hfuzz_dim { 0.1pt }

%% If all columns have negative coefficients and small natural widths,

%% \l__tblr_column_coefficient_prop will be empty after one or more rounds.
%% We reset @row-height, etc for \linewidth graphics in X columns (issue #80)
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_adjust_extendable_column_width:
{
\bool_while_do:nn
{ \dim_compare_p:nNn { \l__tblr_column_target_dim } > { \l__tblr_hfuzz_dim } }
{
\prop_if_empty:NTF \l__tblr_column_coefficient_prop
{ \__tblr_adjust_extendable_column_width_negative: }
{ \__tblr_adjust_extendable_column_width_once: }
}
\prop_map_inline:Nn \l__tblr_column_computed_width_prop
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 156

{
\__tblr_data_gput:nnne { column } {##1} { width } {##2}
\__tblr_data_gput:nnnn { column } {##1} { @col-width } { 0pt }
}
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@rowcount }
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nnnn { row } {##1} { @row-height } { 0pt }
\__tblr_data_gput:nnnn { row } {##1} { @row-head } { 0pt }
\__tblr_data_gput:nnnn { row } {##1} { @row-foot } { 0pt }
\__tblr_data_gput:nnnn { row } {##1} { @row-upper } { 0pt }
\__tblr_data_gput:nnnn { row } {##1} { @row-lower } { 0pt }
}
\__tblr_calculate_cell_sizes:
}

%% We use dimen register, since the coefficient may be a decimal number

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_adjust_extendable_column_width_once:
{
\dim_zero:N \l_tmpa_dim
\prop_map_inline:Nn \l__tblr_column_coefficient_prop
{
\dim_add:Nn \l_tmpa_dim { \dim_abs:n { ##2 pt } }
}
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_w_tl
{ \dim_ratio:nn { \l__tblr_column_target_dim } { \l_tmpa_dim } }
\dim_zero:N \l__tblr_column_target_dim
\prop_map_inline:Nn \l__tblr_column_coefficient_prop
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_a_tl
{ \dim_eval:n { \dim_abs:n { ##2 pt } * \l__tblr_w_tl } }
\dim_compare:nNnTF { ##2 pt } > { 0pt }
{
\__tblr_add_dimen_value:Nnn
\l__tblr_column_computed_width_prop { ##1 } { \l__tblr_a_tl }
}
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_b_tl
{ \prop_item:Nn \l__tblr_column_natural_width_prop { ##1 } }
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_c_tl
{ \prop_item:Nn \l__tblr_column_computed_width_prop { ##1 } }
\dim_compare:nNnTF { \l__tblr_a_tl + \l__tblr_c_tl } > { \l__tblr_b_tl }
{
\prop_put:Nne \l__tblr_column_computed_width_prop
{ ##1 } { \l__tblr_b_tl }
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_column_target_dim
{ \l__tblr_a_tl + \l__tblr_c_tl - \l__tblr_b_tl }
\prop_remove:Nn \l__tblr_column_coefficient_prop { ##1 }
}
{
\__tblr_add_dimen_value:Nnn
\l__tblr_column_computed_width_prop { ##1 } { \l__tblr_a_tl }
}
}
}
\LogTblrTracing { target }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_adjust_extendable_column_width_negative:
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 157

{
\dim_zero:N \l_tmpa_dim
\prop_map_inline:Nn \l__tblr_column_natural_width_prop
{ \dim_add:Nn \l_tmpa_dim { ##2 } }
\tl_set:Ne \l_tmpa_tl
{ \dim_ratio:nn { \l__tblr_column_target_dim } { \l_tmpa_dim } }
\dim_zero:N \l__tblr_column_target_dim
\prop_map_inline:Nn \l__tblr_column_natural_width_prop
{
\tl_set:Ne \l_tmpb_tl { \dim_eval:n { ##2 * \l_tmpa_tl } }
\__tblr_add_dimen_value:Nnn
\l__tblr_column_computed_width_prop { ##1 } { \l_tmpb_tl }
}
\LogTblrTracing { target }
}

9.27 Calculate and adjust multispan cells

%% Compute and adjust widths when there are some span cells.
%% By default, we will compute column widths from span widths;
%% but if we set table option "hspan = minimal",
%% we will compute span widths from column widths.

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_adjust_sizes_for_span_cells:
{
\__tblr_prop_if_in:nnT { inner } { colspan }
{
\__tblr_collect_column_widths_skips:
\str_if_eq:enTF
{ \__tblr_prop_item:ne { inner } { hspan } } { minimal }
{
\__tblr_set_span_widths_from_column_widths:
}
{
\__tblr_collect_span_widths:
\__tblr_set_column_widths_from_span_widths:
}
\LogTblrTracing { column }
\__tblr_calculate_cell_sizes:
}
\__tblr_prop_if_in:nnT { inner } { rowspan }
{
\__tblr_collect_row_heights_skips:
\__tblr_collect_span_heights:
\__tblr_set_row_heights_from_span_heights:
\LogTblrTracing { row }
}
}

\prop_new:N \l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop
\prop_new:N \l__tblr_col_span_size_prop
\prop_new:N \l__tblr_row_item_skip_size_prop
\prop_new:N \l__tblr_row_span_size_prop

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_collect_column_widths_skips:
{
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 158

\prop_clear:N \l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop
\int_step_variable:nNn { \c@colcount } \l__tblr_j_tl
{
\int_compare:nNnTF { \l__tblr_j_tl } > { 1 }
{
\prop_put:Nee \l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop { skip[\l__tblr_j_tl] }
{
\dim_eval:n
{
\__tblr_data_item:nen { column }
{ \int_eval:n { \l__tblr_j_tl - 1 } } { rightsep }
+
\__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline }
{ [\l__tblr_j_tl] / @vline-width }
+
\__tblr_data_item:nen { column } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { leftsep }
}
}
}
{
\prop_put:Nen \l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop { skip[\l__tblr_j_tl] }
{ 0pt }
}
\prop_put:Nee \l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop { item[\l__tblr_j_tl] }
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { @col-width } }
}
\__tblr_do_if_tracing:nn { cellspan }
{ \prop_log:N \l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_collect_row_heights_skips:
{
\prop_clear:N \l__tblr_row_item_skip_size_prop
\int_step_variable:nNn { \c@rowcount } \l__tblr_i_tl
{
\int_compare:nNnTF { \l__tblr_i_tl } > { 1 }
{
\prop_put:Nee \l__tblr_row_item_skip_size_prop { skip[\l__tblr_i_tl] }
{
\dim_eval:n
{
\__tblr_data_item:nen { row }
{ \int_eval:n {\l__tblr_i_tl - 1} } { belowsep }
+
\__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline }
{ [\l__tblr_i_tl] / @hline-height }
+
\__tblr_data_item:nen { row } { \l__tblr_i_tl } { abovesep }
}
}
}
{
\prop_put:Nen \l__tblr_row_item_skip_size_prop { skip[\l__tblr_i_tl] }
{ 0pt }
}
\__tblr_collect_one_row_height:NN \l__tblr_i_tl \l__tblr_h_tl
\prop_put:Nee \l__tblr_row_item_skip_size_prop
{ item[\l__tblr_i_tl] } { \l__tblr_h_tl }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 159

}
\__tblr_do_if_tracing:nn { cellspan }
{ \prop_log:N \l__tblr_row_item_skip_size_prop }
}

%% #1: row number; #2: tl with result

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_collect_one_row_height:NN #1 #2
{
\tl_set:Ne #2 { \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-height } }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_collect_span_widths:
{
\prop_clear:N \l__tblr_col_span_size_prop
\int_step_variable:nNn { \c@colcount } \l__tblr_j_tl
{
\int_step_variable:nNn { \c@rowcount } \l__tblr_i_tl
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_a_tl
{
\__tblr_data_item:neen { cell }
{ \l__tblr_i_tl } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { colspan }
}
\int_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_a_tl } > {1}
{
\__tblr_put_if_larger:Nee \l__tblr_col_span_size_prop
{
( \l__tblr_j_tl -
\int_eval:n {\l__tblr_j_tl + \l__tblr_a_tl - 1} )
}
{
\__tblr_data_item:neen { cell }
{ \l__tblr_i_tl } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { @cell-width }
}
}
}
}
\__tblr_do_if_tracing:nn { cellspan }
{ \prop_log:N \l__tblr_col_span_size_prop }
}

\prop_new:N \l__tblr_row_span_to_row_prop

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_collect_span_heights:
{
\prop_clear:N \l__tblr_row_span_to_row_prop
\prop_clear:N \l__tblr_row_span_size_prop
\int_step_variable:nNn { \c@rowcount } \l__tblr_i_tl
{
\int_step_variable:nNn { \c@colcount } \l__tblr_j_tl
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_a_tl
{
\__tblr_data_item:neen { cell }
{ \l__tblr_i_tl } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { rowspan }
}
\int_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_a_tl } > {1}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 160

{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_v_tl
{
\__tblr_data_item:neen { cell }
{ \l__tblr_i_tl } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { valign }
}
\tl_if_eq:NnT \l__tblr_v_tl { h }
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_h_tl
{
\__tblr_data_item:nen { row }
{ \l__tblr_i_tl } { @row-head }
}
\__tblr_data_gput:neenV { cell }
{ \l__tblr_i_tl } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { @cell-height }
\l__tblr_h_tl
}
\tl_if_eq:NnT \l__tblr_v_tl { f }
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_d_tl
{
\__tblr_data_item:nen
{ row }
{ \int_eval:n { \l__tblr_i_tl + \l__tblr_a_tl - 1 } }
{ @row-foot }
}
\__tblr_data_gput:neenV { cell }
{ \l__tblr_i_tl } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { @cell-depth }
\l__tblr_d_tl
}
\__tblr_put_if_larger:Nee \l__tblr_row_span_size_prop
{
( \l__tblr_i_tl -
\int_eval:n {\l__tblr_i_tl + \l__tblr_a_tl - 1} )
}
{
\dim_eval:n
{
\__tblr_data_item:neen { cell }
{ \l__tblr_i_tl } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { @cell-height }
+
\__tblr_data_item:neen { cell }
{ \l__tblr_i_tl } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { @cell-depth }
}
}
\prop_put:Nee \l__tblr_row_span_to_row_prop
{ [\l__tblr_i_tl][\l__tblr_j_tl] }
{ \int_eval:n {\l__tblr_i_tl + \l__tblr_a_tl - 1} }
}
}
}
\__tblr_do_if_tracing:nn { cellspan }
{
\prop_log:N \l__tblr_row_span_to_row_prop
\prop_log:N \l__tblr_row_span_size_prop
}
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 161

%% Compute and set column widths from span widths

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_column_widths_from_span_widths:
{
\str_if_eq:enTF
{ \__tblr_prop_item:ne { inner } { hspan } }
{ even }
{
\__tblr_distribute_span_sizes_even:eNN
{ \int_use:N \c@colcount }
\l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop
\l__tblr_col_span_size_prop
}
{
\__tblr_distribute_span_sizes_default:eNN
{ \int_use:N \c@colcount }
\l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop
\l__tblr_col_span_size_prop
}
\__tblr_set_all_column_widths:
}

%% Compute and set row heights from span heights

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_row_heights_from_span_heights:
{
\str_if_eq:enTF
{ \__tblr_prop_item:ne { inner } { vspan } }
{ even }
{
\__tblr_distribute_span_sizes_even:nNN
{ \int_use:N \c@rowcount }
\l__tblr_row_item_skip_size_prop
\l__tblr_row_span_size_prop
}
{
\__tblr_distribute_span_sizes_default:eNN
{ \int_use:N \c@rowcount }
\l__tblr_row_item_skip_size_prop
\l__tblr_row_span_size_prop
}
\__tblr_set_all_row_heights:
}

%% See page 245 in Chapter 22 of TeXbook

%% #1: total number of items
%% #2: prop list with item sizes and skip sizes; #3: prop list with span sizes
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_distribute_span_sizes_default:nNN #1 #2 #3
{
\int_step_variable:nNn { #1 } \l__tblr_j_tl
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_w_dim
{
\prop_item:Ne #2 { item[\l__tblr_j_tl] }
}
\int_step_variable:nNn { \l__tblr_j_tl - 1 } \l__tblr_i_tl
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_a_tl
{ \prop_item:Ne #3 { (\l__tblr_i_tl-\l__tblr_j_tl) } }
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_a_tl
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 162

{
\int_step_variable:nnNn
{ \l__tblr_i_tl } { \l__tblr_j_tl - 1 } \l__tblr_k_tl
{
\__tblr_do_if_tracing:nn { cellspan }
{
\tl_log:e
{ \l__tblr_j_tl : \l__tblr_i_tl -> \l__tblr_k_tl }
}
\tl_set:Ne \l_tmpa_tl
{
\prop_item:Ne #2 { itemskip[\l__tblr_k_tl] }
}
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_a_tl
{ \dim_eval:n { \l__tblr_a_tl - \l_tmpa_tl } }
}
\dim_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_a_tl } > { \l__tblr_w_dim }
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_w_dim { \l__tblr_a_tl }
}
}
}
\prop_put:Nee #2
{ item[\l__tblr_j_tl] } { \dim_use:N \l__tblr_w_dim }
\int_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_j_tl } < { #1 }
{
\tl_set:Ne \l_tmpb_tl
{
\prop_item:Ne #2
{ skip[\int_eval:n { \l__tblr_j_tl + 1} ] }
}
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_w_dim { \l_tmpb_tl }
\prop_put:Nee #2
{ itemskip[\l__tblr_j_tl] } { \dim_use:N \l__tblr_w_dim }
}
}
\__tblr_do_if_tracing:nn { cellspan } { \prop_log:N #2 }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_distribute_span_sizes_default:nNN { e }

%% #1: total number of items

%% #2: prop list with item sizes and skip sizes; #3: prop list with span sizes
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_distribute_span_sizes_even:nNN #1 #2 #3
{
\prop_clear:N \l_tmpa_prop
\prop_map_inline:Nn #3
{
\__tblr_get_span_from_to:w ##1
\dim_set:Nn \l_tmpa_dim {##2}
\dim_sub:Nn \l_tmpa_dim { \prop_item:Ne #2 { item[\l__tblr_a_tl] } }
\int_step_inline:nnn { \l__tblr_a_tl + 1 } { \l__tblr_b_tl }
{
\dim_sub:Nn \l_tmpa_dim
{
\prop_item:Ne #2 { skip[####1] } + \prop_item:Nn #2 { item[####1] }
}
}
\__tblr_do_if_tracing:nn { cellspan }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 163

{
\tl_log:e { \l__tblr_a_tl -> \l__tblr_b_tl : ~ \dim_use:N \l_tmpa_dim }
}
\dim_compare:nNnT {\l_tmpa_dim} > {0pt}
{
\tl_set:Ne \l_tmpa_tl
{ \dim_eval:n { \l_tmpa_dim / (\l__tblr_b_tl - \l__tblr_a_tl + 1) } }
\int_step_inline:nnn { \l__tblr_a_tl } { \l__tblr_b_tl }
{
\__tblr_put_if_larger:NnV \l_tmpa_prop {####1} \l_tmpa_tl
}
}
}
\__tblr_do_if_tracing:nn { cellspan } { \prop_log:N \l_tmpa_prop }
\prop_map_inline:Nn \l_tmpa_prop
{
\__tblr_add_dimen_value:Nnn #2 {item[##1]} {##2}
}
\__tblr_do_if_tracing:nn { cellspan } { \prop_log:N #2 }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_distribute_span_sizes_even:nNN { e }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_span_from_to:w (#1-#2)

{
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_a_tl {#1}
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_b_tl {#2}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_all_column_widths:
{
\int_step_variable:nNn { \c@colcount } \l__tblr_j_tl
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nene { column }
{ \l__tblr_j_tl } { width }
{ \prop_item:Ne \l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop { item[\l__tblr_j_tl] } }
}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_all_row_heights:
{
\int_step_variable:nNn { \c@rowcount } \l__tblr_i_tl
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_h_tl
{
\__tblr_data_item:nen { row } { \l__tblr_i_tl } { @row-head }
}
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_d_tl
{
\__tblr_data_item:nen { row } { \l__tblr_i_tl } { @row-foot }
}
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_a_tl
{
\prop_item:Ne \l__tblr_row_item_skip_size_prop { item[\l__tblr_i_tl] }
}
\__tblr_collect_one_row_height:NN \l__tblr_i_tl \l__tblr_t_tl
\__tblr_data_gput:nene { row }
{ \l__tblr_i_tl } { @row-height } { \l__tblr_a_tl }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 164

}
}

%% Compute and set span widths from column widths

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_span_widths_from_column_widths:
{
\int_step_variable:nNn { \c@colcount } \l__tblr_j_tl
{
\int_step_variable:nNn { \c@rowcount } \l__tblr_i_tl
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_a_tl
{
\__tblr_data_item:neen { cell }
{ \l__tblr_i_tl } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { colspan }
}
\int_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_a_tl } > {1}
{
\__tblr_calc_span_widths:eeN
{ \l__tblr_j_tl }
{ \int_eval:n { \l__tblr_j_tl + \l__tblr_a_tl - 1 } }
\l__tblr_w_dim
\__tblr_data_gput:neene { cell }
{ \l__tblr_i_tl } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { width }
{ \dim_use:N \l__tblr_w_dim }
}
}
}
}

%% Cell is spanned from col #1 to col #2, #3 is the return dim

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_calc_span_widths:nnN #1 #2 #3
{
\dim_set:Nn #3 { \prop_item:Ne \l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop { item[#1] } }
\int_step_inline:nnn { #1 + 1 } { #2 }
{
\tl_set:Ne \l_tmpa_tl
{ \prop_item:Ne \l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop { skip[##1] } }
\tl_set:Ne \l_tmpb_tl
{ \prop_item:Ne \l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop { item[##1] } }
\dim_add:Nn #3 { \dim_eval:n { \l_tmpa_tl + \l_tmpb_tl } }
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_calc_span_widths:nnN { ee }

9.28 Header and footer styles

\prop_new:N \l__tblr_element_styles_prop

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_style_put:nn #1 #2
{
\prop_put:Nnn \l__tblr_element_styles_prop {#1} {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_style_put:nn { nV, ne, en, eV }

\cs_new:Npn \__tblr_style_item:n #1
{
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 165

\prop_item:Nn \l__tblr_element_styles_prop {#1}

}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_style_log:
{
\prop_log:N \l__tblr_element_styles_prop
}

\tl_new:N \l__tblr_element_name_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_element_styles_tl

%% #1: list of element names; #2: element styles

\NewDocumentCommand \SetTblrStyle { m +m }
{
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_element_styles_tl {#2}
\__tblr_keys_set:nn { template/element } {#1}
\ignorespaces
}

\__tblr_keys_define:nn { template/element }
{
head .meta:n = { firsthead, middlehead, lasthead },
foot .meta:n = { firstfoot, middlefoot, lastfoot },
unknown .code:n = \__tblr_set_element_styles:V \l_keys_key_str,
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_element_styles:n #1
{
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_element_name_tl {#1}
\__tblr_keys_set:nV { template/style } \l__tblr_element_styles_tl
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_set_element_styles:n { V }

\__tblr_keys_define:nn { template/style }
{
halign .code:n = \__tblr_element_gput_style:nn { halign } {#1},
l .meta:n = { halign = l },
c .meta:n = { halign = c },
r .meta:n = { halign = r },
j .meta:n = { halign = j },
fg .code:n = \__tblr_element_gput_style:nn { fg } {#1},
font .code:n = \__tblr_element_gput_style:nn { font } {#1},
hang .code:n = \__tblr_element_gput_style:nn { hang } {#1},
indent .code:n = \__tblr_element_gput_style:nn { indent } {#1},
unknown .code:n = \__tblr_element_unknown_key:Vn \l_keys_key_str {#1},
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_element_gput_style:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_style_put:en { \l__tblr_element_name_tl / #1 } {#2}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_element_unknown_key:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_if_color_value:nTF {#1}
{ \__tblr_style_put:en { \l__tblr_element_name_tl / fg } {#1} }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 166

{
%% unknown key name has been changed to string in \l_keys_key_str
\tl_set_rescan:Nnn \l__tblr_f_tl {} {#1}
\tl_if_head_eq_catcode:VNTF \l__tblr_f_tl \scan_stop:
{
\__tblr_style_put:eV { \l__tblr_element_name_tl / font } \l__tblr_f_tl
}
{
\__tblr_style_put:en { \l__tblr_element_name_tl / #1 } {#2}
}
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_element_unknown_key:nn { Vn }

9.29 Helper functions for templates

\tl_new:N \l__tblr_template_name_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_template_code_tl

\__tblr_keys_define:nn { template/def }
{
unknown .code:n = \__tblr_def_template:V \l_keys_key_str,
}

%% #1: head/foot element; #2: template name; #3: template code

%% If the template name = default, we enable the template at once
%% Otherwise, we may enable the template by using \SetTblrTemplate command
\NewDocumentCommand \DeclareTblrTemplate { m m +m }
{
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_template_name_tl {#2}
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_template_code_tl {#3}
\__tblr_keys_set:nn { template/def } {#1}
\ignorespaces
}
\cs_new_eq:NN \DefTblrTemplate \DeclareTblrTemplate

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_def_template:n #1
{
\tl_if_exist:cF { l__tblr_template_ #1 _ \l__tblr_template_name_tl _tl }
{ \tl_new:c { l__tblr_template_ #1 _ \l__tblr_template_name_tl _tl } }
\tl_set_eq:cN { l__tblr_template_ #1 _ \l__tblr_template_name_tl _tl }
\l__tblr_template_code_tl
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_def_template:n { V }

\__tblr_keys_define:nn { template/set }
{
unknown .code:n = \__tblr_set_template:V \l_keys_key_str,
}

%% #1: head/foot element; #2: template name

\NewDocumentCommand \SetTblrTemplate { m m }
{
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_template_name_tl {#2}
\__tblr_keys_set:nn { template/set } {#1}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 167

\ignorespaces
}

\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { template-undefined }

{
Undefined ~ template ~ "#2" ~ for ~ element ~ "#1".
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_template:n #1
{
\tl_if_exist:cTF { l__tblr_template_ #1 _ \l__tblr_template_name_tl _tl }
{
\tl_if_exist:cF { l__tblr_template_ #1 _default_tl }
{ \tl_new:c { l__tblr_template_ #1 _default_tl } }
\tl_set_eq:cc { l__tblr_template_ #1 _default_tl }
{ l__tblr_template_ #1 _ \l__tblr_template_name_tl _tl }
}
{
\msg_error:nnee { tabularray } { template-undefined }
{ #1 } { \l__tblr_template_name_tl }
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_set_template:n { V }

\NewExpandableDocumentCommand \GetTblrStyle { m m }
{
\__tblr_style_item:n { #1 / #2 }
}

\NewDocumentCommand \UseTblrFont { m }
{
\GetTblrStyle {#1} { font } \selectfont
}

\tl_new:N \l__tblr_use_color_tl

\NewDocumentCommand \UseTblrColor { m }
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_use_color_tl { \GetTblrStyle {#1} { fg } }
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_use_color_tl { \color { \l__tblr_use_color_tl } }
}

%% All halign commands are defined at the beginning of the file

\NewDocumentCommand \UseTblrAlign { m }
{
\use:c { __tblr_halign_command_ \GetTblrStyle {#1} { halign } : }
}

\tl_new:N \l__tblr_use_hang_tl

\NewDocumentCommand \UseTblrHang { m }
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_use_hang_tl { \GetTblrStyle {#1} { hang } }
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_use_hang_tl
{
\tl_put_left:Nn \l__tblr_use_hang_tl
{ \hangafter = 1 \relax \hangindent = }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 168

\tl_put_right:Nn \l__tblr_use_hang_tl { \relax }

\exp_args:NV \everypar \l__tblr_use_hang_tl
}
}

\tl_new:N \l__tblr_use_indent_tl

\NewDocumentCommand \UseTblrIndent { m }
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_use_indent_tl { \GetTblrStyle {#1} { indent } }
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_use_indent_tl
{ \exp_args:NNV \setlength \parindent \l__tblr_use_indent_tl }
}

\AtBeginDocument
{
\@ifpackageloaded{xcolor}{}{\RenewDocumentCommand \UseTblrColor {m} {}}
}

%% #1: head/foot element; #2: template name

\NewExpandableDocumentCommand \ExpTblrTemplate { m m }
{
\tl_use:c { l__tblr_template_ #1 _ #2 _tl }
}

%% #1: head/foot element; #2: template name

\NewDocumentCommand \UseTblrTemplate { m m }
{
\group_begin:
\UseTblrFont {#1}
\UseTblrColor {#1}
\tl_use:c { l__tblr_template_ #1 _ #2 _tl }
\group_end:
}

\NewDocumentCommand \MapTblrNotes { +m }
{
\__tblr_prop_map_inline:nn { note }
{
\tl_set_rescan:Nnn \InsertTblrNoteTag {} {##1}
\tl_set:Nn \InsertTblrNoteText {##2}
#1
}
}

\NewDocumentCommand \MapTblrRemarks { +m }
{
\__tblr_prop_map_inline:nn { remark }
{
\tl_set_rescan:Nnn \InsertTblrRemarkTag {} {##1}
\tl_set:Nn \InsertTblrRemarkText {##2}
#1
}
}

\NewExpandableDocumentCommand \InsertTblrText { m }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 169

{
\__tblr_spec_item:nn { outer } {#1}
}

\NewExpandableDocumentCommand \InsertTblrMore { m }
{
\__tblr_prop_item:nn { more } {#1}
}

9.30 Table continuation templates

\tl_if_exist:NF \tblrcontfootname
{
\tl_new:N \tblrcontfootname
\tl_set:Nn \tblrcontfootname { Continued ~ on ~ next ~ page }
}

\tl_if_exist:NF \tblrcontheadname
{
\tl_new:N \tblrcontheadname
\tl_set:Nn \tblrcontheadname { ( Continued ) }
}

\DeclareTblrTemplate { contfoot-text } { normal } { \tblrcontfootname }

\SetTblrTemplate { contfoot-text } { normal }

\DeclareTblrTemplate { contfoot } { empty } { }

\DeclareTblrTemplate { contfoot } { plain }
{
\noindent
\raggedleft
\UseTblrTemplate { contfoot-text } { default }
\par
}
\DeclareTblrTemplate { contfoot } { normal }
{
%% need to set parindent after alignment
\raggedleft
\UseTblrAlign { contfoot }
\UseTblrIndent { contfoot }
\UseTblrHang { contfoot }
\leavevmode
\UseTblrTemplate { contfoot-text } { default }
\par
}
\SetTblrTemplate { contfoot } { normal }

\DeclareTblrTemplate { conthead-pre } { empty } { }

\DeclareTblrTemplate { conthead-pre } { normal } { \space }
\SetTblrTemplate { conthead-pre } { normal }

\DeclareTblrTemplate { conthead-text } { normal } { \tblrcontheadname }

\SetTblrTemplate { conthead-text } { normal }

\DeclareTblrTemplate { conthead } { empty } { }

CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 170

\DeclareTblrTemplate { conthead } { plain }

{
\noindent
\raggedright
\UseTblrTemplate { conthead-text } { default }
\par
}
\DeclareTblrTemplate { conthead } { normal }
{
%% need to set parindent after alignment
\raggedright
\UseTblrAlign { conthead }
\UseTblrIndent { conthead }
\UseTblrHang { conthead }
\leavevmode
\UseTblrTemplate { conthead-text } { default }
\par
}
\SetTblrTemplate { conthead } { normal }

9.31 Table caption templates

\tl_new:N \l__tblr_caption_short_tl

\DeclareTblrTemplate { caption-lot } { empty } { }

\DeclareTblrTemplate { caption-lot } { normal }
{
\tl_if_empty:NTF \lTblrEntryTl
{ \tl_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_caption_short_tl \lTblrCaptionTl }
{ \tl_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_caption_short_tl \lTblrEntryTl }
\addcontentsline { lot } { table }
{ \protect\numberline { \thetable } { \l__tblr_caption_short_tl } }
}
\SetTblrTemplate { caption-lot } { normal }

%% We need to use \hspace and \enskip, but not ~ or \space,

%% since we want a correct hangindent caption paragraph.

\DeclareTblrTemplate { caption-tag } { empty } { }

\DeclareTblrTemplate { caption-tag } { normal } { \tablename\hspace{0.25em}\thetable }
\SetTblrTemplate { caption-tag } { normal }

\DeclareTblrTemplate { caption-sep } { empty } { }

\DeclareTblrTemplate { caption-sep } { normal } { : \enskip }
\SetTblrTemplate { caption-sep } { normal }

\DeclareTblrTemplate { caption-text } { empty } { }

\DeclareTblrTemplate { caption-text } { normal } { \InsertTblrText { caption } }
\SetTblrTemplate { caption-text } { normal }

\box_new:N \l__tblr_caption_box
\box_new:N \l__tblr_caption_left_box

\DeclareTblrTemplate { caption } { empty } { }

\DeclareTblrTemplate { caption } { plain }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 171

{
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_caption_box
{
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-tag } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-sep } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-text } { default }
}
\dim_compare:nNnTF { \box_wd:N \l__tblr_caption_box } > { \hsize }
{
\noindent
\hbox_unpack:N \l__tblr_caption_box
\par
}
{
\centering
\makebox [\hsize] [c] { \box_use:N \l__tblr_caption_box }
\par
}
}
\DeclareTblrTemplate { caption } { normal }
{
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_caption_box
{
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-tag } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-sep } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-text } { default }
}
\dim_compare:nNnTF { \box_wd:N \l__tblr_caption_box } > { \hsize }
{
\UseTblrAlign { caption }
\UseTblrIndent { caption }
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_caption_left_box
{
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-tag } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-sep } { default }
}
\hangindent = \box_wd:N \l__tblr_caption_left_box
\hangafter = 1
\UseTblrHang { caption }
\leavevmode
\hbox_unpack:N \l__tblr_caption_box
\par
}
{
\centering
\makebox [\hsize] [c] { \box_use:N \l__tblr_caption_box }
\par
}
}
\DeclareTblrTemplate { caption } { simple }
{
\UseTblrAlign { caption }
\UseTblrIndent { caption }
\UseTblrHang { caption }
\leavevmode
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-tag } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-sep } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-text } { default }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 172

\par
}
\SetTblrTemplate { caption } { normal }

\DeclareTblrTemplate { capcont } { empty } { }

\DeclareTblrTemplate { capcont } { plain }
{
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_caption_box
{
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-tag } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-sep } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-text } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { conthead-pre } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { conthead-text } { default }
}
\dim_compare:nNnTF { \box_wd:N \l__tblr_caption_box } > { \hsize }
{
\noindent
\hbox_unpack:N \l__tblr_caption_box
\par
}
{
\centering
\makebox [\hsize] [c] { \box_use:N \l__tblr_caption_box }
\par
}
}
\DeclareTblrTemplate { capcont } { normal }
{
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_caption_box
{
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-tag } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-sep } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-text } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { conthead-pre } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { conthead-text } { default }
}
\dim_compare:nNnTF { \box_wd:N \l__tblr_caption_box } > { \hsize }
{
\UseTblrAlign { capcont }
\UseTblrIndent { capcont }
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_caption_left_box
{
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-tag } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-sep } { default }
}
\hangindent = \box_wd:N \l__tblr_caption_left_box
\hangafter = 1
\UseTblrHang { capcont }
\leavevmode
\hbox_unpack:N \l__tblr_caption_box
\par
}
{
\centering
\makebox [\hsize] [c] { \box_use:N \l__tblr_caption_box }
\par
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 173

}
\DeclareTblrTemplate { capcont } { simple }
{
\UseTblrAlign { caption }
\UseTblrIndent { caption }
\UseTblrHang { caption }
\leavevmode
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-tag } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-sep } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-text } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { conthead-pre } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { conthead-text } { default }
\par
}
\SetTblrTemplate { capcont} { normal }

9.32 Table notes templates

%% By default the targets generated by \hypertarget are too low
%% Therefore we need to use \Hy@raisedlink command to fix this problem
%% See [Link]
%% We also use \use:c in case the private command \Hy@raisedlink is removed
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_hyper_target:n #1
{
\cs_if_exist:NT \hypertarget
{
\use:c { Hy@raisedlink }
{
\hypertarget
{ tblr / \int_use:N \c@tblrcount / \tl_to_str:n {#1} }
{ }
}
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_hyper_target:n { V }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_hyper_link:nn #1 #2
{
\cs_if_exist:NTF \hyperlink
{
\hyperlink
{ tblr / \int_use:N \c@tblrcount / \tl_to_str:n {#1} }
{ #2 }
}
{ #2 }
}

\DeclareTblrTemplate { note-border } { empty }

{
\hypersetup { pdfborder = { 0 ~ 0 ~ 0 } }
}
\DeclareTblrTemplate { note-border } { normal }
{
\hypersetup { pdfborder = { 0 ~ 0 ~ 1 } }
}
\SetTblrTemplate { note-border } { empty }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 174

\cs_set_eq:NN \TblrOverlap \rlap

\NewDocumentCommand \TblrNote { m }
{
\cs_if_exist:NT \hypersetup { \ExpTblrTemplate { note-border }{ default } }
\TblrOverlap
{
\__tblr_hyper_link:nn {#1}
{ \textsuperscript { \sffamily \UseTblrFont { note-tag } #1 } }
}
}

\DeclareTblrTemplate { note-tag } { empty } { }

\DeclareTblrTemplate { note-tag } { normal }
{
\textsuperscript { \sffamily \UseTblrFont { note-tag } \InsertTblrNoteTag }
}
\SetTblrTemplate { note-tag } { normal }

\DeclareTblrTemplate { note-target } { normal }

{
\__tblr_hyper_target:V \InsertTblrNoteTag
}
\SetTblrTemplate { note-target } { normal }

\DeclareTblrTemplate { note-sep } { empty } { }

\DeclareTblrTemplate { note-sep } { normal } { \space }
\SetTblrTemplate { note-sep } { normal }

\DeclareTblrTemplate { note-text } { empty } { }

\DeclareTblrTemplate { note-text } { normal } { \InsertTblrNoteText }
\SetTblrTemplate { note-text } { normal }

\DeclareTblrTemplate { note } { empty } { }

\DeclareTblrTemplate { note } { plain }
{
\MapTblrNotes
{
\noindent
\UseTblrTemplate { note-tag } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { note-target } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { note-sep } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { note-text } { default }
\par
}
}
\DeclareTblrTemplate { note } { normal }
{
\UseTblrAlign { note }
\UseTblrIndent { note }
\MapTblrNotes
{
\hangindent = 0.7em
\hangafter = 1
\UseTblrHang { note }
\leavevmode
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 175

\hbox_to_wd:nn { \the\hangindent }
{
\UseTblrTemplate { note-tag } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { note-target } { default }
\hfil
}
\UseTblrTemplate { note-text } { default }
\par
}
}
\DeclareTblrTemplate { note } { inline }
{
\UseTblrAlign { note }
\UseTblrIndent { note }
\UseTblrHang { note }
\leavevmode
\MapTblrNotes
{
\UseTblrTemplate { note-tag } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { note-target } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { note-sep } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { note-text } { default }
\quad
}
\par
}
\SetTblrTemplate { note } { normal }

9.33 Table remarks templates

\DeclareTblrTemplate { remark-tag } { empty } { }
\DeclareTblrTemplate { remark-tag } { normal }
{
\itshape \UseTblrFont { remark-tag } \InsertTblrRemarkTag
}
\SetTblrTemplate { remark-tag } { normal }

\DeclareTblrTemplate { remark-sep } { empty } { }

\DeclareTblrTemplate { remark-sep } { normal } { : \space }
\SetTblrTemplate { remark-sep } { normal }

\DeclareTblrTemplate { remark-text } { empty } { }

\DeclareTblrTemplate { remark-text } { normal } { \InsertTblrRemarkText }
\SetTblrTemplate { remark-text } { normal }

\DeclareTblrTemplate { remark } { empty } { }

\DeclareTblrTemplate { remark } { plain }
{
\MapTblrRemarks
{
\noindent
\UseTblrTemplate { remark-tag } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { remark-sep } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { remark-text } { default }
\par
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 176

}
\DeclareTblrTemplate { remark } { normal }
{
\UseTblrAlign { remark }
\UseTblrIndent { remark }
\MapTblrRemarks
{
\hangindent = 0.7em
\hangafter = 1
\UseTblrHang { remark }
\leavevmode
\UseTblrTemplate { remark-tag } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { remark-sep } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { remark-text } { default }
\par
}
}
\DeclareTblrTemplate { remark } { inline }
{
\UseTblrAlign { remark }
\UseTblrIndent { remark }
\UseTblrHang { remark }
\leavevmode
\MapTblrRemarks
{
\UseTblrTemplate { remark-tag } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { remark-sep } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { remark-text } { default }
\quad
}
\par
}
\SetTblrTemplate { remark } { normal }

9.34 Header and footer templates

\tl_new:N \g__tblr_template_firsthead_default_tl
\tl_new:N \g__tblr_template_middlehead_default_tl
\tl_new:N \g__tblr_template_lasthead_default_tl
\tl_new:N \g__tblr_template_firstfoot_default_tl
\tl_new:N \g__tblr_template_middlefoot_default_tl
\tl_new:N \g__tblr_template_lastfoot_default_tl

\__tblr_keys_define:nn { template/def }
{
head .meta:n = { firsthead, middlehead, lasthead },
foot .meta:n = { firstfoot, middlefoot, lastfoot },
}

\__tblr_keys_define:nn { template/set }
{
head .meta:n = { firsthead, middlehead, lasthead },
foot .meta:n = { firstfoot, middlefoot, lastfoot },
}

\DeclareTblrTemplate { head } { empty } { }

CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 177

\DeclareTblrTemplate { foot } { empty } { }

\DeclareTblrTemplate { firsthead } { normal }

{
\UseTblrTemplate { caption } { default }
}

\DeclareTblrTemplate { middlehead, lasthead } { normal }

{
\UseTblrTemplate { capcont } { default }
}

\DeclareTblrTemplate { firstfoot, middlefoot } { normal }

{
\UseTblrTemplate { contfoot } { default }
}

\DeclareTblrTemplate { lastfoot } { normal }

{
\UseTblrTemplate { note } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { remark } { default }
}

\SetTblrTemplate { head } { normal }

\SetTblrTemplate { foot } { normal }

9.35 Build the whole table

\cs_new:Npn \__tblr_box_height:N #1
{
\dim_eval:n { \box_ht:N #1 + \box_dp:N #1 }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_head_foot:
{
\__tblr_build_row_head_foot:
\__tblr_build_table_head_foot:
}

\int_new:N \lTblrRowHeadInt
\int_new:N \lTblrRowFootInt
\box_new:N \l__tblr_row_head_box
\box_new:N \l__tblr_row_foot_box
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_row_head_foot_dim

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_row_head_foot:
{
%% \lTblrRowHeadInt could not be empty, so we append '+ 0'.
\int_set:Nn \lTblrRowHeadInt
{ \__tblr_prop_item:ne { inner } { rowhead } + 0 }
\int_compare:nNnTF { \lTblrRowHeadInt } > { 0 }
{
\__tblr_build_one_table:nnNN {1} { \lTblrRowHeadInt }
\c_true_bool \c_true_bool
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 178

}
{ \__tblr_build_one_hline:n {1} }
\box_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_row_head_box \l__tblr_table_box
%% \lTblrRowFootInt could not be empty, so we append '+ 0'.
\int_set:Nn \lTblrRowFootInt
{ \__tblr_prop_item:ne { inner } { rowfoot } + 0 }
\int_compare:nNnTF { \lTblrRowFootInt } > { 0 }
{
\__tblr_build_one_table:nnNN
{ \c@rowcount - \lTblrRowFootInt + 1 } { \c@rowcount }
\c_true_bool \c_true_bool
}
{ \__tblr_build_one_hline:n { \int_eval:n { \c@rowcount + 1 } } }
\box_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_row_foot_box \l__tblr_table_box
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_row_head_foot_dim
{
\__tblr_box_height:N \l__tblr_row_head_box
+ \__tblr_box_height:N \l__tblr_row_foot_box
}
}

\dim_new:N \lTblrTableWidthDim
\cs_set_eq:NN \tablewidth \lTblrTableWidthDim

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_table_width:
{
\dim_zero:N \lTblrTableWidthDim
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@colcount }
{
\dim_add:Nn \lTblrTableWidthDim
{
\__tblr_spec_item:nn { vline } { [##1] / @vline-width }
+
\__tblr_data_item:nnn { column } {##1} { leftsep }
+
\__tblr_data_item:nnn { column } {##1} { @col-width }
+
\__tblr_data_item:nnn { column } {##1} { rightsep }
}
}
\dim_add:Nn \lTblrTableWidthDim
{
\__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline }
{ [\int_eval:n { \c@colcount + 1 }] / @vline-width }
}
}

\box_new:N \l__tblr_table_firsthead_box
\box_new:N \l__tblr_table_middlehead_box
\box_new:N \l__tblr_table_lasthead_box
\box_new:N \l__tblr_table_firstfoot_box
\box_new:N \l__tblr_table_middlefoot_box
\box_new:N \l__tblr_table_lastfoot_box

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_table_head_foot:
{
\__tblr_get_table_width:
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 179

% make each of \lTblrCaptionTl, \lTblrEntryTl, \lTblrLabelTl and the

% three corresponding booleans available in all head-foot templates
\__tblr_set_table_label_entry:
\__tblr_build_table_head_aux:Nn \l__tblr_table_firsthead_box
{
\__tblr_build_table_label_entry:
\UseTblrTemplate { firsthead } { default }
}
\__tblr_build_table_head_aux:Nn \l__tblr_table_middlehead_box
{
\UseTblrTemplate { middlehead } { default }
}
\__tblr_build_table_head_aux:Nn \l__tblr_table_lasthead_box
{
\UseTblrTemplate { lasthead } { default }
}
\__tblr_build_table_foot_aux:Nn \l__tblr_table_firstfoot_box
{
\UseTblrTemplate { firstfoot } { default }
}
\__tblr_build_table_foot_aux:Nn \l__tblr_table_middlefoot_box
{
\UseTblrTemplate { middlefoot } { default }
}
\__tblr_build_table_foot_aux:Nn \l__tblr_table_lastfoot_box
{
\UseTblrTemplate { lastfoot } { default }
}
}

\bool_new:N \l__tblr_table_no_title_bool
\bool_new:N \l__tblr_table_no_entry_bool
\bool_new:N \l__tblr_table_no_label_bool
\tl_const:Nn \cTblrNoneTl { none }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_table_label_entry:
{
\tl_set:Ne \lTblrCaptionTl { \InsertTblrText { caption } }
\tl_set:Ne \lTblrEntryTl { \InsertTblrText { entry } }
\tl_set:Ne \lTblrLabelTl { \InsertTblrText { label } }
\bool_set:Nn \l__tblr_table_no_title_bool
{ \tl_if_empty_p:N \lTblrCaptionTl }
\bool_set:Nn \l__tblr_table_no_entry_bool
{ \tl_if_eq_p:NN \lTblrEntryTl \cTblrNoneTl }
\bool_set:Nn \l__tblr_table_no_label_bool
{ \tl_if_eq_p:NN \lTblrLabelTl \cTblrNoneTl }
\bool_if:NT \l__tblr_table_no_title_bool
{
\SetTblrTemplate { conthead-pre } { empty }
}
\bool_if:NT \l__tblr_table_no_label_bool
{
\SetTblrTemplate { caption-tag }{ empty }
\SetTblrTemplate { caption-sep }{ empty }
}
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 180

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_tall_table_head_foot:
{
\__tblr_get_table_width:
\__tblr_set_table_label_entry:
\__tblr_build_table_head_aux:Nn \l__tblr_table_firsthead_box
{
\__tblr_build_table_label_entry:
\UseTblrTemplate { firsthead } { default }
}
\__tblr_build_table_foot_aux:Nn
\l__tblr_table_lastfoot_box { \UseTblrTemplate { lastfoot } { default } }
}

\tl_new:N \lTblrCaptionTl
\tl_new:N \lTblrEntryTl
\tl_new:N \lTblrLabelTl
\clist_new:N \lTblrRefMoreClist

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_table_label_entry:
{
\bool_if:NF \l__tblr_table_no_label_bool
{
\refstepcounter { table }
\tl_if_empty:NF \lTblrLabelTl
{
\clist_map_inline:Nn \lTblrRefMoreClist
{ \ExpTblrTemplate { caption-ref } { ##1 } }
\exp_args:NV \label \lTblrLabelTl
}
}
%% We put caption-lot code at last, so that a user can modify \lTblrEntryTl
%% in a caption-label template. For example, a user may want to use
%% short caption in nameref, but at the same time not to add LoT entry.
\bool_if:NF \l__tblr_table_no_entry_bool
{ \UseTblrTemplate { caption-lot } { default } }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_table_head_aux:Nn #1 #2
{
\vbox_set:Nn #1
{
\hsize = \lTblrTableWidthDim
\TblrParboxRestore % it will set \linewidth = \hsize
\vbox_set:Nn \l_tmpa_box {#2}
\box_use:N \l_tmpa_box
\dim_compare:nNnT
{ \box_ht:N \l_tmpa_box + \box_dp:N \l_tmpa_box } > { 0pt }
{ \skip_vertical:n { \__tblr_spec_item:nn { outer } { headsep } } }
}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_table_foot_aux:Nn #1 #2
{
\vbox_set:Nn #1
{
\hsize = \lTblrTableWidthDim
\TblrParboxRestore % it will set \linewidth = \hsize
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 181

\vbox_set:Nn \l_tmpb_box {#2}

\dim_compare:nNnT
{ \box_ht:N \l_tmpb_box + \box_dp:N \l_tmpb_box } > { 0pt }
{ \skip_vertical:n { \__tblr_spec_item:nn { outer } { footsep } } }
\box_use:N \l_tmpb_box
}
}

\tl_new:N \lTblrPortraitTypeTl

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_whole:
{
\__tblr_hook_use:n { table/before }
\tl_set:Ne \lTblrPortraitTypeTl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:nn { outer } { portrait } }
\tl_if_eq:NnTF \lTblrPortraitTypeTl { long }
{
\__tblr_build_long_table:e { \__tblr_spec_item:nn { outer } { halign } }
}
{
\tl_if_eq:NnTF \lTblrPortraitTypeTl { tall }
{
\__tblr_build_tall_table:e
{ \__tblr_spec_item:nn { outer } { baseline } }
}
{
\tl_set:Nn \lTblrPortraitTypeTl { short }
\__tblr_build_short_table:e
{ \__tblr_spec_item:nn { outer } { baseline } }
}
}
\__tblr_hook_use:n { table/after }
}

\dim_new:N \l__tblr_remain_height_dim
\int_new:N \l__tblr_long_from_int
\int_new:N \l__tblr_long_to_int
\int_new:N \l__tblr_curr_i_int
\int_new:N \l__tblr_prev_i_int
\int_new:N \lTblrTablePageInt
\bool_new:N \l__tblr_page_break_curr_bool
\bool_new:N \l__tblr_page_break_prev_bool

%% #1: table alignment

%% For long table, we need to leave hmode first to get correct \pagetotal
%% Also remove topskip and presep if we are at the beginning of the page
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_long_table:n #1
{
\LogTblrTracing { page }
\par
\skip_zero:N \parskip % see issue #203
\LogTblrTracing { page }
\dim_compare:nNnTF { \pagegoal } = { \maxdimen }
{ \hbox{}\kern-\topskip\nobreak }
{ \skip_vertical:n { \__tblr_spec_item:nn { outer } { presep } } }
\LogTblrTracing { page }
\nointerlineskip
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 182

\mode_leave_vertical: % enter horizontal mode to update \pagetotal

\LogTblrTracing { page }
\hrule height ~ 0pt
\nobreak % prevent page break after \hrule (see issue #42)
\LogTblrTracing { page }
\int_set:Nn \lTblrTablePageInt {1}
\__tblr_build_head_foot:
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_remain_height_dim
{ \pagegoal - \pagetotal - \l__tblr_row_head_foot_dim }
\int_set:Nn \l__tblr_long_from_int { \lTblrRowHeadInt + 1 }
\int_set:Nn \l__tblr_long_to_int { \c@rowcount - \lTblrRowFootInt }
\int_set:Nn \l__tblr_curr_i_int { \l__tblr_long_from_int - 1 }
\int_do_while:nNnn { \l__tblr_curr_i_int } < { \l__tblr_long_to_int }
{
\int_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_prev_i_int \l__tblr_curr_i_int
\__tblr_get_next_table_rows:NNNN
\l__tblr_long_to_int \l__tblr_curr_i_int
\l_tmpa_dim \l__tblr_page_break_curr_bool
\__tblr_check_table_page_break:NNN
\l__tblr_remain_height_dim \l_tmpa_dim \l__tblr_page_break_prev_bool
\__tblr_do_if_tracing:nn { page } { \int_log:N \l__tblr_curr_i_int }
\bool_if:NTF \l__tblr_page_break_prev_bool
{
\int_compare:nNnTF
{ \l__tblr_long_from_int } > { \l__tblr_prev_i_int }
{
% See issue #42: if longtblr starts at the bottom of a page,
% \pagetotal maybe exceed \pagegoal after adding presep,
% or after adding rowhead or rowfoot of the table.
% In these cases, we will not typeset table in this page,
% but rather force a page break.
\group_begin:
\dim_set:Nn \l_tmpb_dim
{
% Enough to overfill the page (including shrink).
\pagegoal - \pagetotal + \l_tmpa_dim
+ \__tblr_box_height:N \l__tblr_table_firsthead_box
+ \__tblr_box_height:N \l__tblr_table_firstfoot_box
}
\skip_vertical:n { \l_tmpb_dim }
\tex_penalty:D 9999
\skip_vertical:n { -\l_tmpb_dim }
\group_end:
}
{
\__tblr_build_page_table:nee {#1}
{ \int_use:N \l__tblr_long_from_int }
{ \int_use:N \l__tblr_prev_i_int }
\int_incr:N \lTblrTablePageInt
\int_set:Nn \l__tblr_long_from_int { \l__tblr_prev_i_int + 1 }
\TblrNewPage
}
\hbox{}\kern-\topskip\nobreak
\noindent
\LogTblrTracing { page }
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_remain_height_dim
{ \pagegoal - \pagetotal - \l__tblr_row_head_foot_dim - \l_tmpa_dim }
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 183

{
\bool_if:NTF \l__tblr_page_break_curr_bool
{
\__tblr_build_page_table:nee {#1}
{ \int_use:N \l__tblr_long_from_int }
{ \int_use:N \l__tblr_curr_i_int }
\int_incr:N \lTblrTablePageInt
\TblrNewPage
\hbox{}\kern-\topskip\nobreak
\noindent
\LogTblrTracing { page }
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_remain_height_dim
{ \pagegoal - \pagetotal - \l__tblr_row_head_foot_dim }
\int_set:Nn \l__tblr_long_from_int { \l__tblr_curr_i_int + 1 }
}
{ \dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_remain_height_dim { -\l_tmpa_dim } }
}
}
\int_compare:nNnTF { \lTblrTablePageInt } = {1}
{
\box_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_table_head_box \l__tblr_table_firsthead_box
\box_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_table_foot_box \l__tblr_table_lastfoot_box
}
{
\box_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_table_head_box \l__tblr_table_lasthead_box
\box_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_table_foot_box \l__tblr_table_lastfoot_box
}
\__tblr_build_page_table:nee {#1}
{ \int_use:N \l__tblr_long_from_int }
{ \int_use:N \l__tblr_long_to_int }
\skip_vertical:n { \__tblr_spec_item:nn { outer } { postsep } }
% In the past we used "\hrule height ~ 0pt" to get strict postsep,
% but the postsep was not discarded when page breaks, see issue #39.
% Therefore we use \nointerlineskip here.
\nointerlineskip
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_build_long_table:n { e }

%% #1: int with index of the last row; #2: int with index of current row;
%% #3: row dimension; #4: break page or not.
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_next_table_rows:NNNN #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\bool_set_true:N \l_tmpa_bool
\dim_zero:N #3
\bool_set_false:N #4
\bool_while_do:Nn \l_tmpa_bool
{
\int_incr:N #2
\dim_add:Nn #3
{
\__tblr_data_item:nen { row } { \int_use:N #2 } { abovesep }
+
\__tblr_data_item:nen { row } { \int_use:N #2 } { @row-height }
+
\__tblr_data_item:nen { row } { \int_use:N #2 } { belowsep }
+
\__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline }
{ [ \int_eval:n { #2 + 1 } ] / @hline-height }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 184

}
\int_compare:nNnTF {#2} < {#1}
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_b_tl
{
\__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline }
{ [ \int_eval:n { #2 + 1 } ] / @pagebreak }
}
% Note that \l__tblr_b_tl may be empty
\int_compare:nNnTF { \l__tblr_b_tl + 0 } < { 0 }
{ \bool_set_true:N \l_tmpa_bool }
{
\bool_set_false:N \l_tmpa_bool
\int_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_b_tl + 0 } > { 0 }
{ \bool_set_true:N #4 }
}
}
{ \bool_set_false:N \l_tmpa_bool }
}
}

\box_new:N \l__tblr_table_head_box
\box_new:N \l__tblr_table_foot_box
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_table_head_foot_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_table_head_body_foot_dim

%% #1: remain dimension; #2: row dimension; #3: break page or not
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_check_table_page_break:NNN #1 #2 #3
{
\int_compare:nNnTF { \lTblrTablePageInt } = {1}
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_table_head_body_foot_dim
{
\__tblr_box_height:N \l__tblr_table_firsthead_box
+ #2 + \__tblr_box_height:N \l__tblr_table_firstfoot_box
}
\box_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_table_head_box \l__tblr_table_firsthead_box
\dim_compare:nNnTF
{ \l__tblr_table_head_body_foot_dim } > {#1}
{
\bool_set_true:N #3
\box_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_table_foot_box \l__tblr_table_firstfoot_box
}
{ \bool_set_false:N #3 }
}
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_table_head_body_foot_dim
{
\__tblr_box_height:N \l__tblr_table_middlehead_box
+ #2 + \__tblr_box_height:N \l__tblr_table_middlefoot_box
}
\box_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_table_head_box \l__tblr_table_middlehead_box
\dim_compare:nNnTF
{ \l__tblr_table_head_body_foot_dim } > {#1}
{
\bool_set_true:N #3
\box_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_table_foot_box \l__tblr_table_middlefoot_box
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 185

{ \bool_set_false:N #3 }
}
}

\box_new:N \l__tblr_table_box
\int_new:N \lTblrRowFirstInt
\int_new:N \lTblrRowLastInt

%% #1: table alignment; #2: row from; #3: row to

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_page_table:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\int_set:Nn \lTblrRowFirstInt {#2}
\int_set:Nn \lTblrRowLastInt {#3}
\__tblr_build_one_table:nnNN {#2} {#3} \c_false_bool \c_false_bool
\vbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_table_box
{
\box_use:N \l__tblr_table_head_box
\__tblr_cover_two_vboxes:NN \l__tblr_row_head_box \l__tblr_table_box
\box_use:N \l__tblr_row_foot_box
\hrule height ~ 0pt
\box_use:N \l__tblr_table_foot_box
}
\__tblr_hook_use:n { private/output/before }
\__tblr_halign_whole:Nn \l__tblr_table_box {#1}
\__tblr_hook_use:n { private/output/after }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_build_page_table:nnn { nee }

%% To solve the problem of missing hlines of long tables in some PDF readers,
%% We need to draw body rows before head rows (see issue #88).
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_cover_two_vboxes:NN #1 #2
{
\dim_set:Nn \l_tmpa_dim { \box_ht:N #1 + \box_dp:N #1 }
\dim_set:Nn \l_tmpb_dim { \box_ht:N #2 + \box_dp:N #2 }
\skip_vertical:N \l_tmpa_dim
\hrule height ~ 0pt
\box_use:N #2
\skip_vertical:n { - \l_tmpa_dim - \l_tmpb_dim }
\hrule height ~ 0pt
\box_use:N #1
\skip_vertical:N \l_tmpb_dim
\hrule height ~ 0pt
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_halign_whole:Nn #1 #2
{
\noindent
\hbox_to_wd:nn { \linewidth }
{
\tl_if_eq:nnF {#2} {l} { \hfil }
\box_use:N #1
\tl_if_eq:nnF {#2} {r} { \hfil }
}
}

%% #1: table alignment

%% For tall table, we need to leave vmode first.
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 186

%% Since there may be \centering in table environment,

%% We use \raggedright to reset alignment for table head/foot.
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_tall_table:n #1
{
\mode_leave_vertical:
\__tblr_build_tall_table_head_foot:
\__tblr_build_one_table:nnNN {1} {\c@rowcount} \c_true_bool \c_true_bool
\vbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_table_box
{
\box_use:N \l__tblr_table_firsthead_box
\hrule height ~ 0pt
\box_use:N \l__tblr_table_box
\hrule height ~ 0pt
\box_use:N \l__tblr_table_lastfoot_box
}
\__tblr_hook_use:n { private/output/before }
\__tblr_valign_whole:Nn \l__tblr_table_box {#1}
\__tblr_hook_use:n { private/output/after }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_build_tall_table:n { e }

%% #1: table alignment

%% For short table, we need to leave vmode first
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_short_table:n #1
{
\mode_leave_vertical:
\__tblr_build_one_table:nnNN {1} {\c@rowcount} \c_true_bool \c_true_bool
\__tblr_hook_use:n { private/output/before }
\__tblr_valign_whole:Nn \l__tblr_table_box {#1}
\__tblr_hook_use:n { private/output/after }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_build_short_table:n { e }

\box_new:N \l__tblr_table_hlines_box
\box_new:N \l__tblr_hline_box
\box_new:N \l__tblr_row_box

%% #1: row from; #2: row to

%% #3: whether build first hline or not; #4: whether build last hline or not
%% To fix disappeared hlines with colorful tables in Adobe Reader (see #76),
%% we collect all hlines and draw them at the end of the table.
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_one_table:nnNN #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\box_clear:N \l__tblr_table_hlines_box
\tblr_vbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_table_box
{
\int_step_variable:nnNn {#1} {#2} \l__tblr_i_tl
{
\bool_lazy_or:nnT
{ \int_compare_p:nNn { \l__tblr_i_tl } > {#1} }
{ \bool_if_p:N #3 }
{ \__tblr_put_one_hline:n { \__tblr_build_hline:V \l__tblr_i_tl } }
\tblr_hrule_ht:n { 0pt } % remove lineskip between hlines and rows
\__tblr_put_one_row:n { \__tblr_build_row:N \l__tblr_i_tl }
\tblr_hrule_ht:n { 0pt }
}
\bool_if:NT #4
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 187

{
\__tblr_put_one_hline:n
{ \__tblr_build_hline:n { \int_eval:n {#2 + 1} } }
}
\skip_vertical:n
{
- \box_ht:N \l__tblr_table_hlines_box
- \box_dp:N \l__tblr_table_hlines_box
}
\tblr_box_use:N \l__tblr_table_hlines_box
}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_put_one_hline:n #1
{
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_hline_box {#1}
\skip_vertical:n { \box_ht:N \l__tblr_hline_box + \box_dp:N \l__tblr_hline_box }
\vbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_table_hlines_box
{
\vbox_unpack:N \l__tblr_table_hlines_box
\box_use:N \l__tblr_hline_box
}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_put_one_row:n #1
{
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_row_box {#1}
\vbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_table_hlines_box
{
\vbox_unpack:N \l__tblr_table_hlines_box
\skip_vertical:n
{ \box_ht:N \l__tblr_row_box + \box_dp:N \l__tblr_row_box }
}
\box_use:N \l__tblr_row_box
}

%% #1: hline number

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_one_hline:n #1
{
\vbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_table_box { \hbox:n { \__tblr_build_hline:n { #1 } } }
}

\tl_new:N \l__tblr_vbox_align_tl
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_vbox_t_tl {t}
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_vbox_T_tl {T}
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_vbox_m_tl {m}
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_vbox_M_tl {M}
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_vbox_c_tl {c}
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_vbox_b_tl {b}
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_vbox_B_tl {B}

\tl_new:N \l__tblr_delim_left_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_delim_right_tl

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_valign_whole:Nn #1 #2
{
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 188

\group_begin:
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_delim_left_tl
{ \__tblr_prop_item:nn { inner } { delim-left } }
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_delim_right_tl
{ \__tblr_prop_item:nn { inner } { delim-right } }
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_vbox_align_tl {#2}
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_t_dim { \box_ht:N #1 + \box_dp:N #1 }
\tl_case:NnF \l__tblr_vbox_align_tl
{
\c__tblr_vbox_m_tl
{ \__tblr_valign_whole_middle:N #1 }
\c__tblr_vbox_c_tl
{ \__tblr_valign_whole_middle:N #1 }
\c__tblr_vbox_M_tl
{ \__tblr_valign_whole_middle_row_or_border:N #1 }
\c__tblr_vbox_t_tl
{ \__tblr_valign_whole_top:N #1 }
\c__tblr_vbox_T_tl
{
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_vbox_align_tl {1}
\__tblr_valign_whole_at_row_from_above:N #1
}
\c__tblr_vbox_b_tl
{ \__tblr_valign_whole_bottom:N #1 }
\c__tblr_vbox_B_tl
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_vbox_align_tl { \int_use:N \c@rowcount }
\__tblr_valign_whole_at_row_from_below:N #1
}
}
{
\__tblr_if_positive_value:VTF \l__tblr_vbox_align_tl
{ \__tblr_valign_whole_at_row:N #1 }
{
\__tblr_if_negative_value:VTF \l__tblr_vbox_align_tl
{ \__tblr_valign_whole_at_border:N #1 }
{ \__tblr_valign_whole_middle:N #1 }
}
}
%% we have done the job when valign is m or c
\box_if_empty:NF #1 { \__tblr_add_delimiters_to_box:N #1 }
\group_end:
}

%% We use the idea of delarray package to shift table box

%% when there are delimiters around the table
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_add_delimiters_to_box:N #1
{
\tl_if_empty:NTF \l__tblr_delim_left_tl
{ \box_use_drop:N #1 }
{
\box_move_down:nn
{
( \box_dp:N #1 - \box_ht:N #1 ) / 2
+ \tex_fontdimen:D 22 \tex_textfont:D 2
}
{ \__tblr_get_vcenter_box:N #1 }
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 189

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_vcenter_box:N #1
{
\hbox:n
{
$ \m@th \l__tblr_delim_left_tl
\tex_vcenter:D { \vbox_unpack_drop:N #1 }
\l__tblr_delim_right_tl $
}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_valign_whole_middle:N #1
{
\__tblr_get_vcenter_box:N #1
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_valign_whole_top:N #1
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_h_dim { \__tblr_valign_get_hline_total:n {1} }
\dim_compare:nNnT \l__tblr_h_dim = { 0pt }
{ \dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_h_dim { \__tblr_valign_get_row_height:n {1} } }
\box_set_ht:Nn #1 { \l__tblr_h_dim }
\box_set_dp:Nn #1 { \l__tblr_t_dim - \l__tblr_h_dim }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_valign_whole_bottom:N #1
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_d_dim
{ \__tblr_valign_get_hline_total:n { \int_eval:n { \c@rowcount + 1 } } }
\dim_compare:nNnTF \l__tblr_d_dim = { 0pt }
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_d_dim
{ \__tblr_valign_get_row_depth:n { \int_use:N \c@rowcount } }
}
{ \dim_zero:N \l__tblr_d_dim }
\box_set_ht:Nn #1 { \l__tblr_t_dim - \l__tblr_d_dim }
\box_set_dp:Nn #1 { \l__tblr_d_dim }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_valign_whole_middle_row_or_border:N #1
{
\int_if_odd:nTF { \c@rowcount }
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_vbox_align_tl { \int_eval:n { (\c@rowcount + 1) / 2 } }
\__tblr_valign_whole_at_row_from_above:N #1
}
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_vbox_align_tl { \int_eval:n { \c@rowcount / 2 + 1 } }
\__tblr_valign_whole_at_border_from_above:N #1
}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_valign_whole_at_row:N #1
{
\int_compare:nNnTF { 2 * \l__tblr_vbox_align_tl } > { \c@rowcount }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 190

{ \__tblr_valign_whole_at_row_from_below:N #1 }
{ \__tblr_valign_whole_at_row_from_above:N #1 }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_valign_whole_at_row_from_above:N #1
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_h_dim
{ \__tblr_valign_get_hline_total:n { \l__tblr_vbox_align_tl } }
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_h_dim
{ \__tblr_valign_get_row_height:n { \l__tblr_vbox_align_tl } }
\int_step_inline:nn { \l__tblr_vbox_align_tl - 1 }
{
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_h_dim { \__tblr_valign_get_hline_total:n {##1} }
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_h_dim { \__tblr_valign_get_row_total:n {##1} }
}
\box_set_ht:Nn #1 { \l__tblr_h_dim }
\box_set_dp:Nn #1 { \l__tblr_t_dim - \l__tblr_h_dim }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_valign_whole_at_row_from_below:N #1
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_d_dim
{ \__tblr_valign_get_hline_total:n { \int_eval:n {\c@rowcount + 1} } }
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_d_dim
{ \__tblr_valign_get_row_depth:n { \l__tblr_vbox_align_tl } }
\int_step_inline:nnn { \l__tblr_vbox_align_tl + 1 } { \c@rowcount }
{
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_d_dim { \__tblr_valign_get_hline_total:n {##1} }
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_d_dim { \__tblr_valign_get_row_total:n {##1} }
}
\box_set_dp:Nn #1 { \l__tblr_d_dim }
\box_set_ht:Nn #1 { \l__tblr_t_dim - \l__tblr_d_dim }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_valign_whole_at_border:N #1
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_vbox_align_tl { \int_eval:n { - \l__tblr_vbox_align_tl } }
\int_compare:nNnTF { 2 * \l__tblr_vbox_align_tl - 2 } > { \c@rowcount }
{ \__tblr_valign_whole_at_border_from_below:N #1 }
{ \__tblr_valign_whole_at_border_from_above:N #1 }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_valign_whole_at_border_from_above:N #1
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_h_dim
{ \__tblr_valign_get_hline_total:n { \l__tblr_vbox_align_tl } }
\int_step_inline:nn { \l__tblr_vbox_align_tl - 1 }
{
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_h_dim { \__tblr_valign_get_hline_total:n {##1} }
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_h_dim { \__tblr_valign_get_row_total:n {##1} }
}
\box_set_ht:Nn #1 { \l__tblr_h_dim }
\box_set_dp:Nn #1 { \l__tblr_t_dim - \l__tblr_h_dim }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_valign_whole_at_border_from_below:N #1
{
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 191

\dim_zero:N \l__tblr_d_dim
\int_step_inline:nnn { \l__tblr_vbox_align_tl } { \c@rowcount }
{
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_d_dim { \__tblr_valign_get_row_total:n {##1} }
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_d_dim
{ \__tblr_valign_get_hline_total:n { \int_eval:n { ##1 + 1 } } }
}
\box_set_dp:Nn #1 { \l__tblr_d_dim }
\box_set_ht:Nn #1 { \l__tblr_t_dim - \l__tblr_d_dim }
}

\cs_new_nopar:Npn \__tblr_valign_get_hline_total:n #1
{
\__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline } { [#1] / @hline-height }
}

\cs_new_nopar:Npn \__tblr_valign_get_row_total:n #1
{
\__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { abovesep }
+
\__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-height }
+
\__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { belowsep }
}

\cs_new_nopar:Npn \__tblr_valign_get_row_height:n #1
{
\__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { abovesep }
+
( \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-height }
+
\__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-upper }
-
\__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-lower }
) / 2
}

\cs_new_nopar:Npn \__tblr_valign_get_row_depth:n #1
{
( \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-height }
-
\__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-upper }
+
\__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-lower }
) / 2
+
\__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { belowsep }
}

9.36 Build table components

\dim_new:N \l__tblr_col_o_wd_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_col_b_wd_dim

%% Build hline. #1: row number

CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 192

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_hline:n #1
{
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@colcount }
{ \__tblr_build_hline_segment:nn { #1 } { ##1 } }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_build_hline:n { x, V }

%% #1: row number, #2: column number

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_hline_segment:nn #1 #2
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_n_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline } { [#1] / @hline-count } }
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_o_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline } { [#1][#2] / omit } }
\__tblr_get_col_outer_width_border_width:nNN {#2}
\l__tblr_col_o_wd_dim \l__tblr_col_b_wd_dim
\tl_if_empty:NTF \l__tblr_o_tl
{
\int_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_n_tl } > {0}
{ \__tblr_build_hline_segment_real:nn {#1} {#2} }
}
{ \__tblr_build_hline_segment_omit:nn {#1} {#2} }
}

%% #1: row number, #2: column number

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_hline_segment_omit:nn #1 #2
{
\skip_horizontal:n { \l__tblr_col_o_wd_dim - \l__tblr_col_b_wd_dim }
}

\tl_new:N \lTblrDefaultHruleColorTl

%% #1: row number, #2: column number

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_hline_segment_real:nn #1 #2
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_s_tl
{ \__tblr_prop_item:ne { inner } { rulesep } }
\vbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_c_box
{
%% add an empty hbox to support vbox width
\tex_hbox:D to \l__tblr_col_o_wd_dim {}
\int_step_inline:nn { \l__tblr_n_tl }
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_h_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline } { [#1](##1) / @hline-height } }
\hrule height ~ 0pt % remove lineskip
\hbox_set_to_wd:Nnn \l__tblr_b_box { \l__tblr_col_o_wd_dim }
{
\__tblr_get_hline_left_right_skips:nnn {#1} {#2} {##1}
\skip_horizontal:N \l__tblr_hline_leftskip_dim
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_f_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline } { [#1][#2](##1) / fg } }
\tl_if_empty:NTF \l__tblr_f_tl
{
\tl_if_empty:NF \lTblrDefaultHruleColorTl
{ \color { \lTblrDefaultHruleColorTl } }
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 193

{ \color { \l__tblr_f_tl } }
\__tblr_get_hline_segment_child:nnn {#1} {#2} {##1}
\skip_horizontal:N \l__tblr_hline_rightskip_dim
}
\box_set_ht:Nn \l__tblr_b_box { \l__tblr_h_tl }
\box_set_dp:Nn \l__tblr_b_box { 0pt }
\box_use:N \l__tblr_b_box
\skip_vertical:n { \l__tblr_s_tl }
}
\skip_vertical:n { - \l__tblr_s_tl }
}
\box_use:N \l__tblr_c_box
\skip_horizontal:n { - \l__tblr_col_b_wd_dim }
}

%% Read from table specifications and calculate the widths of row and border
%% column outer width = content width + colsep width + border width
%% #1: the column number, #2: outer width, #3: border width
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_col_outer_width_border_width:nNN #1 #2 #3
{
\dim_set:Nn #3
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline } { [\int_eval:n {#1 + 1}] / @vline-width } }
\dim_set:Nn #2
{
\__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline } { [#1] / @vline-width }
+
\__tblr_data_item:nen { column } {#1} { leftsep }
+
\__tblr_data_item:nen { column } {#1} { @col-width }
+
\__tblr_data_item:nen { column } {#1} { rightsep }
+
#3
}
}

\dim_new:N \l__tblr_hline_leftskip_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_hline_rightskip_dim

%% Calculate left and right skips from leftpos and rightpos specifications
%% #1: row number; #2: column number; #3: hline index;
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_hline_left_right_skips:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_hline_leftpos_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline } { [#1][#2](#3) / leftpos } }
\tl_if_empty:NT \l__tblr_hline_leftpos_tl
{ \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_hline_leftpos_tl {1} } % default position
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_hline_rightpos_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline } { [#1][#2](#3) / rightpos } }
\tl_if_empty:NT \l__tblr_hline_rightpos_tl
{ \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_hline_rightpos_tl {1} } % default position
\fp_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_hline_leftpos_tl } < {1}
{
\dim_set:Nn \l_tmpa_dim
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline } { [#2] / @vline-width } }
\dim_set:Nn \l_tmpb_dim
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } {#2} { leftsep } }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 194

\fp_compare:nNnTF { \l__tblr_hline_leftpos_tl } < {0}

{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_hline_leftskip_dim
{ \l_tmpa_dim - \l__tblr_hline_leftpos_tl \l_tmpb_dim }
}
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_hline_leftskip_dim
{ \l_tmpa_dim - \l__tblr_hline_leftpos_tl \l_tmpa_dim }
}
}
\fp_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_hline_rightpos_tl } < {1}
{
\dim_set:Nn \l_tmpa_dim
{
\__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline }
{ [\int_eval:n { #2 + 1 }] / @vline-width }
}
\dim_set:Nn \l_tmpb_dim
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } {#2} { rightsep } }
\fp_compare:nNnTF { \l__tblr_hline_rightpos_tl } < {0}
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_hline_rightskip_dim
{ \l_tmpa_dim - \l__tblr_hline_rightpos_tl \l_tmpb_dim }
}
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_hline_rightskip_dim
{ \l_tmpa_dim - \l__tblr_hline_rightpos_tl \l_tmpa_dim }
}
}
}

\dim_new:N \l__tblr_row_ht_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_row_dp_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_row_abovesep_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_row_belowsep_dim
\box_new:N \l__tblr_row_vlines_box
\box_new:N \l__tblr_vline_box
\box_new:N \l__tblr_cell_box

%% Build current row, #1: row number

%% To fix disappeared vlines with colorful tables in Adobe Reader (see #76),
%% we collect all vlines and draw them at the end of the row.
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_row:N #1
{
\int_set:Nn \c@rownum {#1}
\__tblr_update_rowsep_registers:
\__tblr_get_row_inner_height_depth:VNNNN #1
\l__tblr_row_ht_dim \l__tblr_row_dp_dim
\l__tblr_row_abovesep_dim \l__tblr_row_belowsep_dim
\__tblr_hook_use:n { row/before }
\tblr_vrule_wd_ht_dp:nnn {0pt} {\l__tblr_row_ht_dim} {\l__tblr_row_dp_dim}
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_row_vlines_box
{
\tblr_vrule_wd_ht_dp:nnn {0pt} {\l__tblr_row_ht_dim} {\l__tblr_row_dp_dim}
}
\int_step_variable:nNn { \c@colcount } \l__tblr_j_tl
{
\__tblr_put_one_vline:n
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 195

{ \__tblr_build_vline_segment:nn {#1} { \l__tblr_j_tl } }

\__tblr_put_one_cell:n { \__tblr_build_cell:NN #1 \l__tblr_j_tl }
}
\__tblr_put_one_vline:n
{ \__tblr_build_vline_segment:nn {#1} { \int_eval:n {\c@colcount + 1} } }
\skip_horizontal:n { - \box_wd:N \l__tblr_row_vlines_box }
\box_use:N \l__tblr_row_vlines_box
\__tblr_hook_use:n { row/after }
}

%% Read from table specifications and calculate inner height/depth of the row
%% inner height = abovesep + above vspace + row upper
%% inner depth = row lower + below vspace + belowsep
%% #1: the row number; #2: resulting inner height; #3: resulting inner depth;
%% #4: restulting abovesep; #5: restulting belowsep.

\dim_new:N \l__tblr_row_upper_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_row_lower_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_row_vpace_dim

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_row_inner_height_depth:nNNNN #1 #2 #3 #4 #5
{
\dim_set:Nn #4
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { abovesep } }
\dim_set:Nn #5
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { belowsep } }
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_row_upper_dim
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-upper } }
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_row_lower_dim
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-lower } }
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_row_vpace_dim
{
( \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-height }
- \l__tblr_row_upper_dim - \l__tblr_row_lower_dim ) / 2
}
\dim_set:Nn #2 { #4 + \l__tblr_row_vpace_dim + \l__tblr_row_upper_dim }
\dim_set:Nn #3 { \l__tblr_row_lower_dim + \l__tblr_row_vpace_dim + #5 }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_get_row_inner_height_depth:nNNNN { V }

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_put_one_vline:n #1
{
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_vline_box {#1}
\skip_horizontal:n { \box_wd:N \l__tblr_vline_box }
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_row_vlines_box
{
\hbox_unpack:N \l__tblr_row_vlines_box
\box_use:N \l__tblr_vline_box
}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_put_one_cell:n #1
{
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_cell_box {#1}
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_row_vlines_box
{
\hbox_unpack:N \l__tblr_row_vlines_box
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 196

\skip_horizontal:n { \box_wd:N \l__tblr_cell_box }

}
\box_use:N \l__tblr_cell_box
}

%% #1: row number, #2: column number

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_vline_segment:nn #1 #2
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_n_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline } { [#2] / @vline-count } }
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_o_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline } { [#1][#2] / omit } }
\tl_if_empty:NTF \l__tblr_o_tl
{
\int_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_n_tl } > {0}
{ \__tblr_build_vline_segment_real:nn {#1} {#2} }
}
{ \__tblr_build_vline_segment_omit:nn {#1} {#2} }
}

%% #1: row number, #2: column number

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_vline_segment_omit:nn #1 #2
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_w_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline } { [#2] / @vline-width } }
\skip_horizontal:N \l__tblr_w_tl
}

\tl_new:N \lTblrDefaultVruleColorTl

%% #1: row number, #2: column number

%% We make every vline segment intersect with first hline below
%% to remove gaps in vlines around multirow cells
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_vline_segment_real:nn #1 #2
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_s_tl
{ \__tblr_prop_item:ne { inner } { rulesep } }
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_a_box
{
\int_step_inline:nn { \l__tblr_n_tl }
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_w_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline } { [#2](##1) / @vline-width } }
\vbox_set_to_ht:Nnn \l__tblr_b_box
{ \dim_eval:n { \l__tblr_row_ht_dim + \l__tblr_row_dp_dim } }
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_f_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline } { [#1][#2](##1) / fg } }
\tl_if_empty:NTF \l__tblr_f_tl
{
\tl_if_empty:NF \lTblrDefaultVruleColorTl
{ \color { \lTblrDefaultVruleColorTl } }
}
{ \color { \l__tblr_f_tl } }
\__tblr_get_vline_above_below_skips:nnn {#1} {#2} {##1}
\skip_vertical:N \l__tblr_vline_aboveskip_dim
\__tblr_get_vline_segment_child:nnnee {#1} {#2} {##1}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 197

{ \dim_eval:n { \l__tblr_row_ht_dim } }
{ \dim_eval:n { \l__tblr_row_dp_dim } }
\skip_vertical:N \l__tblr_vline_belowskip_dim
}
\box_set_wd:Nn \l__tblr_b_box { \l__tblr_w_tl }
\box_use:N \l__tblr_b_box
\skip_horizontal:n { \l__tblr_s_tl }
}
\skip_horizontal:n { - \l__tblr_s_tl }
}
\vbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_c_box { \box_use:N \l__tblr_a_box }
\box_set_ht:Nn \l__tblr_c_box { \dim_use:N \l__tblr_row_ht_dim }
\box_set_dp:Nn \l__tblr_c_box { \dim_use:N \l__tblr_row_dp_dim }
\box_use:N \l__tblr_c_box
}

\dim_new:N \l__tblr_vline_aboveskip_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_vline_belowskip_dim

%% Calculate above and below skips from abovepos and belowpos specifications
%% #1: row number; #2: column number; #3: vline index;
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_vline_above_below_skips:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_vline_abovepos_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline } { [#1][#2](#3) / abovepos } }
\tl_if_empty:NT \l__tblr_vline_abovepos_tl
{
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_vline_abovepos_tl {0} % default position
}
\fp_compare:nNnF { \l__tblr_vline_abovepos_tl } = {0}
{
\dim_set:Nn \l_tmpa_dim
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline } { [#1] / @hline-height } }
\fp_compare:nNnTF { \l__tblr_vline_abovepos_tl } < {0}
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_vline_aboveskip_dim
{ - \l__tblr_vline_abovepos_tl \l__tblr_row_abovesep_dim }
}
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_vline_aboveskip_dim
{ - \l__tblr_vline_abovepos_tl \l_tmpa_dim }
}
}
%% To join two vline segment above and below a cline,
%% we choose to extend every vline downwards a little (#55, #272).
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_vline_belowpos_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline } { [#1][#2](#3) / belowpos } }
\tl_if_empty:NTF \l__tblr_vline_belowpos_tl
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_vline_belowskip_dim
{
- \__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline }
{ [\int_eval:n { #1 + 1 }](1) / @hline-height }
+ 0pt
}
}
{
\dim_set:Nn \l_tmpa_dim
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 198

{
\__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline }
{ [\int_eval:n { #1 + 1 }] / @hline-height }
}
\fp_compare:nNnTF { \l__tblr_vline_belowpos_tl } < {0}
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_vline_belowskip_dim
{ - \l__tblr_vline_belowpos_tl \l__tblr_row_belowsep_dim }
}
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_vline_belowskip_dim
{ - \l__tblr_vline_belowpos_tl \l_tmpa_dim }
}
}
}

%% These public variables are updated by default before building a cell

\int_new:N \lTblrCellRowSpanInt
\int_new:N \lTblrCellColSpanInt
\tl_new:N \lTblrCellBackgroundTl
\bool_new:N \lTblrCellOmittedBool

\dim_new:N \l__tblr_cell_wd_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_cell_ht_dim

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_cell:NN #1 #2
{
\int_set:Nn \c@colnum {#2}
\__tblr_update_colsep_registers:
\group_begin:
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_w_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } {#2} { @col-width } }
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_h_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-height } }
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_x_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } {#2} { leftsep} }
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_y_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } {#2} { rightsep } }
\int_set:Nn \lTblrCellColSpanInt
{ \__tblr_data_item:neen { cell } {#1} {#2} { colspan } }
\int_compare:nNnTF { \lTblrCellColSpanInt } < {2}
{ \dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_cell_wd_dim { \l__tblr_w_tl } }
{
\__tblr_get_span_horizontal_sizes:NNNNN #1 #2
\l__tblr_o_dim \l__tblr_cell_wd_dim \l__tblr_q_dim
}
\int_set:Nn \lTblrCellRowSpanInt
{ \__tblr_data_item:neen { cell } {#1} {#2} { rowspan } }
\int_compare:nNnTF { \lTblrCellRowSpanInt } < {2}
{ \dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_cell_ht_dim { \l__tblr_h_tl } }
{
\__tblr_get_span_vertical_sizes:NNNNN #1 #2
\l__tblr_r_dim \l__tblr_cell_ht_dim \l__tblr_t_dim
}
\__tblr_get_cell_alignments:nn {#1} {#2}
\__tblr_build_cell_background:NN #1 #2
\__tblr_build_cell_content:NN #1 #2
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 199

\group_end:
}

%% These public variables are updated by html library before building a cell
\tl_new:N \lTblrCellAboveBorderStyleTl
\dim_new:N \lTblrCellAboveBorderWidthDim
\tl_new:N \lTblrCellAboveBorderColorTl
\tl_new:N \lTblrCellBelowBorderStyleTl
\dim_new:N \lTblrCellBelowBorderWidthDim
\tl_new:N \lTblrCellBelowBorderColorTl
\tl_new:N \lTblrCellLeftBorderStyleTl
\dim_new:N \lTblrCellLeftBorderWidthDim
\tl_new:N \lTblrCellLeftBorderColorTl
\tl_new:N \lTblrCellRightBorderStyleTl
\dim_new:N \lTblrCellRightBorderWidthDim
\tl_new:N \lTblrCellRightBorderColorTl

%% #1: row number in tl; #2: column number in tl

%% This function is called only when html library is loaded.
%% The properties can be used by tagpdf, tex4ht and lwarp packages
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_expose_cell_properties:NN #1 #2
{
\__tblr_expose_cell_border:NNnn #1 #2 { hline } { Above }
\tl_set:Ne \l_tmpa_tl { \int_eval:n { #1 + \lTblrCellRowSpanInt } }
\__tblr_expose_cell_border:NNnn \l_tmpa_tl #2 { hline } { Below }
\__tblr_expose_cell_border:NNnn #1 #2 { vline } { Left }
\tl_set:Ne \l_tmpb_tl { \int_eval:n { #2 + \lTblrCellColSpanInt } }
\__tblr_expose_cell_border:NNnn #1 \l_tmpb_tl { vline } { Right }
}

\tl_new:N \l__tblr_dash_value_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_width_value_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_color_value_tl

%% #1: row number in tl; #2: column number in tl;

%% #3: hline or vline; #4: position of border (Above/Below/Left/Right).
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_expose_cell_border:NNnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
%% get border style
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_dash_value_tl %% may be empty
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { #3 } { [#1][#2](1) / @dash } }
\tl_if_head_eq_meaning:VNTF \l__tblr_dash_value_tl \q__tblr_dash
{
\tl_set:ce { lTblrCell #4 BorderStyleTl }
{ \tl_tail:N \l__tblr_dash_value_tl }
%% get border width
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_width_value_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { #3 } { [#1][#2](1) / wd } }
\tl_if_empty:NTF \l__tblr_width_value_tl
{ \dim_set:cn { lTblrCell #4 BorderWidthDim } { 0.4pt } }
{
\dim_set:cn { lTblrCell #4 BorderWidthDim }
{ \l__tblr_width_value_tl }
}
%% get border color
\tl_set:ce { lTblrCell #4 BorderColorTl }
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { #3 } { [#1][#2](1) / fg } }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 200

}
{
\tl_clear:c { lTblrCell #4 BorderStyleTl }
\dim_set:cn { lTblrCell #4 BorderWidthDim } { 0pt }
\tl_clear:c { lTblrCell #4 BorderColorTl }
}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_cell_content:NN #1 #2
{
\bool_if:NT \l__tblr_html_variables_bool
{ \__tblr_expose_cell_properties:NN #1 #2 }
\__tblr_hook_use:n { cell/before }
\hbox_set_to_wd:Nnn \l__tblr_a_box { \l__tblr_cell_wd_dim }
{
\tl_if_eq:NnTF \g__tblr_cell_halign_tl {j}
% cell width may be less than column width for j cells
{ \__tblr_get_cell_text:nn {#1} {#2} \hfil }
{
\tl_if_eq:NnF \g__tblr_cell_halign_tl {l} { \hfil }
\__tblr_get_cell_text:nn {#1} {#2}
\tl_if_eq:NnF \g__tblr_cell_halign_tl {r} { \hfil }
}
}
\vbox_set_to_ht:Nnn \l__tblr_b_box { \l__tblr_cell_ht_dim }
{
\tl_case:Nn \g__tblr_cell_valign_tl
{
\c__tblr_valign_m_tl
{
\vfil
\int_compare:nNnT { \lTblrCellRowSpanInt } < {2}
{
\box_set_ht:Nn \l__tblr_a_box
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-upper } }
\box_set_dp:Nn \l__tblr_a_box
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-lower } }
}
\box_use:N \l__tblr_a_box
\vfil
}
\c__tblr_valign_h_tl
{
\box_set_ht:Nn \l__tblr_a_box
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-head } }
\box_use:N \l__tblr_a_box
\vfil
}
\c__tblr_valign_f_tl
{
\vfil
\int_compare:nNnTF { \lTblrCellRowSpanInt } < {2}
{
\box_set_dp:Nn \l__tblr_a_box
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-foot } }
}
{
\box_set_dp:Nn \l__tblr_a_box
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 201

{
\__tblr_data_item:nen
{ row }
{ \int_eval:n { #1 + \lTblrCellRowSpanInt - 1 } }
{ @row-foot }
}
}
\box_use:N \l__tblr_a_box
}
}
\hrule height ~ 0pt %% zero depth
}
\vbox_set_to_ht:Nnn \l__tblr_c_box
{ \l__tblr_row_ht_dim - \l__tblr_row_abovesep_dim }
{
\box_use:N \l__tblr_b_box
\vss
}
\skip_horizontal:n { \l__tblr_x_tl }
\box_use:N \l__tblr_c_box
\skip_horizontal:n { \l__tblr_y_tl - \l__tblr_cell_wd_dim + \l__tblr_w_tl }
\__tblr_hook_use:n { cell/after }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_cell_background:NN #1 #2
{
\bool_set:Nn \lTblrCellOmittedBool
{
\int_compare_p:nNn
{ \__tblr_data_item:neen { cell } {#1} {#2} { omit } } = {1}
}
\bool_if:NF \lTblrCellOmittedBool
{
\tl_set:Ne \lTblrCellBackgroundTl
{ \__tblr_data_item:neen { cell } {#1} {#2} { background } }
\group_begin:
\tl_if_empty:NF \lTblrCellBackgroundTl
{
\__tblr_get_cell_background_width:NNN #1 #2 \l_tmpa_dim
\__tblr_get_cell_background_depth:NNN #1 #2 \l_tmpb_dim
\__tblr_build_cell_background:nnnn
{ \dim_use:N \l_tmpa_dim }
{ \l__tblr_row_ht_dim }
{ \dim_use:N \l_tmpb_dim }
{ \lTblrCellBackgroundTl }
}
\group_end:
}
}

%% #1: row number; #2: column number; #3 resulting dimension

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_cell_background_width:NNN #1 #2 #3
{
\int_compare:nNnTF { \lTblrCellColSpanInt } < {2}
{ \dim_set:Nn #3 { \l__tblr_x_tl + \l__tblr_w_tl + \l__tblr_y_tl } }
{
\dim_set:Nn #3 { \l__tblr_o_dim + \l__tblr_cell_wd_dim + \l__tblr_q_dim }
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 202

%% #1: row number; #2: column number; #3 resulting dimension

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_cell_background_depth:NNN #1 #2 #3
{
\int_compare:nNnTF { \lTblrCellRowSpanInt } < {2}
{ \dim_set_eq:NN #3 \l__tblr_row_dp_dim }
{
\dim_set:Nn #3
{
\l__tblr_r_dim + \l__tblr_cell_ht_dim
+ \l__tblr_t_dim - \l__tblr_row_ht_dim
}
}
}

%% #1: width, #2: height, #3: depth, #4: color

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_cell_background:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_a_box
{
\color {#4}
\vrule width ~ #1 ~ height ~ #2 ~ depth ~ #3
}
\box_set_dp:Nn \l__tblr_a_box { 0pt }
\box_use:N \l__tblr_a_box
\skip_horizontal:n { - #1 }
}

%% #1: row number; #2: column number; #3: dimen register for rowsep above.
%% #4: dimen register for total height; #5: dimen register for rowsep below.
%% We can use \l__tblr_row_item_skip_size_prop which was made before
%% But when vspan=even, there are no itemskip in the prop list.
%% Therefore we need to calculate them from the sizes of items and skips
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_span_vertical_sizes:NNNNN #1 #2 #3 #4 #5
{
\dim_set:Nn #3
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { abovesep } }
\dim_zero:N #4
\dim_add:Nn #4
{ \prop_item:Ne \l__tblr_row_item_skip_size_prop { item[#1] } }
\int_step_inline:nnn { #1 + 1 } { #1 + \lTblrCellRowSpanInt - 1 }
{
\dim_add:Nn #4
{
\prop_item:Ne \l__tblr_row_item_skip_size_prop { skip[##1] }
+
\prop_item:Ne \l__tblr_row_item_skip_size_prop { item[##1] }
}
}
\dim_set:Nn #5
{
\__tblr_data_item:nen { row }
{ \int_eval:n { #1 + \lTblrCellRowSpanInt - 1 } } { belowsep }
}
%\tl_log:e { cell[#1][#2] ~:~ \dim_use:N #3, \dim_use:N #4, \dim_use:N #5 }
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 203

%% #1: row number; #2: column number; #3: dimen register for colsep left.
%% #4: dimen register for total width; #5: dimen register for colsep right.
%% We can use \l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop which was made before
%% But when hspan=even or hspan=minimal, there are no itemskip in the prop list.
%% Therefore we need to calculate them from the sizes of items and skips
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_span_horizontal_sizes:NNNNN #1 #2 #3 #4 #5
{
\dim_set:Nn #3
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } {#2} { leftsep } }
\dim_zero:N #4
\dim_add:Nn #4
{ \prop_item:Ne \l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop { item[#2] } }
\int_step_inline:nnn { #2 + 1 } { #2 + \lTblrCellColSpanInt - 1 }
{
\dim_add:Nn #4
{
\prop_item:Ne \l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop { skip[##1] }
+
\prop_item:Ne \l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop { item[##1] }
}
}
\dim_set:Nn #5
{
\__tblr_data_item:nen { column }
{ \int_eval:n {#2 + \lTblrCellColSpanInt - 1} } { rightsep }
}
%\tl_log:e { cell[#1][#2] ~:~ \dim_use:N #3, \dim_use:N #4, \dim_use:N #5 }
}

9.37 Tracing tabularray

\NewDocumentCommand \SetTblrTracing { m }
{
\__tblr_keys_set:nn { tracing/set } {#1}
}

\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_text_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_command_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_option_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_theme_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_outer_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_inner_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_column_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_row_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_cell_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_vline_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_hline_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_colspec_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_rowspec_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_target_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_cellspan_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_intarray_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_page_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_step_bool

\__tblr_keys_define:nn { tracing/set }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 204

{
+text .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_text_bool,
-text .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_text_bool,
+command .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_command_bool,
-command .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_command_bool,
+option .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_option_bool,
-option .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_option_bool,
+theme .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_theme_bool,
-theme .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_theme_bool,
+outer .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_outer_bool,
-outer .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_outer_bool,
+inner .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_inner_bool,
-inner .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_inner_bool,
+column .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_column_bool,
-column .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_column_bool,
+row .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_row_bool,
-row .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_row_bool,
+cell .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_cell_bool,
-cell .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_cell_bool,
+vline .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_vline_bool,
-vline .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_vline_bool,
+hline .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_hline_bool,
-hline .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_hline_bool,
+colspec .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_colspec_bool,
-colspec .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_colspec_bool,
+rowspec .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_rowspec_bool,
-rowspec .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_rowspec_bool,
+target .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_target_bool,
-target .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_target_bool,
+cellspan .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_cellspan_bool,
-cellspan .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_cellspan_bool,
+intarray .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_intarray_bool,
-intarray .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_intarray_bool,
+page .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_page_bool,
-page .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_page_bool,
+step .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_step_bool,
-step .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_step_bool,
all .code:n = \__tblr_enable_all_tracings:,
none .code:n = \__tblr_disable_all_tracings:,
}

\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \__tblr_enable_all_tracings:
{
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_text_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_command_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_option_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_theme_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_outer_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_inner_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_column_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_row_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_cell_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_vline_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_hline_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_colspec_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_rowspec_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_target_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_cellspan_bool
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 205

\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_intarray_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_page_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_step_bool
}

\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \__tblr_disable_all_tracings:
{
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_text_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_command_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_option_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_theme_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_outer_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_inner_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_column_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_row_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_cell_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_vline_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_hline_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_colspec_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_rowspec_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_target_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_cellspan_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_intarray_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_page_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_step_bool
}

\NewDocumentCommand \LogTblrTracing { m }
{
\__tblr_keys_set:nn { tracing/log } {#1}
}

\__tblr_keys_define:nn { tracing/log }
{
step .code:n = \__tblr_log_tracing_step:n {#1},
unknown .code:n = \__tblr_log_tracing:N \l_keys_key_str
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing:N #1
{
\bool_if:cT { g__tblr_tracing_ #1 _bool }
{ \cs:w __tblr_log_tracing _ #1 : \cs_end: }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_text:
{
\__tblr_spec_log:n { text }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_command:
{
\__tblr_prop_log:n { command }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_option:
{
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 206

\__tblr_prop_log:n { note }
\__tblr_prop_log:n { remark }
\__tblr_prop_log:n { more }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_theme:
{
\__tblr_style_log:
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_outer:
{
\__tblr_spec_log:n { outer }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_inner:
{
\__tblr_prop_log:n { inner }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_column:
{
\__tblr_data_log:n { column }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_row:
{
\__tblr_data_log:n { row }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_cell:
{
\__tblr_data_log:n { cell }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_vline:
{
\__tblr_spec_log:n { vline }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_hline:
{
\__tblr_spec_log:n { hline }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_colspec:
{
\tl_if_eq:NnT \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl { Column }
{ \tl_log:N \g__tblr_expanded_colrow_spec_tl }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_rowspec:
{
\tl_if_eq:NnT \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl { Row }
{ \tl_log:N \g__tblr_expanded_colrow_spec_tl }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 207

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_target:
{
\dim_log:N \l__tblr_column_target_dim
\prop_log:N \l__tblr_column_coefficient_prop
\prop_log:N \l__tblr_column_natural_width_prop
\prop_log:N \l__tblr_column_computed_width_prop
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_cellspan:
{
\prop_log:N \l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop
\prop_log:N \l__tblr_col_span_size_prop
\prop_log:N \l__tblr_row_item_skip_size_prop
\prop_log:N \l__tblr_row_span_size_prop
\prop_log:N \l__tblr_row_span_to_row_prop
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_page:
{
\dim_log:N \pagegoal
\dim_log:N \pagetotal
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_step:n #1
{
\bool_if:NT \g__tblr_tracing_step_bool { \tl_log:e {Step :~ #1} }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_do_if_tracing:nn #1 #2
{
\bool_if:cT { g__tblr_tracing_ #1 _bool } {#2}
}

9.38 Tabularray libraries

%% \NewTblrLibrary and \UseTblrLibrary commands

\NewDocumentCommand \NewTblrLibrary { m m }
{
\cs_new_protected:cpn { __tblr_use_lib_ #1: } {#2}
}

%% Note that \prg_do_nothing: is an existing command.

\NewDocumentCommand \UseTblrLibrary { m }
{
\clist_map_inline:nn {#1}
{
\cs_if_exist:cTF { __tblr_use_lib_ ##1: }
{
\use:c { __tblr_use_lib_ ##1: }
\cs_gset_eq:cN { __tblr_use_lib_ ##1: } \prg_do_nothing:
}
{
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 208

\RequirePackage { tblrlib##1 }
}
}
}

\prg_set_conditional:Npnn \__tblr_lib_if_used:n #1 { p, T, F, TF }
{
\tl_if_eq:cNTF { __tblr_use_lib_ #1: } \prg_do_nothing:
{ \prg_return_true: } { \prg_return_false: }
}

%% Library amsmath and environments +array, +matrix, +cases, ...

\NewTblrLibrary { amsmath }
{
\RequirePackage { amsmath }
\NewTblrEnviron { +array }
\SetTblrInner[+array]{colsep = 5pt}
\NewDocumentEnvironment { +matrix } { O{} +b } {
\begin{+array}{
column{1} = {leftsep = 0pt}, column{Z} = {rightsep = 0pt},
cells = {c}, ##1
}
##2
\end{+array}
} { }
\NewDocumentEnvironment { +bmatrix } { O{} +b } {
\begin{+array}{
column{1} = {leftsep = 0pt}, column{Z} = {rightsep = 0pt},
cells = {c}, delimiter = {left = [, right = ]}, ##1
}
##2
\end{+array}
} { }
\NewDocumentEnvironment { +Bmatrix } { O{} +b } {
\begin{+array} {
column{1} = {leftsep = 0pt}, column{Z} = {rightsep = 0pt},
cells = {c}, delimiter = {left = \lbrace, right = \rbrace}, ##1
}
##2
\end{+array}
} { }
\NewDocumentEnvironment { +pmatrix } { O{} +b } {
\begin{+array} {
column{1} = {leftsep = 0pt}, column{Z} = {rightsep = 0pt},
cells = {c}, delimiter = {left = (, right = )}, ##1
}
##2
\end{+array}
} { }
\NewDocumentEnvironment { +vmatrix } { O{} +b } {
\begin{+array} {
column{1} = {leftsep = 0pt}, column{Z} = {rightsep = 0pt},
cells = {c}, delimiter = {left = \lvert, right = \rvert}, ##1
}
##2
\end{+array}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 209

} { }
\NewDocumentEnvironment { +Vmatrix } { O{} +b } {
\begin{+array} {
column{1} = {leftsep = 0pt}, column{Z} = {rightsep = 0pt},
cells = {c}, delimiter = {left = \lVert, right = \rVert}, ##1
}
##2
\end{+array}
} { }
\NewDocumentEnvironment { +cases } { O{} +b } {
\begin{+array} {
column{1} = {leftsep = 0pt}, column{Z} = {rightsep = 0pt},
colspec = {ll}, stretch = 1.2, delimiter = {left=\lbrace, right=.}, ##1
}
##2
\end{+array}
} { }
}

%% Library booktabs and commands \toprule, \midrule, \bottomrule

\NewTblrLibrary { booktabs }
{
% We only use dimensions \aboverulesep and \belowrulesep in booktabs package
\RequirePackage { booktabs }
\newcommand \tblr@booktabs@hline [1] [] { \hline [##1] }
\newcommand \tblr@booktabs@oldhline [1] [] {
\hline [##1]
\hborder { abovespace = \aboverulesep, belowspace = \belowrulesep }
}
\newcommand \tblr@booktabs@cline [2] [] { \cline [##1] {##2} }
\newcommand \tblr@booktabs@oldcline [2] [] {
\cline [##1] {##2}
\hborder { abovespace = \aboverulesep, belowspace = \belowrulesep }
}
\newcommand \tblr@booktabs@cline@more [2] [] { \SetHline [+] {##2} {##1} }
\newcommand \tblr@booktabs@oldcline@more [2] [] {
\SetHline [+] {##2} {##1}
\hborder { abovespace = \aboverulesep, belowspace = \belowrulesep }
}
\NewTblrTableCommand \toprule [1] [] {
\tblr@booktabs@hline [wd=\heavyrulewidth, ##1]
}
\NewTblrTableCommand \midrule [1] [] {
\tblr@booktabs@hline [wd=\lightrulewidth, ##1]
}
\NewTblrTableCommand \bottomrule [1] [] {
\tblr@booktabs@hline [wd=\heavyrulewidth, ##1]
}
\NewTblrTableCommand \cmidrule [2] [] {
\tblr@booktabs@cline [wd=\cmidrulewidth, endpos, ##1] {##2}
}
\NewTblrTableCommand \cmidrulemore [2] [] {
\tblr@booktabs@cline@more [wd=\cmidrulewidth, endpos, ##1] {##2}
}
\newcommand \tblr@booktabs@change@more [1] { \cmidrulemore }
\NewTblrTableCommand \morecmidrules {
\peek_meaning:NTF \cmidrule { \tblr@booktabs@change@more } { \relax }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 210

}
\NewTblrEnviron { booktabs }
\NewTblrEnviron { longtabs }
\NewTblrEnviron { talltabs }
\SetTblrInner [ booktabs ] { rowsep = 0pt }
\SetTblrInner [ longtabs ] { rowsep = 0pt }
\SetTblrInner [ talltabs ] { rowsep = 0pt }
\SetTblrOuter [ longtabs ] { long }
\SetTblrOuter [ talltabs ] { tall }
\RequirePackage { etoolbox }
\newcommand \tblr@booktabs@begin@hook
{
\let \tblr@booktabs@hline = \tblr@booktabs@oldhline
\let \tblr@booktabs@cline = \tblr@booktabs@oldcline
\let \tblr@booktabs@cline@more = \tblr@booktabs@oldcline@more
}
\AtBeginEnvironment { booktabs } { \tblr@booktabs@begin@hook }
\AtBeginEnvironment { longtabs } { \tblr@booktabs@begin@hook }
\AtBeginEnvironment { talltabs } { \tblr@booktabs@begin@hook }
\NewTblrTableCommand \specialrule [3]
{ \hline [##1] \hborder { abovespace = ##2, belowspace = ##3 } }
\NewTblrTableCommand \addrowspace [1] [\defaultaddspace]
{ \hborder { abovespace+ = (##1) / 2, belowspace+ = (##1) / 2 } }
\NewTblrTableCommand \addlinespace [1] [\defaultaddspace]
{ \hborder { abovespace+ = (##1) / 2, belowspace+ = (##1) / 2 } }
}

%% Library counter for resetting all counters

\tl_new:N \l__tblr_saved_trial_counters_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_saved_cell_counters_tl

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_save_counters:n #1 { }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_restore_counters:n #1 { }

%% We use code from tabularx package for resetting all LaTeX counters,
%% where internal macro \cl@@ckpt looks like the following:
%% \@elt{page} \@elt{equation} \@elt{enumi} \@elt{enumii} \@elt{enumiii} ...

\NewTblrLibrary { counter }
{
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_save_counters:n ##1
{
\def \@elt ####1 { \global\value{####1} = \the\value{####1} \relax }
\tl_set:ce { l__tblr_saved_ ##1 _counters_tl } { \cl@@ckpt }
\let \@elt = \relax
}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_restore_counters:n ##1
{
\tl_use:c { l__tblr_saved_ ##1 _counters_tl }
}
}

%% Library diagbox and command \diagbox

\NewTblrLibrary { diagbox }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 211

{
\RequirePackage{ diagbox }
\cs_set_eq:NN \__tblr_lib_saved_diagbox:w \diagbox
\NewTblrContentCommand \diagbox [3] []
{
\__tblr_lib_diagbox_fix:n
{
\__tblr_lib_saved_diagbox:w
[ leftsep=\leftsep, rightsep=\rightsep, ##1 ]
{ \__tblr_lib_diagbox_math_or_text:n {##2} }
{ \__tblr_lib_diagbox_math_or_text:n {##3} }
}
}
\NewTblrContentCommand \diagboxthree [4] []
{
\__tblr_lib_diagbox_fix:n
{
\__tblr_lib_saved_diagbox:w
[ leftsep=\leftsep, rightsep=\rightsep, ##1 ]
{ \__tblr_lib_diagbox_math_or_text:n {##2} }
{ \__tblr_lib_diagbox_math_or_text:n {##3} }
{ \__tblr_lib_diagbox_math_or_text:n {##4} }
}
}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_lib_diagbox_math_or_text:n #1
{
\bool_if:NTF \l__tblr_cell_math_mode_bool {$#1$} {#1}
}

\box_new:N \l__tblr_diag_box

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_lib_diagbox_fix:n #1
{
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_diag_box {#1}
\box_set_ht:Nn \l__tblr_diag_box { \box_ht:N \l__tblr_diag_box - \abovesep }
\box_set_dp:Nn \l__tblr_diag_box { \box_dp:N \l__tblr_diag_box - \belowsep }
\box_use:N \l__tblr_diag_box
}

%% Library functional with evaluate and process options

\cs_set_eq:NN \__tblr_functional_calculation: \prg_do_nothing:

\NewTblrLibrary { functional }
{
\RequirePackage { functional }
%% Add outer specification "evaluate"
\__tblr_keys_define:nn { table/outer }
{ evaluate .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:nn { evaluate } {##1} }
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_evaluate_tl
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_hook_split_before:
{
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_evaluate_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:nn { outer } { evaluate } }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 212

\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_evaluate_tl
{
\tl_if_eq:NnTF \l__tblr_evaluate_tl { all }
{
\tlSet \l__tblr_body_tl { \evalWhole {\expValue \l__tblr_body_tl} }
}
{
\exp_last_unbraced:NNV
\__tblr_evaluate_table_body:NN \l__tblr_body_tl \l__tblr_evaluate_tl
}
}
}
%% Evaluate every occurrence of the specified function
%% Note that functional package runs every return processor inside a group
%% #1: tl with table content; #2: function to be evaluated
\tl_new:N \g__tblr_functional_result_tl
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_evaluate_table_body:NN ##1 ##2
{
\tl_gclear:N \g__tblr_functional_result_tl
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_evaluate_table_body_aux:w ####1 ##2
{
\tl_gput_right:Nn \g__tblr_functional_result_tl {####1}
\peek_meaning:NTF \q_stop { \use_none:n } {##2}
}
\fun_run_return_processor:nn
{
\exp_last_unbraced:NV \__tblr_evaluate_table_body_aux:w \gResultTl
}
{
\exp_last_unbraced:NV
\__tblr_evaluate_table_body_aux:w ##1 ##2 \q_stop
}
\tl_set_eq:NN ##1 \g__tblr_functional_result_tl
}
%% Add inner specification "process"
\__tblr_keys_define:nn { table/inner }
{ process .code:n = \__tblr_keys_gput:nn { process } {##1} }
\cs_set:Npn \__tblr_functional_calculation:
{
\LogTblrTracing { step = do ~ functional ~ calculation }
\__tblr_prop_item:nn { inner } { process }
}
\prgNewFunction \cellGetText { m m }
{
\expWhole { \__tblr_spec_item:nn { text } { [##1][##2] } }
}
\prgNewFunction \cellSetText { m m m }
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nnn { text } { [##1][##2] } {##3}
}
\prgNewFunction \cellSetStyle { m m m }
{
\tblr_set_cell:nnnn {##1} {##2} {} {##3}
}
\prgNewFunction \rowSetStyle { m m }
{
\tblr_set_row:nnn {##1} {} {##2}
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 213

\prgNewFunction \columnSetStyle { m m }
{
\tblr_set_column:nnn {##1} {} {##2}
}
%% Evaluate every function in inner specification
%% But we need to protect the value of "process" key
\clist_new:N \l__tblr_fun_keyvalue_clist
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_fun_i:n ##1
{
\clist_put_right:Nn \l__tblr_fun_keyvalue_clist { ##1 }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_fun_ii:nn ##1 ##2
{
\tl_if_eq:nnTF { ##1 } { process }
{
\clist_put_right:Nn \l__tblr_fun_keyvalue_clist
{ ##1 = {\evalNone{##2}} }
}
{
\clist_put_right:Nn \l__tblr_fun_keyvalue_clist
{ ##1 = {##2} }
}
}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_hook_parse_inner_spec_before:
{
\clist_clear:N \l__tblr_fun_keyvalue_clist
\keyval_parse:NNV \__tblr_fun_i:n \__tblr_fun_ii:nn \l__tblr_inner_spec_tl
\tlSet \l__tblr_inner_spec_tl
{ \evalWhole { \expValue \l__tblr_fun_keyvalue_clist } }
}
}

%% Library hook provides some public hooks

\NewTblrLibrary { hook }
{
%% We need varwidth to keep \lTblrMeasuringBool correct
\UseTblrLibrary { varwidth }
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_inner_spec_measure_tl { vstore }
\cs_set_eq:NN \__tblr_hook_use:n \__tblr_hook_use_true:n
%% Be careful lthooks will not remove any spaces in hook paths
\__tblr_hook_new_pair:nn { trial/before } { trial/after }
\__tblr_hook_new_pair:nn { table/before } { table/after }
\__tblr_hook_new_pair:nn { row/before } { row/after }
\__tblr_hook_new_pair:nn { cell/before } { cell/after }
\__tblr_hook_new_pair:nn { private/output/before } { private/output/after }
}

%% Library html provides more public variables

%% These variables can be used by tagpdf, tex4ht and lwarp packages

\bool_new:N \l__tblr_html_variables_bool

\NewTblrLibrary { html }
{
\bool_set_true:N \l__tblr_html_variables_bool
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 214

%% Library nameref and its caption-ref template

\NewTblrLibrary { nameref }
{
\RequirePackage { nameref }
\clist_if_in:NnF \lTblrRefMoreClist { nameref }
{
\clist_put_right:Nn \lTblrRefMoreClist { nameref }
\DeclareTblrTemplate { caption-ref }{ nameref }
{
\tl_if_eq:NnTF \lTblrEntryTl { none }
{ \exp_args:NV \GetTitleString \lTblrCaptionTl }
{
\tl_if_empty:NTF \lTblrEntryTl
{ \exp_args:NV \GetTitleString \lTblrCaptionTl }
{ \exp_args:NV \GetTitleString \lTblrEntryTl }
}
\tl_set_eq:NN \@currentlabelname \GetTitleStringResult
}
}
}

%% Library siunitx and S columns

\NewTblrLibrary { siunitx }
{
\RequirePackage { siunitx }
\NewTblrColumnType { S } [1] [] { Q[si = {##1}, c] }
\NewTblrColumnType { s } [1] [] { Q[si = {##1}, c, cmd = \TblrUnit] }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { cell } { si } { str }
\__tblr_keys_define:nn { column/inner }
{
si .code:n = \__tblr_siunitx_setcolumn:n {##1}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_siunitx_setcolumn:n ##1
{
\__tblr_column_gput_cell:nn { si } {##1}
\__tblr_column_gput_cell:nn { cmd } { \TblrNum }
}
\NewDocumentCommand \TblrNum { m }
{
\__tblr_siunitx_process:Nn \tablenum {##1}
}
\NewDocumentCommand \TblrUnit { m }
{
\__tblr_siunitx_process:Nn \si {##1}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_siunitx_process:Nn ##1 ##2
{
\tl_if_head_is_group:nTF {##2}
{ ##2 }
{
\group_begin:
\tl_set:Ne \l_tmpa_tl
{
\__tblr_data_item:neen { cell }
{ \int_use:N \c@rownum } { \int_use:N \c@colnum } { si }
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 215

}
\exp_args:NV \sisetup \l_tmpa_tl
##1 {##2}
\group_end:
}
}
\__tblr_keys_define:nn { cell/inner } { guard .meta:n = { cmd = } }
\__tblr_keys_define:nn { row/inner } { guard .meta:n = { cmd = } }
\__tblr_keys_define:nn { column/inner } { guard .meta:n = { cmd = } }
}

%% Library tikz to add table nodes, cell nodes and corner nodes with tikz

\tl_new:N \g__tblr_tikz_below_code_tl
\tl_new:N \g__tblr_tikz_above_code_tl
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_cell_inner_wd_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_cell_inner_dp_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_cell_hanchor_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_last_cell_table_ht_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_last_cell_table_dp_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_last_vline_wd_dim
\box_new:N \l__tblr_tikz_node_box

\NewTblrLibrary { tikz }
{
\UseTblrLibrary { hook }
\RequirePackage { tikz }
\usetikzlibrary { calc }
\tikzset
{
tblr / cell ~ node / .style =
{
rectangle ,
inner ~ sep = 0pt ,
outer ~ sep = 0pt ,
draw = none ,
fill = none
} ,
tblr / cell / .style = { } ,
tblr / table ~ node / .style =
{
rectangle ,
inner ~ sep = 0pt ,
outer ~ sep = 0pt ,
draw = none ,
fill = none
} ,
tblr / table / .style = { } ,
tblr / overlay / .style = { }
}
\NewDocumentEnvironment { tblrtikzbelow } { +b }
{
\tl_gset:Nn \g__tblr_tikz_below_code_tl
{
\begin{tikzpicture}
[
remember ~ picture ,
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 216

overlay ,
name ~ prefix = tblr \g__tblr_name_str - ,
tblr / overlay
]
##1
\end{tikzpicture}
}
} { }
\NewDocumentEnvironment { tblrtikzabove } { +b }
{
\tl_gset:Nn \g__tblr_tikz_above_code_tl
{
\begin{tikzpicture}
[
remember ~ picture ,
overlay ,
name ~ prefix = tblr \g__tblr_name_str - ,
tblr / overlay
]
##1
\end{tikzpicture}
}
} { }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_tikz_make_cell_node:
{
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_tikz_node_box
{
\begin{tikzpicture}[remember ~ picture, overlay]
\coordinate
(
tblr \g__tblr_name_str -
\int_use:N \c@rownum - \int_use:N \c@colnum -
single
)
at ( 0pt , -\l__tblr_row_dp_dim );
\node
[
tblr / cell ~ node ,
tblr / cell ,
anchor = center ,
text ~ width = \l__tblr_cell_inner_wd_dim ,
text ~ height = \l__tblr_row_ht_dim ,
text ~ depth = \l__tblr_cell_inner_dp_dim
]
(
tblr \g__tblr_name_str -
\int_use:N \c@rownum - \int_use:N \c@colnum
)
at
(
\l__tblr_cell_hanchor_dim - 0.5 \l__tblr_cell_inner_wd_dim
,
0.5 \l__tblr_row_ht_dim - 0.5 \l__tblr_cell_inner_dp_dim
) { } ;
\end{tikzpicture}
}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_tikz_make_table_node:
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 217

{
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_tikz_node_box
{
\begin{tikzpicture}[remember ~ picture, overlay]
\node
[
tblr / table ~ node ,
tblr / table ,
anchor = center ,
text ~ width = \lTblrTableWidthDim ,
text ~ height = \l__tblr_last_cell_table_ht_dim ,
text ~ depth = \l__tblr_last_cell_table_dp_dim
]
(
tblr \g__tblr_name_str - table
)
at
(
\l__tblr_last_vline_wd_dim - 0.5 \lTblrTableWidthDim
,
0.5 \l__tblr_last_cell_table_ht_dim
- 0.5 \l__tblr_last_cell_table_dp_dim
) { } ;
\end{tikzpicture}
}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_tikz_enable_cell_node:
{
\__tblr_get_cell_background_width:NNN
\c@rownum \c@colnum \l__tblr_cell_inner_wd_dim
\__tblr_get_cell_background_depth:NNN
\c@rownum \c@colnum\l__tblr_cell_inner_dp_dim
\dim_zero:N \l__tblr_cell_hanchor_dim
\tl_set:Ne \l__tblr_c_tl
{
\__tblr_data_item:neen { cell }
{ \int_use:N \c@rownum } { \int_use:N \c@colnum } { colspan }
}
\int_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_c_tl } > { 1 }
{
\int_step_inline:nn { \l__tblr_c_tl - 1 }
{
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_cell_hanchor_dim
{
\__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline }
{ [ \int_eval:n { \c@colnum + ####1 } ] / @vline-width }
+
\__tblr_data_item:nen { column }
{ \int_eval:n { \c@colnum + ####1 } } { @col-width }
+
\__tblr_data_item:nen { column }
{ \int_eval:n { \c@colnum + ####1 } } { leftsep }
+
\__tblr_data_item:nen { column }
{ \int_eval:n { \c@colnum + ####1 } } { rightsep }
}
}
}
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 218

\__tblr_tikz_make_cell_node:
\box_use:N \l__tblr_tikz_node_box
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_tikz_enable_table_node:
{
\int_compare:nNnT { \c@rownum } = { \c@rowcount }
{
\int_compare:nNnT { \c@colnum } = { \c@colcount }
{
\__tblr_get_table_width:
\__tblr_get_table_height:
\__tblr_get_table_depth:
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_last_vline_wd_dim
{
\__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline }
{ [ \int_eval:n { \c@colcount + 1 } ] / @vline-width }
}
\__tblr_tikz_make_table_node:
\box_use:N \l__tblr_tikz_node_box
}
}
}
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_tikz_corner_node_code_tl
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_tikz_make_corner_node:
{
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_tikz_corner_node_code_tl
{ \coordinate (h1) at ($([Link]~west)!0.5!([Link]~west)$); }
\int_step_inline:nnn { 2 } { \c@rowcount }
{
\tl_put_right:Ne \l__tblr_tikz_corner_node_code_tl
{
\exp_not:N \coordinate (h####1) at
(
h1 |-
{
$(\int_eval:n{####1-1}-1-single)!0.5!(####[Link]~west)$
}
);
}
}
\tl_put_right:Ne \l__tblr_tikz_corner_node_code_tl
{
\exp_not:N \coordinate (h\int_eval:n{\c@rowcount+1}) at
(h1|-{$(\int_use:N\c@rowcount-1-single)!0.5!([Link]~east)$});
}
\tl_put_right:Nn \l__tblr_tikz_corner_node_code_tl
{ \coordinate (v1) at (h1); }
\int_step_inline:nnn { 2 } { \c@colcount }
{
\tl_put_right:Ne \l__tblr_tikz_corner_node_code_tl
{
\exp_not:N \coordinate (v####1) at
(
v1 -|
{
$(1-\int_eval:n{####1-1}-single)!0.5!(1-####[Link]~west)$
}
);
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 219

}
}
\tl_put_right:Ne \l__tblr_tikz_corner_node_code_tl
{
\exp_not:N \coordinate (v\int_eval:n{\c@colcount+1}) at
(v1-|{$(1-\int_use:N\c@colcount-single)!0.5!([Link]~east)$});
}
}
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_portrait_long_tl { long }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_tikz_enable_corner_node:
{
\bool_lazy_or:nnT
{ ! \tl_if_eq_p:NN \lTblrPortraitTypeTl \c__tblr_portrait_long_tl }
{
\bool_lazy_and_p:nn
{ \int_compare_p:nNn { \lTblrRowFirstInt } = {1} }
{ \int_compare_p:nNn { \lTblrRowLastInt } = { \c@rowcount } }
}
{
\__tblr_tikz_make_corner_node:
\begin{tikzpicture}
[
remember ~ picture, overlay,
name ~ prefix = tblr \g__tblr_name_str -
]
\tl_use:N \l__tblr_tikz_corner_node_code_tl
\end{tikzpicture}
}
}
\AddToTblrHook { cell/after } [ tblrlibtikz ]
{
\bool_lazy_and:nnF
{ \tl_if_empty_p:N \g__tblr_tikz_below_code_tl }
{ \tl_if_empty_p:N \g__tblr_tikz_above_code_tl }
{
\__tblr_tikz_enable_cell_node:
\__tblr_tikz_enable_table_node:
}
}
\AddToTblrHook { private/output/before } [ tblrlibtikz ]
{
\bool_lazy_and:nnF
{ \tl_if_empty_p:N \g__tblr_tikz_below_code_tl }
{ \tl_if_empty_p:N \g__tblr_tikz_above_code_tl }
{
\__tblr_tikz_enable_corner_node:
\noindent
\tl_use:N \g__tblr_tikz_below_code_tl
}
}
\AddToTblrHook { private/output/after } [ tblrlibtikz ]
{
\tl_use:N \g__tblr_tikz_above_code_tl
}
\AddToTblrHook { table/after } [ tblrlibtikz ]
{
%% We clear them here since they are used several times in longtblr
\tl_gclear:N \g__tblr_tikz_below_code_tl
CHAPTER 9. THE SOURCE CODE 220

\tl_gclear:N \g__tblr_tikz_above_code_tl
}
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_table_height:
{
\dim_zero:N \l__tblr_last_cell_table_ht_dim
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@rowcount - 1 }
{
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_last_cell_table_ht_dim
{ \__tblr_valign_get_hline_total:n {##1} }
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_last_cell_table_ht_dim
{ \__tblr_valign_get_row_total:n {##1} }
}
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_last_cell_table_ht_dim
{ \__tblr_valign_get_hline_total:n { \int_use:N \c@rowcount } }
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_last_cell_table_ht_dim
{ \__tblr_valign_get_row_height:n { \int_use:N \c@rowcount } }
}

\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_table_depth:
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_last_cell_table_dp_dim
{ \__tblr_valign_get_row_depth:n { \int_use:N \c@rowcount } }
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_last_cell_table_dp_dim
{ \__tblr_valign_get_hline_total:n { \int_eval:n { \c@rowcount + 1 } } }
}

%% Library varwidth and measure option

\NewTblrLibrary { varwidth }
{
\RequirePackage { varwidth }
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_inner_spec_measure_tl { vbox }
\__tblr_keys_define:nn { table/inner }
{ measure .tl_set:N = \l__tblr_inner_spec_measure_tl }
}

%% Library zref and its caption-ref template

\NewTblrLibrary { zref }
{
\RequirePackage { zref-user }
\clist_if_in:NnF \lTblrRefMoreClist { zref }
{
\clist_put_right:Nn \lTblrRefMoreClist { zref }
\DeclareTblrTemplate { caption-ref }{ zref }
{
\exp_args:NV \zlabel \lTblrLabelTl
}
}
}